Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ALBERT FREDERICK HILL Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS VOLUME 48 1946 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. 9 1946 Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ALBERT FREDERICK HILL . Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 48. January, 1946. No. 565. CONTENTS: Some Mosses from Windsor, Nova Scotia. Herbert Habeeb. ... Cypripedium Calceolus, var. parviflorum. M. L. Fernald. ...... Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University— No. CLX. Technical Studies on North American Plants. 000 locutus CEST SERA QUAL U-. c1: ec E d The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Maas. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher prices (see 3rd cover- page). Volumes 1-9 can be supplied at $4.00, 10-34 at $3.00, and volumes 35-46 at $4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be supplied only at ad- vanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof. Extracted reprints, if ordered in ad- vance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St. Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. , Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA by Merritt LYNDON FERNALD and ALFRED CHARLES KINSEY Practical discussion of edibility and directions for recognition and prepara- tion of more than 1000 wild plants. 422 pp., introd. and detailed index, 124 line drawings, 25 half-tone plates. $3.00, postpaid. THe IpLEwitp Press, Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York, or Librarian, Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge 38, Mass. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately No. I. A Monograph of the Genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson. 150 pp. 96 fig. 1917. $3.00. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton., Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. No. V. The Old World Species of the Celastraceous Genus Microtropis Wallich, by E. D. Merrill and F. L. Freeman. 40 pp. 1940. $1.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 48. January, 1946. No. 565. SOME MOSSES FROM WINDSOR, NOVA SCOTIA HERBERT HABEEB Tut following is a list of noteworthy mosses gathered in the immediate vicinity of Windsor, N.S. The writer collected 250 numbers of moss comprising 100 species. The collections were made in the spring of 1942. In company with Prof. J. S. Erskine, many an atiis free from duties was spent roaming the fields and woods neighboring on King’s Collegiate School at Windsor, N. S. Prof. Erskine devoted himself to observing birds and flowering plants, while the writer took on the mosses. The first noteworthy collector of Nova Scotia mosses was A. Menzies, who collected the type of Dicranum fulvum Hook. near Halifax; others were J. Fowler, A. H. MacKay, J. Macoun and G. E. Nichols. Of present day writers, E. B. Bartram! has published an article on Nova Scotia mosses; while Margaret S. Brown? has put out quite a complete list of Nova Scotia bryo- phytes. Of the mosses here listed many are new to Nova Scotia, and some may be said to be coastal plain elements. The nomencla- ture used in this article is according to Grout. The writer is grateful to Dr. A. J. Grout for the helping hand often lent in the determination of critical specimens. AULACOMNIUM PALUSTRE (Web. & Mohr) Schwaegr. var. IM- BRICATUM Bry. Eur. On ground, and humus. 1 Bartram, E. B. Some Nova Scotia Mosses. RHODORA, 24: 121-124, 1922. 2 Brown, M. S. Liverworts and Mosses of Nova Scotia. Proc. N. S. Inst. of Sc. 19: 161-198. 1936. 3 Grout, A. J. List of Mosses of North America North of Mexico. The Bryologist, 43:117-131. 1940. 2 Rhodora [JANUARY Plants referable to this variety are not uncommon in the Acadian region, as the writer has also a number of specimens from New Brunswick. Yet, it should be noted that some plants seem to posses leaves of both the variety and species. DICRANUM SCOPARIUM Hedw. var. ORTHOPHYLLUM Brid. On ground. ‘This is the form with the straight, strict leaves. HERUM FUSCESCENS Turn. Common on ground in the woods. DrrRICHUM PALLIDUM (Hedw.) Hampe. Two collections from Windsor, off the ground. PLEURIDIUM SUBULATUM (Hedw.) Lindb. On rather sterile ground. This moss was determined by Dr. Grout. GRIMMIA ALPICOLA Hedw. On rocks, and boulders. The writer has a suspicion that Grimmia alpicola is nothing more than a short-capsuled, muticous-leaved form of Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. AMBLYSTEGIUM JURATZKANUM Schimp. On a rock. BRACHYTHECIUM ACUTUM (Mitt.) Sull. On ground, and rotten wood. BracHYTHECIUM Besti Grout. On ground in woods. This moss is rather common in the Acadian region. BRACHYTHECIUM CAMPESTRE Bry. Eur. On ground. BRACHYTHECIUM FLEXICAULE Ren. & Card. On partly burnt wood, and ground. BRACHYTHECIUM POPULEUM (Hedw.) Bry. Eur. On rocks, ground. In both Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, Brachythecium populeum breaks down into two forms. One form is typical with a percurrent costa in the leaves, while the other has a costa ex- tending 24 the length of the leaf. BRACHYTHECIUM VELUTINUM (Hedw.) Bry. Eur. On ground, debris, and lower trunk of a tree. BryHniA Hurren Bartr. Was mixed with Brachythecium rivulare on debris in a damp situation. The determination was made by Dr. Grout, who mentions it as one of only a few collec- tions. AMBLYSTEGIUM VARIUM (Hedw.) Lindb. var. ovatum Grout. Concerning this specimen Dr. Grout wrote “costa even shorter than in type". , DREPANOCLADUS ADUNCUS (Hedw.) Warnst. var. KNEIFFI (Bry. Eur.) Warnst. Two collections were made from the water 1946] Habeeb,—Some Mosses from Windsor, N. 8. 3 of a swamp. The one of May, 1942, is a large form. The other of April, 1942, is a small form. DREPANOCLADUS ADUNCUS var. CAPILLIFOLIUS (Warnst.) Wynne. In water of a swamp. EURHYNCHIUM HIANS (Hedw.) J. & S. A half dozen numbers collected from the ground, rotten log in a swamp, wood debris, etc. L3 A variable moss; a couple of specimens seem to approach the European Eurhynchium Swartz (Turn.) Hobk. in leaf outline. EURHYNCHIUM STRIGOSUM (Hoffm.) Bry. Eur. var. RoBUSTUM Roll. On ground. HYGROAMBLYSTEGIUM IRRIGUUM (Wils.) Loeske. Not uncom- mon on debris in damp situations and alongside of brooks. HYLOCOMIUM BREVIROSTRE (Beauv.) Bry. Eur. On rocks, brookside, and swampy ground. HYPNUM cuRVIFOLIUM Hedw. One collection made in April from the ground. LEPTODICTYUM RIPARIUM (Hedw.) Warnst. This is mixed with its forma longifolium (Schultz) Grout; from turf and sticks, edge of à wet situation. PLAGIOTHECIUM LAETUM Bry. Eur. On rocks, rotten wood. ORTHOTRICHUM SORDIDUM Lesq. & James. On tree trunks, ironwood and maple. ORTHOTRICHUM SPECIOSUM Nees. On old willow log. The writer has collected good Orthotrichum elegans Hook. & Grev. in New Brunswick, but this collection from Winsdor seems to be closer to O. speciosum in its larger size and shaggier ap- pearance. Some leaves are as long as 6 mm. PoLYTRICHUM COMMUNE Hedw. var. PERIGONIALE (Mx.) Bry. Eur. On ground, rotten logs, etc. More common than the species in the Acadian region. POLYTRICHUM JUNIPERINUM Hedw. var. ALPESTRE Bry. Eur. This form with the slender strict habit and shorter capsules is found around Windsor in boggy situations. PoLYTRICHUM FORMOSUM Hedw. On ground, May. AsrToOMUM MUHLENBERGIANUM (Sw.) Grout. On ground in rather sterile pasture. PHASCUM CUSPIDATUM [Schreb.] Hedw. On ground in sterile pasture. This is typical and not the var. americanum Ren. & Card. WEIsIA MicrosTomaA (Hedw.) C. Müell. On ground, sterile pasture. Weisia microstoma when in fruit is easily separated from Weisia viridula Hedw. 4 Rhodora [JANUARY Astomum Muhlenbergianum, Phascum cuspidatum and Weisia microstoma were found growing in association with each other, and sometimes with Pottia truncata (Hedw.) Furnr. These three species may have a coastal-plain distribution, at least in eastern Canada. For the writer has not as yet found them in central New Brunswick. GRAND FALLS, New Brunswick CYPRIPEDIUM CALCEOLUS L., var. parviflorum (Salisb.), comb. nov. C. Calceolus, B. in part, L. Sp. Pl. 951 (1753). C. parvi- florum Salisb. in Trans. Linn. Soc. i. 77, t. 2, fig. 2 (1791). C. flavescens DC., B. C. parviflorum (Salisb.) DC. in Redouté, Lili- aceae, 1. pl. 20 (1802). C. luteum Raf., var. parviflorum (Salisb.) Raf. Med. Bot. i. 142 (1828). C. hirsutum Mill, var. parvi- florum (Salisb.) Rolfe in Orchid Rev. xv. 184 (1907). C. bulbo- sum Mill, var. parviflorum (Salisb.) Farwell in Fifteenth Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 170 (1913). Calceolus parviflorus (Salisb.) Nieuwl. in Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 118 (1913). The large-flowered Cypripedium Calceolus, var. pubescens (Willd.) Correll in Bot. Mus. Lfts. (Harvard), vii. 14 (1938) is relatively southern, characteristic of rich and dry to merely damp woodland from Georgia to Missouri, thence north to the Northern States, reaching its northeastern limit in central Maine. The smaller-flowered var. parviflorum, on the other hand, is relatively northern, extending from the southern part of the Labrador Peninsula to northern British Columbia, thence south to New- foundland, Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick, New England, New Jersey, upland of Maryland, mountain-region to Georgia and Tennessee, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, New Mexico, Utah and Washington, mostly in calcareous bogs or mossy swamps or mossy woods or on wet rocks, slopes or shores. The differences between the two are clearly brought out by Mr. Albert M. Fuller in his masterly Studies on the Flora of Wis- consin I. The Orchids, Orchidaceae—Bull. Pub. Mus. Milwau- kee, xiv!. 64-70 (1933), a treatment meriting careful considera- tion.—M. L. FERNALD. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 5 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLX TECHNICAL STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN PLANTS M. L. FERNALD (Plates 993-1020)! I. Some SPECIES IN RAFINESQUE’S "HERBARIUM RAFINESQUIANUM” (PnATES 993 and 994) Dr. Merrill has asked me about the identities of some of the species published in the rare work of Rafinesque, his Herbarium Rafinesquianum (1833). Unlike too many of the publications of that highly variable and temperamental genius, this little book is carefully written, with logical discussions and with diagnoses of genera and species actually in hand, specimens of which were offered for sale. What a pity that we cannot now buy the series! Here are many well described novelties from many parts of North America, many of which have clear priority over the de- scriptions of others. For the most part their identification can safely be made only by those intimately familiar with the areas concerned: Texas, Oregon, etc.; but in checking on the region I best know it has been found that several of our long-familiar specific names must lapse, while some in other sections of the world are obviously later homonyms. In the following memo- randa only those names about which I feel no doubt are noted; others of them must be considered by specialists on other floras. SPIRANTHES LACERA (Raf.) Raf. Herb. Raf. 44 (1833). Neottia lacera Raf. Fl. Ludovic. 171 (1817), nomen, and in Am. Month. Mag. Crit. Rev. ii. 206 (1818) with full description. Neottia gracilis, var. B. secunda Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 322 (1824). S. MONTANA Raf. Herb. Raf. 45 (1833). S. ovalis Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl. 466 (1840). S. cernua, var. parviflora Chapm. FI. So. U. S., ed. 3: 448 (1897). Gyrostachys parviflora (Chapm.) Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 318 (1903). 5S. parviflora (Chapm.) Ames, Orchidaceae, fasc. 1: 137 (1905). Ibidium ovale (Lindl.) House 1The cost of preparing and engraving the plates met in part through grants from the AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society and from the DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 6 Rhodora [JANUARY in Muhlenbergia, i. 128 (1906). J. parviflorum (Chapm.) Jen- nings in Ann. Carneg. Mus. iii. 485 (1906). Triorchis ovalis (Lindl) Nieuwland in Am. Midl. Nat. ii. 123 (1913). S. Smallii Schlechter in Beih. Bot. Centralbl. xxxvii?. 358 (1920). S. TUBEROSA Raf. Herb. Raf. 45 (1833). S. Beckii Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl. 472 (1840), at least as to deser. S. simplex Gray, Man. ed. 5: 506 (1867), not Griseb. Gyrostachys simplex (Gray) Ktze. Rev. Gen. ii. 664 (1891). S. Gray? Ames in Rnuo- DORA, vi. 44 (1904). Gyrostachys Grayi (Ames) Britton, Man. ed. 2: 300 (1905). ZIbidium Beckii (Lindl.) House in Muhlen- bergia, i. 128 (1906). Gyrostachys Beckii (Lindl.) W. Stone, PI. So. N. J. 375 (1912). Triorchis Grayi (Ames) Nieuwland in Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 123 (1913). Triorchis Beckii (Lindl. House in Am. Midl. Nat. iv. 206 (1920). Unfortunately, the original description of Neottia lacera Raf. in Am. Month. Mag. Crit. Rev. ii. 206 (1818) did not get into Index Kewensis, although the other species, described in the same column of the identical page and directly preceding it, was there entered; and this first specific name of the pair, Neottia plantaginea Raf. l. c., was taken up by Torrey as the basis of Spiranthes plantaginea (Raf.) Torr. (1843) and, since Torrey had taken it up and it, therefore, got into reputable literature, it has been the nomenclatural basis of binomials by Britton, House and Nieuwland. But Neottia lacera, described with it and again in Herbarium Rafinesquianum, has been quite ignored, as have the other eight names under Spiranthes in the latter work. Never- theless Spiranthes lacera, based on Neottia lacera (1818), was several years earlier than Neottia gracilis Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 322 (1824), the nomenclatural basis of S. gracilis (Bigelow) Beck, Bot. 333 (1833). Bigelow’s original account was as follows: *NEOTTIA GRACILIS. Slender Neottia. N. foliis radicalibus ovatis; scapo vaginato, floribus spiraliter secundis; labello obovato, crispo. Leaves radical, ovate; scape sheathing; flowers in a spiral row; lip obovate, curled. Root fascicled. Leaves radical, on short petioles, ovate, acute, nerved, caducous. Scape erect, slender, eight to twelve inches high with a few sheathing scales or leaf[ljlets. Flowers white in a twisted spike. Bractes closely applied to the germ, ovate, acuminate. Germs obovate. Petals linear, crystalline, parallel, the three upper ones cohering. Lip obovate- spatulate, curled, its base swelling with the lateral petals connected before it. Anther parallel to the style.—In dry, hilly woods.—July.—Perennial. The leaves falling off frequently cause the plant to appear leafless at the time of flowering. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 7 Variety 8. secunda. Spike unilateral, hardly twisted; flowers more slender. Perhaps a different species.—In Conway, New-Hampshire.— July. Rafinesque's original description in the American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review was 24. Neottia lacera Raf. Smooth radical leaves oblong obtuse flat, scapes vaginated, sheaths acute: spike slender, flowers one sided spiral nodding, bracteas longer than the ovary, labellum canaliculated re- flexed obtuse laciniated.—Obs. Detected in 1816, in the swampy woods, near Glen’s Fall’s, Lake George, and the Luzerne mountains, blossoming in July and August, flowers white, scape slender about one foot high, root palmated. Rafinesque’s second account, in his Herbarium Rafinesquianum (1833), was briefer but contained the synonym “N fi. e. S]. gracilis, Beck, 1833", which nomenclaturally rested on Neottia gracilis Bigel. and, incidentally, indicated the priority in 1833 of Beck over Herbarium Rafinesquianum. From this it would be natural to infer that Spiranthes gracilis must give way to S. lacera; but in this case Rafinesque ‘builded better than he knew", just as Jacob Bigelow did when he separated as “Perhaps a dif- ferent species” the more slender-flowered plant of the White Mountains. Spiranthes gracilis, as generally interpreted, consists of two quite different species: one relatively southern, the true S. gracilis, i. e. Neottia gracilis Bigelow; the other relatively north- ern, the Neottia lacera Raf. (1818), or N. gracilis, var. B. secunda Bigelow (1824), the S. lacera (Raf.) Raf. (1833). Study of all the material in the Gray Herbarium, the Ames Herbarium, the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club and that of the New York State Museum, which has been kindly placed at my disposal by Dr. House, brings out several striking differences. Some of these are shown in PLATES 993 and 994. They may be briefly stated as follows!: 1 SPIRANTHES LACERA (as S. gracilis) is beautifully illustrated in that remarkably accurate study of orchids, by Albert M. Fuller, with photographs by George L. Waite, Studies on the Flora of Wisconsin Part 1: The Orchids; Orchidaceae— Bull. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee, xiv. no. 1, pl. 36 (1933). This plate well displays S. lacera. Although Mr. Fuller conservatively followed long-established usage, he obviously saw two elements in his S. gracilis, saying (p. 113): ‘‘While the flowers usually occur in spirals on the raceme, plants with distinctly 1—sided (secund) racemes appear to be plentiful in northern Wisconsin". If the Milwaukee Museum has more such careful ‘‘Studies’’ we shall all welcome them. 8 Rhodora [JANUARY SPIRANTHES LACERA (PLATE 993): basal leaves usually present at flowering time, though often wilted, submembranaceous, semi-translucent, the veins and veinlets clearly evident, the veinlets simple or subsimple, forming an obvious loose mesh; spike secund or with 1-few spirals, the flowers distant in few elongate series; sepals and petals narrowly lanceolate to lance-linear, forming a slender tube 1-1.75 (rarely -2.25), averaging 1.4 mm., in diameter, much longer than thick and not strongly ringent; dilated summit of lip droop- ing, with a broad white border.—Very dry to moist acid open (rarely shaded) soil, Magdalen Islands to Manitoba, south to Nova Scotia, New England, Long Island, more rarely to southeastern Virginia, upland to North Carolina (up to 3300 ft.) and Tennessee, southern Ontario, Michigan, northern Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota. Flowering from June 15 to September 11 (AvER- AGE of 135 collections Auaust 5). S. GRACILIS (PLATE 994): basal leaves rarely present at flowering time (though occasionally on non-flowering younger plants), thick, opaque, the veinlets barely visible by strong transmitted light, more branched and form- ing an obscure but relatively fine mesh; spike strongly spiraling, the approxi- mate flowers in many short secund series; tube of perianth more ringent, the bases of the broader sepals and petals forming a tube 1.5-2.5, averaging 2 mm., thick; white border of summit of lip narrower.—Dry to moist open soil, or in open woods and thickets, Florida to Texas, north to southwestern Maine, southeastern New Hampshire, central Vermont, southeastern, central and western New York, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri and Oklahoma. Flower- ing late July to October (avERAGE of 110 collections SEPTEMBER 2). All material seen from Quebec, New Brunswick, ‘Nova Scotia, northern and central Maine and New Hampshire, northern Ver- mont, northeastern New York, Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Manitoba belongs to S. lacera. In eastern New York that plant abounds northward, being the only one of the two species found in the Adirondack region and near Lake George, from Clinton and St. Lawrence Counties to Saratoga, Fulton and Oneida Counties, while in Cattaraugus County to the west it occurs at an altitude of 2000 feet. It is the plant of shores and slopes near Lake George (our ria. 2) and is clearly the plant de- scribed by Rafinesque from there. Spiranthes gracilis, of wide southern range, spreads northward at low altitudes to Cumberland County, Maine, Strafford and Hillsboro Counties, New Hampshire, southeastern Addison County, Vermont, and in eastern New York from Long Island northward to Albany County. In southern New England and southern and central New York both species occur. It is, there- fore, specially illuminating to note the collector's data when they have placed them both on one sheet or under the same label. Thus, the late Charles W. Jenks, getting them both in Bedford, Massachusetts, and calling them both S. gracilis, noted them on his label and sheet as a, b and c; a being flowering S. lacera col- lected July 26, b fruiting material of the same collected August 24, Rhodora Plate 993 Photo. B. G. Schubert SPIRANTHES LACERA: FIG, 1, two plants, X 1, from type-region of S. gracilis, var. secunda; FIG, 2, two spikes, X 1, from type-region of species: FIG. 3, profile, X 6, of portion of spike; ric. 4, face-view, X 6, of same flowers; FIG. 5, lip, X 10; FIG. 6, venation of basal leaf, X 10, by transmitted light. Rhodora Plate 994 Photo. B. G. Schubert SPIRANTHES GRACILIS: FIG. 1, spike, X 1. from type-region; FIG. 2, profile, 6, of flowers, and FIG. 3, face-view, X 6, of flowers; FIG. 4. lip, X 10; Fic. 5, venation of basal leaf, X 10, by transmitted light. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 9 and c young flowering material (the upper half of the spike in bud) of S. gracilis collected August 25. Another sheet from Massachusetts, from the herbarium of H. M. Ballou, has the two under one label, the slender-flowered S. lacera dated July 18, the flowering S. gracilis marked *Aug.". One other mixed sheet brings out the difference in flowering period. This is one of the late R. W. Woodward's beautiful sheets from Franklin, Con- necticut, the label bearing the notes: “plants with basal leaves July 14", these being S. lacera in anthesis; *plants without basal leaves Aug. 11", these being S. gracilis, so young that the re- curving budded tips have not straightened up. Not only did Jacob Bigelow think that Spiranthes lacera (his Neottia gracilis, var. B. secunda) was “perhaps a different species"; Asa Gray, having material of it, probably from northern New York, was puzzled by it. His specimen resided for nearly a century in the Gray Herbarium, unnoticed in a pocket, pasted on a sheet of typical S. gracilis, but with a folded manuscript discussing its details and a significant '((?)" after the unsatis- factory name. Furthermore, I find that in both the Gray Her- barium and that of the New England Botanical Club a specialist on the Orchidaceae has recently separated out strikingly charac- teristic sheets of S. lacera and has annotated them as the very different S. Beckii; at least they did not seem to him to be 5. gracilis! There can be hardly a doubt of the identity of Spiranthes montana Raf. with the beautifully distinct S. ovalis Lindl. Rafinesque's description was brief but clear: 8. Sp. montana, Raf. Caule basi folioso, fol. radic. obl. cuneatis- obtusis, caulinis lanc obt. spicis obl. dense spir. bract. obt. acum. fl. mediocris, labellum obl. obt. erosum.—Cumberland mts. pedal. disc. 1823. This species (as S. ovalis) has been collected by my companions and me several times in Virginia. Its cuneate-oblong or oblan- ceate, obtuse or acutish lower leaves, its well developed cauline leaf or leaves and the thick and short spike, tapering when young but rounded at summit at maturity, are characteristic, as is the lip. Although local, the species is scattered in rich, preferably calcareous woods from Virginia across the Cumberland Mts. and Plateau of Kentucky to bluffs of southern Indiana and to Mis- 10 Rhodora [JANUARY souri, south to northern Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and eastern Texas. Dr. E. Lucy Braun records it from three counties of Kentucky in the Cumberland area and specimens from the Cumberland Mts. of Tennessee are well known. As to the identity of Spiranthes tuberosa Raf. and the white- lipped S. Beckii Lindl. there is certainly no doubt. Here is the original diagnosis: 10. Sp. tuberosa, Raf. rad. tuberosa monorchis, caule filif. aphyllo, vaginis setaceis, spic. gracilis vix spiralis secunda, bract. brevis acutis, fl. parvis, labellum cuneato acuto.—Disc. by M. Durand in New Jersey, pedal. This, with “rad. tuberosa monorchis", ete., is surely the charac- teristic species with a single tuberoid, described by Gray as 5. simplex: “Root a solitary oblong or spindle-shaped tuber; no leaves at flowering time; scape 5'-9' high, bearing a small narrow (rarely l-sided) spike of very short flowers (perianth 1"—1Y4" long) . . . —E. Mass. (Nantucket, Dr. Robbins), New Jersey (C. F. Austin, &c.) and Delaware, Wm. M. Canby". HABENARIA MARITIMA Raf., Herb. Raf. 74 (1833) antedates by nearly 60 years the Californian H. maritima Greene, Pittonia, ii. 298 (1892), basis of Piperia maritima (Greene) Rydb. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 641 (1901). With only limited understanding of the Californian endemies I refrain from renaming the latter. By Ames it is treated as H. elegans (Lindl.) Bolander, var. maritima (Greene) Ames, Orchi- daceae, iv. 113 (1910). It is noteworthy, however, that both Jepson and Abrams, with intimate field-acquaintance of both, maintain them as distinct. Rafinesque's Habenaria maritima was obviously one of the numerous fluctuations of H. clavellata (Michx.) Spreng. (1826), which was based on Orchis clavellata Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 155 (1803) from Carolina and which, in spite of the slightly 3-lobed tip of the lip was described by Michaux “cornu longitudine ovarii, clavato; labello ovali, integro". Rafinesque’s description was quite as definite: 4 Habenaria maritima, Raf. Caule angulato, folia unica longa cuneata lane. ceteris subulatis, Spica brevis paucifl. 5-8 fl. bract. lanc. ovar. eq. calcar recurvo clavato labello oblongo truncato.—On the Sea Islands of New Jersey in swamps, semipedal, flowers small greenish white. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 11 Those who consider Habenaria maritima Greene a good species need a name for it. CALIPOGON PARVIFLORUM Raf. Atl. Journ. i. 148 (1832). Several years earlier than Calopogon parviflorus Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl. 424 (1840), that species considered identical with Ophrys barbata Walt. Fl. Carol. 221 (1788), the basis of CALo- POGON BARBATUS (Walt.) Ames, Orchidaceae, ii. 227 (1908). Rafinesque’s plant was evidently of this species, as indicated by his "stem one leaved 3-5 flore", for C. barbatus has 1-7 flowers, its var. multiflorus (Lindl. Correll in Bot. Mus. Lfts. vii. 71 (1940), based on C. multiflorus Lindl. l. c. 425 (1840), having more. The only other species to consider for Rafinesque’s species of “Fl. and Louis", with ‘3-5 . . . flowers spicate, min- ute, bracts subulate, labellum undulate", is C. pallidus Chapm. (1860). Originally described “Scape 10-20-flowered", that species, at the northern limit of its range, in southeastern Vir- ginia and North Carolina, may, in the smaller specimens, have as few as 3-6 flowers. Until authentic material of Rafinesque's species is found, it is wisest to let C. pallidus stand; his specific epithet, however, clearly antedates that of Lindley. GooDYERA OBLONGIFOLIA Raf. Herb. Raf. 76 (1833). Spiran- thes decipiens Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 203, t. 204 (1839). G. Menziesit Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl. 492 (1840). Orchioides decipiens and O. Menziesii Ktze. Rev. Gen. ii. 675 (1891). Peramium M enziesii (Lindl. Morong in Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 124 (1894). Peramium decipiens (Hook.) Piper in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 208 (1906). G. decipiens (Hook.) F. T. Hub- bard in Standardized Pl. Names, 328 (1923). Rafinesque's description of Goodyera oblongifolia from the mountains of Oregon seems unequivocal: 10 Goodyera seu T'ussaca oblongifolia, Raf. Fol. radie petiol oblongis ovatis acutis 5 nervis non reticulatis, subtus glaucis, caule gracile vaginato, spica laxiflora, fl. remotis hirsutis, "bract. lanc. acut. ovar. eq. ovarium tereto.—Oregon mts. subpedal, fl. white small. Hooker said “Scape 8 inches to a foot high”; Lindley’s descrip- tion of Goodyera Menziesii, “Hab. in Americae septentrionalis orå occidentali, Menzies, Douglas”, began: “G. subacaulis, foliis oblongis venosis unicoloribus petiolis longioribus, spicá laxá . . . , bracteis ovario aequalibus". 12 Rhodora [JANUARY There is little difference (except in finish) between this account of the habit of G. Menziesii and Rafinesque’s definition of the earlier G. oblongifolia. CORALLORHIZA MONTANA Raf., Herb. Raf. 75 (1833) should be added to the synonymy of C. odontorhiza (Willd.) Nutt. (1818), which was Cymbidium odontorhizon Willd. (1805). Rafinesque's species from the “‘Wasioto mts, and hills, autumnal” had the “labello involuto truncato . . . , capsulis pendulis globosis, . . . flowers small yellowish, with red spots on the lip". The small flowers, pendulous, globose capsule and autumnal flowering seem to settle the identity. DENTARIA GRANDIFLORA Raf. Herb. Raf. 47 (1833). D. macrocarpa Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 88 (1838). Cardamine pulcherrima Greene in Erythea, i. 148 (1893). D. macrocarpa, var. pulcherrima (Greene) Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. il. 154 (1895). D. tenella Pursh, var. pulcherrima (Greene) Detling in Am. Journ. Bot. xxiii. 273 (1936). Rafinesque's description was clearly of the largest-flowered extreme which Greene later described as Cardamine pulcherrima. Rafinesque's account of his plant from Oregon follows: 2. Dentaria grandiflora, Raf, Caule flexuoso apice diphyllo, fol. oppos. petiolis alatis, trifoliatis, foliolis sessilib. ovato-lanceol, ineq. serratis, racemo brevis umbellato grandifloro.— Pedal. fl. incarnate one inch long. petals entire equal to stam. SANGUISORBA' STIPULATA Raf., Herb. Raf. 47 (1833). SS. canadensis L. Q. latifolia Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 198 (1834). S. sitchensis C. A. Meyer, Fl. Ochot. 34 (1856). Poterium sitchense (C. A. Meyer) S. Watson, Bibl. Index, i. 303 (1878). S. lati- folia (Hook.) Coville in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 339 (1896). Unfortunately the long-familiar name Sanguisorba sitchensis for the northwestern species must lapse. Rafinesque’s descrip- tion of his plant from Oregon was clear: 3. Sanguisorba stipulata, Raf. Caule apice panicul. angul. nudo, fol. amplis, foliolis stipulatis petiolatis alternis, cordatis ovatis grandident. spicis parvis obl. bract. ovatis acum.—Foliolis twice as large as in S. officinalis, 3 inches long. Compare the description by Abrams of Sanguisorba sitchensis: [11 . Stipules rounded, coarsely toothed; leaflets oblong-ovate, 2-7 cm. long, rounded at the apex, cordate at the base, coarsely serrate, petiol- ulate", etc. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants "ES EXPLANATION OF PLATES 993 AND 994 PLATE 993, SPIRANTHES LACERA (Raf.) Raf.: FIG. 1, two plants, X 1, from Randolph, Coós County, New Hampshire, Pease, no. 31,500; ria. 2, spike, X 1, from the type-region, Northwest Bay, Lake George, Warren County, New York, House, no. 30,076; rra. 3, profile of portion of spike, X 6, from no. 31,500; FIG. 4, face-view, X 6, of portion of spike, from no. 31,500; rra. 5, lip, X 10, from no. 31,500; ric. 6, venation of basal leaf, X 10, by transmitted light, from Willoughby, Vermont, September 4, 1896, G. G. Kennedy. PLATE 994, S. aRACILIS (Bigelow) Beck: ria. 1, spike, X 1, from Wellesley, Massachusetts, August 17, 1945, F. W. Hunnewell; ric. 2, portion of spike, X 6, from same collection; FIG. 3, face-view of portion of spike, X 6, from Winchester, Massachusetts, August 16, 1945, Ernest Rouleau; Fria. 4, lip, X 10, from last specimen; FIG. 5, venation of dried-out old basal leaf, X 10, by trans- mitted light, from East Hartford, Connecticut, Weatherby, no. 1434. II. DIFFICULTIES IN NORTH AMERICAN Sarrx (Plates 995-1006) 1. MUHLENBERG'S NORDAMERIKANISCHEN WEIDEN ANTE- DATED BY Micuaux.—The first decade of the 19th century and the two decades immediately preceding it were of the greatest significance in making known the more generalized flora of eastern North America. Not appreciating the ultimate significance of the exact date of issue (like too many editors of so-called learned societies today), editors brought out scattered or independent papers under a blanketing title-page with one arbitrary date for the whole series. Something has been done to clarify the dates of actual publieation of numerous debatable works and much more remains to be done, especially since the over-nice suscepti- bilities of librarians and book-binders have long led to the dis- carding of or the shifting of the positions of the original covers (and, of course, the trimming off of all carefully made marginal memoranda). In the intricate genus Saliz one paper has been outstanding as containing the original descriptions and drawings of leaves of the commoner species of the eastern United States. This is the brief article entitled Uber die Nordamerikanischen Weiden von Hrn. Pred. MUHLENBERG mit Anmerkungen des Hrn. Prof. WiLLDENOW, which was article no. XIV (pp. 233-242, tab. VI) in Der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin Neue Schriften, iv, with the general title-page dated 1803. Since Michaux, in his Flora Boreali-Americana, ii. 225, 226 (1803), also published as new five species of Saliz from Canada and the eastern United States the exact dates of issue of the two 14 Rhodora [JANUARY nearly contemporaneous treatments have to be settled. To be sure, it has long, following Willdenow who had an editorial finger in the Muhlenberg paper, been assumed to need no investigation. In fact, so dominating was the influence of Willdenow and his remarkable and compendious Species Plantarum that the dictum emanating from those sources has rarely been challenged. Thus, the Muhlenberg treatment of American willows was reprinted by Konig and Sims in their Annals of Botany, ii. 62-69, pl. 5 (1805)! with the title: On North American Willows, by the Rev. Mr. MuHLENBERG, with Notes of Professor WILLDENOW. Further- more, although Sims had been regularly citing Michaux, Flor. Bor.-Am. in his articles in Curtis's Botanical Magazine, begin- ning on December 1, 1803, so that it appears that he knew that remarkable work, he and Konig in 1805 contrived to overlook the five species of Salix published by Michaux, for, as an ex- planation of their reprinting of the Muhlenberg paper they wrote: “of all the species of these regions, we know but one through Mr. von Wangenheim [S. conzfera, an abnormal plant] and another through Mr. Aiton [S. tristis]." Nevertheless, the five species of Michaux can hardly be waved aside; surely not if the sketchy accounts by Marshall are satisfactory for the estab- lishment of three of our species! My attention was drawn to this technical matter through noting, while studying Schneider's various papers on American willows, that in Journ. Arn. Arb. ii. 189 (1921) Schneider, without a word of explanation, reduced outright to S. cordata Muhlenberg (our PLATES 995 and 996) the utterly different S. cordata Michx. (our PLATES 997-1006); and, furthermore, that in vol. i. 158 (1920) he had reduced to S. adenophylla Hook. (our PLATE 997) the amazingly different S. syrticola Fernald (our PLATES 1001 and 1002). I was naturally surprised at what has been called "this Schneid. treatment" of these species, for I had studied Michaux’s willows as well as Hooker's type of S. adenophylla (PLATE 997) and I knew that S. cordata Michx. has quite different aments from those of S. cordata Muhl.; in fact, that it is the best kind of S. adenophylla! And I also knew the several fundamental characters which distinguish S. syrticola from the others. It is, 1 The title-page says 1806, but the late Mr. James Britten pointed out in Journ. Bot. xl. 419 (1902) that the pages including the Muhlenberg reprint were issued “1 June, 1805.” 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 15 consequently, evident that the application of Schneider’s apology should be éxtended quite to the Atlantic coast, for he gave it too occidental a bearing when he wrote, “As to the [§] Cordatae, I am not yet well enough acquainted with some of the western forms of this group to be able to draw a sharp line between them and the [8] Adenophyllae" (Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 148 (1920)). Returning to the question of dates, Dr. Schubert, in RHODORA, xliv. 149 (1942), has clearly shown that Michaux's Flora Boreali- Americana was on sale in March, 1803. It was very soon being cited: for instance, Sims in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, xix, under plates 703, etc.; plate 703, of Iris virginica (with definite citation of “Michaux Flor. Bor.-Amer. 1. 22"), being engraved in time for publication on December 1, 1803. Nearer home, in Paris, in the 780-page (therefore not written in a day) vol. vi. (1804) of Lamarck's Encyclopédie Méthodique, Poiret added at the end of his treatment of Salix the note (p. 661): “Michaux, dans sa Flore de l'Amérique septentrionale, cite les espéces sui- vantes", followed by transcripts from Michaux and more de- tailed descriptions by Poiret. The actual placing on sale of Michaux's Flora in March, 1803, can hardly be questioned. As to the Muhlenberg paper on Nordamerikanischen Weiden I have again asked the aid of Dr. Schubert. The following items are most important. The Vorrede of vol. iv. of Der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin Neue Schriften, with the title-page dated 1803, certainly was prepared before the volume was actually published. "This Foreword bears the definite date "Berlin, den 3ten Mai 1803", two months after Michaux's Flora was on sale. This concerns vol. iv. of the Neue Schriften. In the Góttingische gelehrte Anzeigen, Bd. iii for 1803, p. 1493, issued “den 17. Sept. 1803", vol. iii of the Neue Schriften was reviewed; but it was not until Bd. i for 1804 of Gótt. Anz. p. 255 (“16. Febr. 1804”) that the first notice of Neue Schriften, iv appeared, while Muhlenberg's paper on Nordamerikanischen Weiden and succeeding papers in vol. iv were not reviewed until the issue of May 12, 1804. Another line of evidence is found in the dates of sending or receiving the manuscripts of articles published in vol. iv of Neue Schriften. The manuscript of article no. VI, by Domeier, was sent from “London, in December 1802" (p. 110); article no. XVIII, by Karsten, was dated “am 16 Rhodora [JANUARY 15ten Marz 1803” (p. 328); article XXIII was submitted by Trommsdorf from “Erfurt, im Febuar 1803” (p. 391); while article XXIV, by Bode, was submitted from “Berlin, den 26sten April 1803” (p. 394). These dates are consistent with the inter- pretation derived from the first notice of vol. iv in the Góttin- gische gelehrte Anzeigen, “16. Febr. 1804". It is clear, then, that Michaux's Flora Boreali-Americana was on sale in March, 1803, but that Muhlenberg's paper on American Willows could not have been issued prior to the date of the foreword, May 3, 1803, and was probably not available until late in 1803 or early 1804. Fortunately, in 1903 I made a detailed study of Michaux's Herbarium in Paris and made notes on or photographs of all types which were within my limited understanding. These have subsequently been supplemented by some hundreds of sharply clear photographs taken under the supervision of Metman by the photographer for the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Cintract, so that a fair proportion of Michaux’s species are under- stood. Unhappily, however, in case of Salix only my memoranda and some very vague photographs of 1903 are available. These notes, nevertheless, were explicit, except for the one southern species which I then did not know. (To be continued) Volume 47, no. 564, including pages 393-425, plate 992, and title-page of volume, was issued 18 December, 1945. FEB 13 1946 Dodota JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED cee eat ALBERT FREDERICK HILL Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 48. February, 1946. No. 566. CONTENTS: Ninth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribution. R. C. Bean, C. H: Knowlton and A. F. Hl. ............... 17 Contribution from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University— No. CLX. Technical Studies on North American Plants. E Nomad (continded). .......... «mtr o RE Seien 3T 27 Lythrum alatum in Maine. John C. Parlin. .................... 40 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—4 monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher prices (see 3rd cover- page). Volumes 1-9 can be supplied at $4.00, 10-34 at $3.00, and volumes 35-46 at $4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be supplied only at ad- vanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientifie papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof. Extracted reprints, if ordered in ad- vance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical M Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA by Merritt LYNDON FERNALD and ALFRED CHARLES KINSEY Practical discussion of edibility and directions for recognition and prepara- tion of more than 1000 wild plants. 422 pp., introd. and detailed index, 124 line drawings, 25 half-tone plates. $3.00, postpaid. THe IpLewitp Press, Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York, or Librarian, Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge 38, Mass. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately No. I. A Monograph of the Genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson. 150 pp. 96 fig. 1917. $3.00. No. IIl. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. No. V. The Old World Species of the Celastraceous Genus Microtropis Wallich, by E. D. Merrill and F. L. Freeman. 40 pp. 1940. $1.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass. Rhodora Plate 995 ie. x » | weil a .— INN S Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX RIGIDA: FIG. 1, leaf of TYPE, X 1, after Muhlenberg; ric. 2, fruiting branch, X 1; FIG, 3, portion of young pistillate ament, X 5; FIG. 4, fruiting ament, X 45; ria. 5, portion of fruiting ament, X 5. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 48. February, 1946. No. 566. NINTH REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON PLANT DISTRIBUTION The present report deals with the tribes Chlorideae, Festuceae and Hordeae of the Gramineae, taken in the order of the seventh edition of Gray's Manual. This report completes the treatment of the Gramineae which has continued through two previous reports with which it has been prepared more or less concomi- tantly; acknowledgments there made apply equally here. PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS—XXXIV The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been seen: the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found. Me. N. H. Vt. Mass. R. I. Conn. I. CHLORIDEAE Bouteloua curtipendula (Michx.) Torr. Bouteloua gracilis (HBK.) Lag. Bouteloua radicosa (Fourn.) Griffiths Bouteloua rigidiseta (Steud.) Hitchc. T m + + e Bouteloua simplex Lag. + + + -} ++4++ Chloris cucullata Bisch. Chloris virgata Swartz Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Richter Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Leptochloa filiformis (Lam.) Beauv. Spartina alterniflora Loisel. Spartina alterniflora var. pilosa (Merr.) Fern. Spartina caespitosa A. A. Eaton Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Roth Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl. Spartina patens var. juncea (Michx.) Hitche. od +4+4+4+4++ + + ++ + + + ++ + + + ++ + + + ++4++ + + + 18 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Me. N.H. Vt. Mass. R.I. Conn. II. CHLORIDEAE— Cont. Spartina pectinata Link + + Spartina pectinata var. Suttiei (Farwell) Fern. + + E + + EE II. FEsrTUCEAE Briza media L. Briza minor L. Bromus arvensis L. Bromus brizaeformis Fisch. & May. Bromus ciliatus L. Bromus ciliatus var. intonsus Fern. Bromus commutatus Schrad. Bromus Dudleyi Fern. Bromus erectus Huds. Bromus inermis Leyss. Bromus inermis f. aristatus (Schur.) Fern. Bromus japonicus Thunb. Bromus Kalmii Gray Bromus latiglumis (Shear) Hitche. Bromus latiglumis f. incanus (Shear.) Fern. Bromus marginatus Nees Bromus marginatus var. seminudus Shear Bromus mollis L. Bromus mollis f. leiostachys (Hartm.) Fern. Bromus purgans L. — Bromus purgans f. glabriflorus Wieg. Bromus purgans f. laevivaginatus Wieg. T Bromus racemosus L. Bromus rigidus Roth var. Gussonii (Parl.) Coss. & Dur. Bromus rubens L. Bromus secalinus L. Bromus sterilis L. Bromus squarrosus L. Bromus tectorum L. „Cynosurus cristatus L, Dactylis glomerata L. Dactylis glomerata var. ciliata Peterm. Dactylis glomerata var. detonsa Fries Dactylis glomerata var. vivipara (Lange) Carpenter Diplachne maritima Bickn. Diplachne uninervia (Presl) Parodi Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene Eragrostis capillaris (L.) Nees Eragrostis Frankii C. A. Mey. Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) BSP. Eragrostis intermedia Hitche. Eragrostis megastachya (Koel.) Link Eragrostis multicaulis Steud. Eragrostis pectinacea (Michx.) Nees Eragrostis pilosa (L.) Beauv. Eragrostis poaeoides Beauv. Eragrostis spectabilis (Pursh) Steud. — + + ++ +++ 4++14+4+4+ + 444+ EE c + +4+++ + +44+44+4+4+4+ + TER +4 + oda + — + + I+1+ HEHEH cboc cB +4+4+4+4+4+4+4+4++ + > + 4 4 TRO + TEE GG BEA ++ + de 44 TER ++ TE + + +++ + ++ + +4+++ 4A + + +++ +++ EGRE ^o ++ ++4++++ T4. 1946] Bean,—Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 19 Me. N. H. Vt. Mass. R.I. Conn. II. Festucear—Cont. Eragrostis spectabilis var. sparsihirsuta Farwell Festuca capillata Lam. Festuca elatior I,. Festuca obtusa Spreng. Festuca ovina L. Festuca ovina var. duriuscula (L.) Koch Festuca ovina f. hispidula (Hack.) Holmb. Festuca prolifera (Piper) Fern. Festuca rubra L. Festuca rubra var. commutata Gaud. Festuca rubra f. megastachys (Gaud.) Holmb. Festuca rubra var. multiflora (Hoffm.) Asch. & Graeb. Festuca rubra f. squarrosa (Fries) Holmb. Festuca rubra var. trichophylla Gaud. Festuca saximontana Rydb. Glyceria acutiflora Torr. Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder Glyceria canadensis (Michx.) Trin. Glyceria Fernaldii (Hitche.) St. John Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br. Glyceria grandis Wats. Glyceria grandis f. pallescens Fern. Glyceria laxa Scribn. Glyceria melicaria (Michx.) Hubb. Glyceria obtusa (Muhl.) Trin. Glyceria pallida (Torr.) Trin. Glyceria septentrionalis Hitche. Glyceria striata (Lam.) Hitche. Glyceria striata var. stricta (Scribn.) Fern. Molinia caerulea (L.) Moench. Pappophorum mucronulatum Nees Phragmites communis Trin. var. Ber- landieri (Fournier) Fern. . Poa alpigena (Fries) Lindm. f. Poa alsodes Gray Poa angustifolia L. Poa annua L. Poa Chapmaniana Scribn. Poa compressa L. Poa glauca Vahl . Poa languida Hitchc. Poa laxa Haenke Poa nemoralis L. Poa nemoralis var. glaucantha (Gaud.) Reichenb. Poa palustris L. Poa pratensis L. Poa saltuensis Fern. & Wieg. Poa saltuensis var. microlepis Fern. & Wieg. TEE T4 I +++++ L4 +++ a ++ + t+ + dd + + +++ l + + + ++ + +H++H++ an + +4++4++ + E EE a +t+++4+4+4+ +444 + ++4+4+4+4+ GB +444 ++ ++4+4++ + HEHEHEH 4+4+4++4+4+4 ++ + + ++ t+ HHHH +44 4+4+44+44+44+ +444 +- ++ ++ 444+ ++14++ +++ + + + +++++ + + + + 4+ TR + + + HHH 4+ + +++ + +++ +++ +++ ++ 20 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Me. N.H. Vt. Mass. R.I. Conn. II. Festucear—Cont. Poa sylvestris Gray — Poa trivialis L. + + Puccinellia distans (L.) Parl. Puccinellia distans var. angustifolia (Blytt) Holmb. Puccinellia fasciculata (Torr.) Bickn. 4 Puccinellia maritima (Huds.) Parl. + + Puccinellia Nuttalliana (Schult.) Hitche. + EE Puccinellia paupercula (Holm) Fern. & Weath. var. alaskana (Scribn. & Merr.) Fern. & Weath. + Schizachne purpurascens (Torr.) Swall. + Schizachne purpurascens f. albicans Fern. + Scleropoa rigida (L.) Griseb. Triodia flava (L.) Smyth Triplasis purpurea (Walt.) Chapm. Vulpia megalura (Nutt.) Rydb. Vulpia myurus (L.) K. C. Gmel. Vulpia octoflora (Walt.) Rydb. var. tenella (Willd.) Fern. + + + + | Lu TECH -— ++ +++ ++ +++ + +++ + + + +++ ++ + + +++ ++ E + + III. HORDEAE Agropyron pungens (Pers.) R. & S. Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. Agropyron repens f. aristatum (Schum.) Holmb. Agropyron repens f. pilosum (Scribn.) Fern. Agropyron repens var. subulatum (Schreb.) Reichenb. Agropyron repens var. subulatum f. heberhachis Fern. Agropyron repens var. subulatum f. setiferum Fern. Agropyron repens var. subulatum f. Vail- lantianum (Wulf. & Schreb.) Fern. Agropyron repens f. trichorrhachis Rohlena Agropyron Smithii Rydb. Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte var. glaucum (Pease & Moore) Malte Agropyron trachycaulum var. majus (Vasey) Fern. Agropyron trachycaulum var. novae- angliae (Scribn.) Fern. Elymus arenarius L. var. villosus E. Mey. Elymus canadensis L. Elymus canadensis f. glaucifolius (Muhl.) Fern. Elymus caput-medusae L. Elymus riparius Wieg. Elymus villosus Muhl. Elymus villosus f. arkansanus (Scribn. & Ball) Fern. Elymus virginicus L. + + + +++ + + + + + + 4+ 4 + E -L -= +++ 4 + + + 44 + -= ++ + + + + + +4 -+ -H +++ + + ++ 4+ 4 + E +++ + + =- 4 4 ++ ++ + + 4 4+ 4 ++ ++ + +44 D ++ +4+4++ + + 1946] Bean,—Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 21 Me. N.H. Vt. Mass. R.I. Conn. III. HonpEAE—Cont. Elymus virginicus f. hirsutiglumis (Seribn.) Fern. + + + Elymus virginicus var. glabriflorus (Vasey) Bush + + Elymus virginicus f. australis (Scribn. & Ball) Fern. E Elymus virginicus var. halophilus (Bickn.) Wieg. Elymus virginicus var. jejunus (Ramaley) Bush Elymus virginicus var. submuticus Hook. Elymus Wiegandii Fern. Elymus Wiegandii f. calvescens Fern. Hordeum aegiceras L. Hordeum jubatum L. Hordeum marinum Huds. Hordeum murinum L. Hordeum nodosum L. Hordeum pusillum Nutt. Hordeum vulgare L. Hordeum vulgare var. trifurcatum (Schlecht.) Alefeld Hystrix patula Moench Hystrix patula var. Bigeloviana (Fern.) Deam Lolium multiflorum Lam. Lolium multiflorum var. diminutum Mutel Lolium perenne L. Lolium temulentum L. Lolium temulentum var. leptochaetum Br: Nardus stricta L. Secale cereale L. + Triticum aestivum L. + + + + 4 + + + + + 4 ++ — + d -+ + +4+4++ +++ ot ++ +++ 4+ ++ cd FAM + ++ + + + NE + ++ + +++ GM ++ ++ + +++ ++ ++ + +++ E Es For an explanation of names in the above list which are not to be found in Gray’s Manual, the following references may be consulted: Fernald, nHopoRnA XVIII. 177 and XXXV. 258 (Spartina); Fernald, RHoponA XXXII. 63 and XXXV. 316, Hitchcock, nHoponA VIII. 211, and Wiegand, ruopora XXIV. 89 (Bromus); Fernald, RHopoRA XXXV. 137 (Dactylis); Fernald, RHODORA XL. 108 (Eragrostis multicaulis); Hubbard, RHODORA XVIII. 235, Fernald, rnopora XXXIV. 209, XXXV. 132 and XXXVII. 250 (Festuca); Fernald, ndHoponA XL. 107 (Vulpia); St. John, rHoporA XIX. 75, Hubbard, rHopora XIV. 186, and Fernald, nHopomA XXXI. 211 (Glyceria); Fernald, RHODORA XXXIV. 211 (Phragmites); Hubbard, rHopora XVIII. 235 (Poa palustris); Fernald & Wiegand, rHoporA XX. 122 (Poa saltuensis and variety); Fernald & Weatherby, RHopora XVIII. 22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 1 (Puccinellia); Fernald, RHopoRA XXX. 161 (Agropyron); Wiegand, rHopoRA XX. 81, and Fernald, RHoporA XXXV. 187 (Elymus); Fernald, RHoDORA XXIV. 229 (Hystrix patula var. Bigeloviana as Asperella Hystrix var. Bigeloviana). Additional names not given in Gray's Manual may be found in “Manual of the Grasses of the United States" by A. S. Hitchcock, Washing- ton, 1935. Geographically, the ranges of the groups here considered are well divided between northern and southern, as in our preceding report, (RHODORA XXXVIII. 263-271). The grasses in this list belong in geographie groups which have been used and defined in previous reports. As usual, varieties and forms which seem to have no geographic significance within our area are omitted. There are no strictly calcicolous representatives, nor are there grasses which have a range covering the region east of the Con- necticut River only. I. Generally distributed:—Agropyron repens, Elymus vir- ginicus, Glyceria canadensis, G. Fernaldii, G. grandis, G. striata, Poa angustifolia, P. palustris and P. pratensis. Agropyron repens, the familiar witchgrass of fields and gardens, seems not to have been extensively collected inland, perhaps because of its general abundance in settled areas; Glyceria Fernaldii has but one report from Cape Cod, none from Nan- tucket, Martha's Vineyard or Rhode Island, but has been col- lected at several stations in Connecticut, which is apparently near its southern limit of distribution. Poa alpigena and P. angustifolia are generally merged in this country with an all-inclusive P. pratensis L. Professor Fernald supplies the following memorandum. “In both P. pratensis and P. angustifolia all or nearly all of the culms bear erect or strongly ascending tufts of new green leaves from the basal sheaths, where- as P. alpigena has the culms chiefly arising from among old dried leaves at the tips of last year's stolons, the basal leaf-tufts all or nearly all on separate prolonged stolons or offsets. In P. pra- lensis the soft to firm culms are compressed at base and often geniculate, 2-3 mm. thick at base; the basal leaves flat or flattish, as broad as the thickness of the culm; glumes lanceolate to ovate, nearly straight. P. angustifolia has the firm and erect culms terete at base, there 1-2 mm. thick; basal shoots with some 1946] Bean,—Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 23 (often numerous) filiform to involute blades much more slender than the culm; glumes narrowly lanceolate, the second one arch- ing. In both these species the lemma is copiously webbed at base, the intermediate nerves glabrous, but in P. alpigena the nerves are pubescent. The latter boreal species extends south to Newfoundland, the Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island, northern Maine, and the alpine region of Mount Washington, New Hampshire." II. Rather general except in southeastern Massachusetts;— Agropyron trachycaulum var. glaucum, Bromus ciliatus var. in- tonsus, Glyceria borealis, G. melicaria, Poa saltuensis. Southward Glyceria borealis extends to northern Rhode Island and Connecticut, but apparently is absent from the central and southern sections of these states. Glyceria melicaria is missing from Rhode Island and eastern Massachusetts, save for one station on the Merrimack River. Poa saltuensis is not present in southeastern New Hampshire, eastern Massachusetts or Rhode Island. III. Northern A. (with numerous stations south of 43°): Agropyron trachycaulum var. novae-angliae, Bromus ciliatus, Glyceria striata var. stricta, Poa nemoralis. IV. Northern B. (with not many stations south of 43°): Agropyron trachycaulum var. majus, Poa glauca, P. saltuensis var. microlepis. Agropyron trachycaulum var. majus has been collected in Maine in the Katahdin and Kineo regions, in Washington County and sparingly westward along the coast; in New Hampshire at Northumberland, Woodstock and in the White Mountain Region; and in Vermont at Canaan. It is also reported in the Vermont Flora from Willoughby and scattered stations in the western part of the state. V. Alpine: Festuca prolifera, F. saximontana, Poa laxa, P. alpigena (except in northern Maine). Festuca prolifera has been collected on Mount Washington and Katahdin as has also Poa lara. The latter also is found on Mount Mansfield. Festuca saximontana has been collected at Smuggler’s Notch and Poa alpigena on Mount Washington. VI. Neither northern Maine nor southeastern Massachusetts: Elymus riparius, Festuca obtusa, Hystrix patula, H. patula var. Bigeloviana. 24 Rhodora |. . [FEBRUARY Elymus riparius, as its name indicates, is a plant of river shores. Festuca obtusa, Hystrix patula and its variety are plants of rich mainly deciduous woods. None of these species extend east of the Kennebec valley. Festuca obtusa, in fact, has but one Maine station (Vassalboro). The absence of these species from northern and eastern Maine might give a false impression of the distribution of the species as a whole as Hystrix and Festuca obtusa are both found on North Mountain, Nova Scotia and in the St. John Valley, New Brunswick. VII. Chiefly the three southern states:—Bromus Kalmii, B. purgans, Elymus canadensis, E. villosus, Eragrostis capillaris, E. pectinacea, E. spectabilis, E. spectabilis var. sparsihirsuta, Glyceria acutiflora, G. pallida, G. septentrionalis, Poa languida, Triodia flava, Vulpia octoflora var. tenella. While these species are chiefly found in southern New Eng- ` land, some of them do extend into Maine, Bromus Kalmii reach- ing Oxford County, Maine, and Elymus canadensis reaching Maine, as well as northern New Hampshire and northern Ver- mont (also New Brunswick). Many of these species have also been collected in western Vermont. Several of these species are absent from western Massachusetts and from southeastern Mas- sachusetts, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. These include Bromus Kalmii, B. purgans, Elymus canadensis, E. villosus, Eragrostis capillaris, Poa languida. The typical smooth form of Eragrostis spectabilis has been collected at three stations in southern New Hampshire, at two in the Boston area, on Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket, and at Bridgeport, Connecticut. The variety sparsihirsuta, which is poorly named, since it is usually conspicuously hirsute, is ex- tremely abundant and extends considerably further northward. VIII. Western New England only:—Eragrostis Franki, E. hypnoides. Eragrostis hypnoides occurs along Lake Champlain and Otter Creek in Vermont, near the Housatonic River in Western Massachusetts and Connecticut, and on the Connecticut River as far north as the Hanover region. ‘There is a single station on the Stillwater River at Orono, Maine. Eragrostis Frankii is more restricted with stations at Manchester and Walpole, New Hampshire, Westminster, Vermont, and numerous stations along the lower Connecticut River and westward. 1946] Bean,—Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 25 IX. Maritime (in the vicinity of the coast with no inland stations) :—Dziplachne maritima, Distichlis spicata, Elymus arena- rius var. villosus, E. virginicus var. halophilus, Puccinellia fasicu- lata, P. maritima, P. paupercula var. alaskana, Spartina alterni- flora, S. alterniflora var. pilosa, S. caespitosa, S. cynosuroides, S. patens, S. patens var. juncea, Triplasis purpurea. Diplachne maritima is at Seabrook, New Hampshire, has one report from the Boston region, and is occasional from Falmouth and Nantucket, Massachusetts, westward along the coast. Dis- tichlis spicata is common as far north as Cumberland County, Maine with outlying stations at Rockland and South Thomaston. Elymus arenarius var. villosus is a boreal species abundant on the Maine coast westward to Cape Elizabeth, with isolated stations at Hampton and Isles of Shoals, New Hampshire, Cape Ann and Provincetown, Massachusetts. Puccinellia fasciculata is known from Great Duck Island, Maine, Plum Island, Massachusetts, and from Cape Cod westward. Puccinellia maritima is more lo- cal, ranging from Newport, Rhode Island, to Casco Bay, Maine, with eastern outposts at Ocean Point and Isle au Haut. Pucci- nellia paupercula var. alaskana, a boreal species, is abundant westward to New Hampshire, and has isolated stations at Well- fleet, Hyannis, Gay Head and Cuttyhunk, Massachusetts, Westerly, Rhode Island, and Old Lyme, Connecticut. Spartina caespitosa is rather local, occurring from the Thames River, Connectieut, to Seabrook, New Hampshire, with a single station at South Thomaston, Maine. Spartina cynosuroides has been collected in Massachusetts at Salisbury, Nantucket, and Sand- wich, Dennis and Brewster on Cape Cod; and at several stations from the mouth of the Connecticut River westward. Spartina patens var. juncea is common as far north as Plum Island, Massa- chusetts and Seabrook, New Hampshire. T'riplasis purpurea is frequent northward to York, Maine. X. Miscellaneous :—4A gropyron repens var. subulatum, Bromus Dudleyi, B. latiglumis, Festuca rubra, Glyceria laxa, G. obtusa, Phragmites communis var. Berlandieri, Spartina pectinata. Agropyron repens var. subulatum, while essentially a plant of seashore areas, also follows the rivers and sand plains inland. Bromus Dudleyi, an early blooming grass closely related to B. ciliatus, might. be considered as belonging in the Northern A 26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY group were it not for the fact that it seems to be absent from northern Maine and northern Vermont. Although it has been collected only at scattered stations it is often abundant where it does occur. Bromus latiglumis does not occur in southeastern Maine (east of the Kennebec River), in southeastern Massachu- setts, or in Rhode Island. Glyceria laxa, a plant of moist soil, often flourishing in wet peat and wet glades of the Canadian type of forest, is frequent in Washington County, Maine, on Mount Desert, and in the Penobscot Bay region. It has also been col- lected at Milford, Monhegan and South Berwick, Maine, Wolfe- boro and Hooksett, New Hampshire, Everett, Massachusetts, and Colebrook, Connecticut. Glyceria obtusa has the general range of a typical coastal plain species, save that it is apparently absent from Nantucket. "There is no specimen available from that island, nor is it listed in Bicknell’s Flora. It does occur, however, on the other outlying islands, Martha's Vineyard, the Elizabeth Islands and Block Island. Phragmites communis var. Berlandieri is abundant locally along the coast of Massachusetts, . Rhode Island and Connecticut. There is no New Hampshire record, but there are scattered stations on the Maine coast as far east as Frankfort on the Penobscot River. Inland its distribu- tion is erratie with scattered stations in northern Maine, western Vermont, western Massachusetts and Connecticut. Spartina pectinata is very abundant along the entire coast and occurs inland on sandy soil especially along lakes and rivers as far north as the St. Johns River in Maine, and Lakes Memphramagog and Champlain in Vermont. Naturally it is absent from mountain- ous regions. There are à very large number of introduced grasses in the three tribes considered in this report. Many of these are waifs or easuals which have been found in vacant lots in cities and have appeared only once or twice. Wool waste has brought in many species. Others like the Festucas, Lolium and Cynosurus have come in with grass seed. Several of these grasses have become very persistent weeds, as in the case of Bromus tectorum, Hordeum jubatum, and in some cities, Eleusine indica. The Boston region has produced a large number of these grasses, partly because of the extensive areas of unoccupied land, and partly because so many metropolitan botanists collected 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 27 extensively in these waste places, especially during the days when ballast was unloaded by incoming vessels. Among the wool-waste plants are Chloris elegans, C. cucullata, the Boutelouas, and Hordeum pusillum. R. C. BEAN C. H. KNOWLTON AR HILE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLX TECHNICAL STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN PLANTS M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 16) 1. SALIX ERIOCEPHALA Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 225 (1803) is represented by a good branch (except for broken leaf-tips) of the foliage ‘‘oblongo-ovalibus, basi subretusis, serrulatis", which my note of 1903 described “foliage of oblong-leaved cordata”, and a flowering branch which clearly gave the name to the species, ^S. diandra: ramulis minutim tomentosis: . . . amentis ovalibus, confertim villosissimis", “HAB. in regione Illinoensi", my note on it being “flowering branch near discolor". The type is material of the tomentulose-branched S. missouriensis Bebb in Garden and Forest, vii. 379 (1895). It has been erroneously placed with S. discolor as S. discolor Muhl., var. eriocephala (Michx.) Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi?. 225 (1868), the very large precocious aments and long (up to 1 cm.) capsules having deceived those who did not consider its other characters, into thinking it S. discolor. Michaux’s “foliis oblongo-ovalibus, basi subretusis" is not good for S. discolor which becomes relatively local in southern Illinois and adjacent eastern Missouri. Michaux collected his S. eriocephala ‘in regione Illinoensi". That meant southern- most Illinois, for Michaux went down the Ohio, camped at the mouth of the Wabash and then proceeded to the Mississippi near the mouth of the Ohio. Here S. missouriensis abounds (‘Plants of the Lower Wabash Valley", Robt. Ridgeway, no. 1580), Ball explicitly referring to it “in Illinois along the Ohio River near its 28 Rhodora ` [FEBRUARY junction with the Mississippi” (Ball in Deam, Shrubs Ind. 52), just the region where Michaux got his S. eriocephala. The very weak photograph which I got of the foliage of Michaux’s type might almost as well have been taken from Ridgway, no. 1580 from the Lower Wabash, from Glatfelter’s material from Crève Coeur, St. Louis Co., Missouri, or from Ball & Over, nos. 2233, 2235 and 2246 from South Dakota—these all characteristic broad-leaved representatives of S. missouriensis. 2. S. corpata Michx. l. ce. (1803). This, although omitted from Index Kewensis, has nothing to do with the later published and generally more southern S. cordata Muhl. It was from Lake St. John, the entire treatment being CORDATA. S. ramulis foliisque villosis: foliis cordato-ovalibus, acuminatis, argute serrulatis; stipulis foliaceis, maximis. H AB. in Canada, ad lacum S. Joannis. The shrub was very familiar to me when I studied Michaux’s type, for only three years earlier I had been collecting it along the Aroostook River in northern Maine, hence my memorandum: “The most extreme broad-leaved pubescent form of the Aroos- took R., once taken by me for S. adenophylla [with absolute correctness as it proves].” See later discussion. 3. S. INCANA Michx. l. c. (1803), not Schrank (1789). My memorandum accords with the long-held identification: ‘‘The true candida with flocculent pubescence. The spec. labelled ‘Lac Mistassins et Riv. des Goelands'." 4. S. LONGIROSTRIS Michx. l. c. 226 (1803). My note says merely “One of the tristis forms". It is generally treated as 5. tristis Ait. (1789). 5. S. CAROLINIANA Michx. l. c. (1803). Although S. carolini- ana is commonly placed in the unquestioned synonymy of S. nigra Marsh., with which, in 1903, I was very familiar, I did not recognize the Michaux material of his S. caroliniana. Michaux identified it with the “S. pentandra?” of Walt. Fl. Carol. 243 (1788), which had ‘foliis glabris serratis nitidis lanceolatis" and which, if it at all resembled the Eurasian S. pentandra L., could not have looked very much like S. nigra Marsh., with, to quote Deam's Flora of Indiana, “leaves linear-lanceolate". | Michaux's S. caroliniana was described as follows: Rhodora Plate 996 Photo, B. G. Schubert SALIX RIGIDA (S. cordata Muhl.): Fic. 1, leaf of type of S. cordata Muhl., X 1, after Muhlenberg; Fics. 2 and 3, staminate and pistillate flowering branches, X 1; FIG. 4, portion of fruiting ament, X 5. Rhodora Plate 997 aS yor "2 AE ud Kho oan i /4 6 (rm Photo, B. G. Schubert SALIX CORDATA Michaux (S. adenophylla Hook.): FIG. 1, type of S. adenophylla, X ca. Lo: FIG. 2, margin of leaf of type of S. adenophylla, X 10; Fras. 3 and 4, leafy tip and fruiting ament, X 45, from probable type-region of S. adenophylla. Rhodora Plate 998 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX CORDATA Michaux. FIGs. 1, 2, 3 and 6 from Michaux’s TYPE-REGION: FIGs. 1 and 2, leafy tips, X 45; FIGs. 3 and 4, stipules and leaf-bases, X 5; FIGs. 5 and 6, leaf- margins, X 10; ric. 7, staminate ament, X 45. Rhodora Plate 999 SNR Photo. D. G. Schubert SALIX CORDATA Michaux: FIG. 1, staminate flowering branch, X 45; FIG. 2, pistillate flowering tip, X 45; FIG. 3, fruiting ament, 45; FIG. 4, portion of young, and FIG., 5, por- tion of flowering staminate ament, showing blackish bracts, X 10. Rhodor: Plate 1000 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX CORDATA Michaux: Fic. 1, fruiting branch, X 1; FIG. 2, lower surface of mature leaf, showing delicate venation, X 10; FIG. 3, portion of fruiting ament, showing short pedicels, X 10. |Rhodor: Plate 1001 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX SYRTICOLA : FIG. 1, pistillate, and FIG. 2, staminate branch, X 45, from TYPE. Rhodor: Plate 1002 P > Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX SYRTICOLA: FIG. 1, portion of stipule, petiole and leaf-base, X 5; FIG. 2, petiole and leaf-base, X 5; ria. 3, portion of stipule, X 5; FIG. 4, venation of lower leat-surtace, X 10; FIG. 5, portion of flowering pistillate ament, X 5; FIG. 6, portion of staminate ament, showing pale bracts, X 5, from TYPE. Rhodora Plate 1003 i WB Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX RETICULATA: FIG. 1, portion of staminate ament, X 10. S. RETICULATA, Var. SEMICALVA: FIG, 2, portion of TYPE, X 46; FIG. 3, staminate ament and lower surface of leaf, X 3, from TYPE; FIG. 4, portion of staminate ament, X 10, from TYPE, 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 29 CAROLINIANA. S. foliis lanceolatis, subtiliter arguteque serrulatis, subsessilibus: staminibus 4-6: amenti foeminei squamis oblongis, minutissime partimque lanuginosis; ovariis oblongis, glabris. S. pentandra ? WALT. OBS. Affinis S. triandrae. H AB. in Carolina et Georgia. In studying the American willows Schneider had before him the vast accumulations in all the larger American herbaria and it is significant that, with all these collections before him, he was unable to find any typical S. nigra from much of North and South Carolina and Georgia: “A very well-known eastern species the range of which seems to extend along the Atlantie coast from southern New Brunswick to northern North Carolina, and west- ward through northwestern South Carolina and northern Georgia (from where I have not yet seen typical material) to central and eastern Alabama . . . , southern Arkansas", etc. (Schneid. i Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 6 (1919)). In S. nigra, according to Sargent, Silva, ix. 104, “The stamens vary from three to five in number"; similarly, Andersson, the most accurate student ever to work on Salix, said in DC. Prodr. xvi?. 200 (1868) “masc. 3-5-andris". Michaux’s '4-6" slightly exceeds this and his *amenti foeminei squamis . . . partimque lanuginosis" is not too well described by Sargent’s “scales . . . coated on the inner surface with pale hairs" nor by Andersson's ‘squamis in amentis . . . foemineis . . glabriusculis vel basi et- margine villosis’’. In view of the great rarity in or absence from much of the area of “Carolina et Georgia" of Salix nigra and, likewise in view of Michaux's “Opss. Affinis S. triandrae’’, it would seem the obvious procedure to look for some common species of Carolina and Georgia which looks like the Eurasian S. triandra L. and which has 4 to 6 stamens, and the scales of the pistillate aments woolly at base. This is obviously S. longipes Shuttlew. ex Anders. (1868) and especially S. Wardi Bebb (1895), which Schneider treats as S. longipes, var. Wardi (Bebb.) Schneid. Typical 5. longipes was recorded by Schneider in Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 25 et seq., ‘from Cuba to northern Florida . . . and from . . . ad- jacent southeastern Georgia . . . , South Carolina . . . , .. eastern North Carolina . . . and i in the southeastern corner of Virginia", the barely or hardly separable var. Ward? extending 30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY to the District of Columbia “where it apparently reaches the most northern point of its distribution”. One can hardly look at characteristic specimens of S. triandra without seeing marked resemblance in outline and breadth of leaves to those of S. longipes (including S. Wardz), but he would scarcely think of the more linear- and narrower-leaved S. nigra. Although Schneider in various papers talked around the subject, I fail to find him getting down to a concrete statement of the characters of S. longipes (and Wardi). Sargent's full description in his Silva, l. c. 107, of S. Wardi emphasizes “leaves lanceolate to ovate- lanceolate . . . or. . . linear-lanceolate . . . stamens . . . three to SIX", while 5. longipes (as S. occidentalis Koch (1828), not Walt. (1788)) was defined with “leaves . . . lanceolate, . . . scales . oblong-obovate . . . and villous on the back . . . stamens five or six". Similarly, Ball, in his detailed description of S. longipes (including Ward?) in Deam's Shrubs of Indiana, 44, says "Jeaf-blades narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, . . . scale ob- lanceolate or obovate, villous, . . . stamens 5-8". Assembling these modern statements and comparing with Michaux’s we get for S. longipes (including S. occidentalis sensu Sargent and S. Wardi): leaves lanceolate (narrowly or broadly); scales of ament oblong-obovate or oblanceolate, villous on the back; stamens 3-8. Michaux said: leaves lanceolate; scales minutely and partly woolly; stamens 4-6; furthermore his S. caroliniana came from Carolina and Georgia, where S. longipes abounds and where S. nigra is rare or local. Two more points. Quite unfamiliar with Salix longipes (Wardi) in 1903, I entered only a query against Michaux's S. caroliniana. This was “Form of S. cordata?". That was only an off-hand suggestion, but Bebb, who set up the species, S. Wardi, in Gard. and For. viii. 363 (1895), had originally published it as S. nigra, var. Wardi in Ward, Guide to Flora of Washington, 114 (1881). He then (1881) spoke of a form of the latter which "might be easily mistaken (in the absence of aments) for an extravagant growth of S. cordata". Again, in 1895, he wrote: “The statement made when this Willow was first described that in some of its forms the leaves alone, with their ample stipules, might easily be mistaken for 5. cordata, finds striking exemplifica- tion in Professor Short’s specimen in the Gray Herbarium, which 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 3l two no less competent salicologists than Mr. Carey! and Professor Andersson have mistaken for ‘S. cordata angustata’. Indeed it is apparent from the description that this identical specimen served as the type of S. cordata angustata, 1? forma discolor, Andersson (DC., Prod. xvi?. 252)." When the foliage of Mi- chaux's type of S. caroliniana reminded my then quite inexperi- enced eye of that of S. cordata (surely not of S. nigra) I was in distinguished company, for it is an honor to approach the class with the discerning John Carey, the highest of honors to get near the limited group of most cautious salicologists with Nils Johan Andersson! Schneider states with seeming finality regarding Salir caro- liniana that “unfortunately no type specimen seems to exist in Michaux's herbarium at Paris"—Journ. Arn. Arb. iii. 64 (1921). But, from what I have already noted, it is evident that Schneider did not at all understand the types at Paris of Mi- chaux's 5. eriocephala and S. cordata and probably never studied them. These types and that of S. caroliniana were all there in 1903, when I studied and photographed some of them; of course, since the invasion of Paris by Hitler’s ravaging hordes they may now be missing; but shortly before the “blitzkrieg” in which Paris was invaded at the opening of the recent war the TYPE was there, for Cintract took the photograph of it which is before me. This photograph shows the relatively broad young leaves paler beneath than above and the toothing of Salix longipes, not of S. nigra. lam satisfied that S. CAROLINIANA Michaux. (1803) is S. longipes Shuttlew. (1858), i. e. S. Wardi (Bebb) Bebb (1895). S. CORDATA Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 225 (early 1803); Poiret in Lam. Encycl. Méth. vi. 661 (1804); not Muhl. in Ges. Naturf. Freunde Neue Schr. iv. 236, t. 6, fig. 3 (late 1803 or early 1804). S. adenophylla Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 146 (1839); Schneid. in Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 158 (1920) in part (excl. S. syrticola) ; St. John, Viet. Mem. Mus. Mem. 125: 79 (1922); Raup in Sargentia, iv. 1 In his Salices Amer. no. 22, Joseph Barratt had Salir longipes under a nomen nudum (in Index Kewensis and also cited by Schneider, so that I am not here pub- lishing a useless name), with the following explanation: “22. Salix Pitcheriana* Barratt, mss. Hab. Arkansas.—Dr. Pitcher. Sea Islands of Georgia. This unde- scribed species is allied to S. nigra. I possess specimens which have been obligingly communicated by John Carey, Esq. of New York”, etc. John Carey was not properly edified. On one of his labels of Georgia material he wrote: ‘‘I always supposed this to be S. nigra of Lin [who had no such species]: (no doubt it is of Ell.) but Dr. Barratt who calls himself the great authority for our willows names it a new species". ‘‘Au- thorities'" beware! 32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 111 (1943).—Southeastern Labrador Peninsula to James Bay, Ontario, south to Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, northern Maine, eastern Cape Cod, northern New York, Simcoe and Bruce Cos., Ontario, and northern Michigan. PraArks 997-1000. Salix cordata Michx. has been wrongly guessed, ever since Willdenow, to be identical with the later S. cordata Muhl. (see pp. 14 and 28 and plates 995 and 996). In his Species Plantarum, iv?. 666 (1806), Willdenow took up the later S. cordata Muhl., expanding Muhlenberg’s original description to read “ramis glabris viridibus. Folia tripollicaria oblongo-lanceolata acuminata basi cordata, margine argute serrata, serraturis cartilagineis, utrinque glabra", ete.; and at the same time he maintained 5. rigida Muhl. as a distinct species, although others have not been able to do so. S. rigida was thought to be distinguished by “ramis viridibus superne purpurascentibus, junioribus pubescenti- bus. Folia tripollicaria rigida oblongo-lanceolata acuminata basi subcordata, margine argute serrata, serratura infime elongata apice glandulosa” ete., not very convincing differences, especially when Muhlenberg’s original figures (our PLATE 995, FIG. 1 and 996, FIG. 1) are compared. However, in S. rigida, with glabrous oblong-lanceolate subcordate leaves, Willdenow doubtfully included “S. (cordata) ramulis foliisque villosis, foliis cordato- ovalibus acuminatis argute serrulatis, stipulis foliaceis maximis. Mich. amer. 225?”. There he had a really different species, which has positively cordate and narrowly oval or ovate leaves densely villous when yoüng, and often to maturity, and coming originally from Lake St. John, which is more than 600 miles north of ` Muhlenberg’s region (Lancaster County, Pennsylvania) and with a Hudsonian or Hudsonio-Canadian (instead of Alleghenian- Carolinian) flora. As stated on a previous page (28) the type of S. cordata Michx. from Lake St. John is surely of the northern species with densely pubescent branchlets and young foliage, which is common from southeastern Labrador Peninsula to James Bay, a species (PLATES 997-1000) of which many sheets from Lake St. John are before me. In its smallest-leaved develop- ments it is quite identical with the type of S. adenophylla Hook. (PLATE 997, rias. 1 and 2) from “Labrador. Dr. Morrison", the latter region. being presumably the Cóte Nord of the eastern part of Saguenay County, Quebec, which in Hooker's (and Morrison's) time was included in “Labrador”. At least the type of S. adeno- 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 33 phylla could perfectly well have come from the Natashquan River, the old ‘‘American Harbour,” for Natashquan material (PLATE 997, FIGs. 3 and 4) is very like it. The photograph of Hooker's type of S. adenophylla was sent to the late Professor Sargent and is preserved, along with some leaves and portions of an ament at the Arnold Arboretum. In its details it is quite like specimens from Newfoundland, the Cóte Nord, Lake St. John, Aroostook River, Maine, James Bay and elsewhere in the range of Michaux's species; and the photograph and fragments exactly agree with Hooker’s detailed account of his S. adenophylla: 8. S. adenophylla; ramis brevibus subrobustis lanatis, foliis ovatis basi cordatis acutis subcoriaceis fere omnino sessilibus reticulatim veriosis argute serratis serraturis elongatis glanduliferis lana sericea dense obsitis demum aetate nudiusculis, stipulis ovato-cordatis grosse glanduloso- serratis, amentis foemineis elongatis pedunculatis, capsulis ovatis acumi- natis glaberrimis, stylo elongato, stigmatis lobis fissis. HAB. Labrador. Dr. Morrison.—I know no species like this, well marked as it is by the copious long narrow serratures to the leaves tipped with a gland, so that the leaf looks as if it were fringed with pedicellated glands. These leaves are an inch or more long, clothed, even when fully grown, with long silky tomentum on both sides, but which is deciduous on the oldest leaves . . Although the teeth on young and just expanding leaves of Salix cordata Michx. (and S. adenophylla) may be prolonged and gland-tipped, they are often lower, blunter and less evidently ending in glands, in such specimens the toothing approaching that of S. rigida Muhl. (S. cordata Muhl.). Furthermore, the narrow- est-leaved S. cordata resembles the broadest-leaved S. rigida but the blades are more generally cordate in the former than in the latter. Measurements of all mature foliage in the Gray Her- barium gives the following results, to which I add the far more significant characters of the aments. S. CORDATA: leaves broadly oblong-lanceolate to ovate, mostly strongly cordate, the mature ones 3-13 (av. 6.5) em. long and 2-5.5 (av. 3.5) cm. broad; staminate aments terminating leafy axillary branchlets, the leaves well developed at anthesis, the bracts with whitish beard; pistillate aments dense, in anthesis with appressed-ascending ovaries, in fruit with the capsules crowded on very short pedicels shorter than to barely exceeding the bracts. S. RIGIDA: leaves oblong-lanceolate, subcordate, rounded or tapering or attenuate at base, the mature blades one eighth to one third as broad as long, 4.5-15 cm. long, 0.9-4.5 em. broad; staminate aments subtended by short bracts barely expanded at anthesis; pistillate aments in anthesis with widely (often horizontally) divergent ovaries, in fruit with the widely divergent capsules on pedicels as long as to much longer than their subtending bracts. hi 34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Typical Salix cordata Michx. has heavily villous branchlets and young leaves, the pubescence inclined to persist on the mature foliage. In the eastern part of its range it is repre- sented in many areas (along certain rivers, etc.) by a glabrous or glabrescent extreme, which has the aments, stamens, short pedi- cels and cordate leaf of the typical extreme of the species, but with the teeth less often prolonged and gland-tipped than in that shrub. With leaf-outline and aments of S. cordata and occurring only in Newfoundland, eastern Canada and northern Maine, mostly north of S. rigida, it seems to be an extreme of the northern species. This is S. conDATA Michx., var. abrasa, var. nov., ramulis petiolisque glabris vel glabratis; foliis costa excepta glabris vel glabratis.— Newfoundland and Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, to Nova Scotia and northern Maine. The following are characteristic. NEw- FOUNDLAND: Birchy Pond Stream, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3149; Harry’s River (or Brook), Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3150; Force- le-Plain, Harry’s Brook, A. B. Kennedy, nos. 305 and 387; Riverview Camp, Grand Codroy River, Pease & Edgerton, no. 27,120. Quesec: R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé Co., July 14-17, 1906, Fernald & Collins, nos. 484 (ryrE in Herb. Gray.), 485 and 486; R. Petite Cascapedia, Bonaventure Co., Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,845; Bonaventure R., Bonaventure Co., Aug. 4-8, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 5831 and 5897); junction of Restigouche and Matapedia Rivers between Quebec and New Brunswick, Rousseau & Boivin, nos. 32,037 and 32,082; Grande-Décharge, Lac St.-Jean, Victorin, Rolland & Meilleur, no. 45,872. New Brunswick: Tom's Island, Resti- gouche R., July 30, 1896, G. U. Hay; lower Tobique River, Oct., 1945, G. D. Chamberlain. Nova Scoria: Salt Springs, Pictou Co., Perry, Wetmore, Hicks & Prince, no. 10,134; Truro, Col- chester Co., J. G. Jack, no. 3633; Wellington, Shubenacadie Grand Lake, Halifax Co., Fernald, Bartram & Long, no. 23,739 (transitional); Landsdown, Digby Co., J. G. Jack, no. 3704. Maine: Fort Kent, Aroostook Co., Fernald, nos. 2473-2475; Pease, no. 2578. ' Schneider, who considered Salix cordata Muhl. and S. cordata Michx. identical and who put them both into § Cordatae, treated S. adenophylla Hook. (which is really very small-leaved 5. cordata Michx.) as the type of a separate § Adenophyllae. He was unable to distinguish from the latter northern species the very different shrub of sands about Lake Michigan, S. syrticola Fernald in Ruopora, ix. 225 (1907), (our PLATES 1001 and 1002), 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 35 Schneider saying “Unfortunately Fernald did not see Hooker’s type of which I have before me an excellent photograph and some fragments from the Kew Herbarium . . . When he proposed his new species he did not know of the specimens collected by Ma- coun, Ross and Spreadborough in the James Bay region. They connect the original habitat of (probably southern) Labrador and that of S. syrticola. The only difference between the forms of James Bay and those of the Great Lakes, so far as I can judge, is in the length of the styles, which measure about 1.5 mm. in typical S. adenophylla, while they rarely are longer than 1 mm. in S. syrticola"—Schneid. in Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 158, 159 (1920). Now it so happens that, in 1903 (again in 1930) the author of Salix syrticola had closely studied Hooker's type of S. adeno- phylla and he has many times studied colonies of S. adenophylla in Newfoundland, Quebec and northern Maine. The type, from the northeastern and rather inhospitable limit of the specific range, was unusually small-leaved and heavily pubescent, but the characters of this species (as the earlier S. cordata Michx.) are shown in PLATES 997-1000. Whether S. syrticola is fully dis- tinct from S. cordata it is too soon to assert with finality. In general the two are very different in many characters, but in northern Michigan and about the Lake Huron shores of Ontario some shrubs indicate possible transitions which are no more tangible than the “mongrels’”’ into which other species of Salix regularly “spawn” (to quote Bailey's picturesque phrase) when they meet and cross. Until very recently we did not know good staminate aments and the plans to secure them last June from the type-region of the northern shrub, Lake St. John, or from northern Maine were thwarted by the erratic weather, when abnormally late frosts after an abnormally early opening of spring blighted the flowers or fruits as well as vegetative tips of many species occurring from eastern Canada to the Southeastern States. Most fortunately, however, in late June and early July, Fathers Dutilly and Lepage secured beautiful freshly flowering staminate, as well as pistillate, material near James Bay. This differs at once from S. syrticola in many characters. As to the staminate aments, they are borne at the tips of well developed leafy branchlets, the bracteal leaves very much more developed than are those of S. syrticola during anthesis, and the beard of the bracts is much whiter than the fuscous beard in 5. syrticola. 36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY These characters of the staminate aments, accompanied by parallel ones in the pistillate, and by different outline, toothing and reticulation of leaves, different toothing of stipules, ete., lead to the following statement of contrasts. S. CORDATA: Leaves broadly lance-oblong to oblong-ovate, long-acuminate, gradually tapering from below or near the middle, the mature ones 3-13 cm. long; each margin with 25-90 (av. 55) forward-arching at first often gland- tipped but soon glandless mostly simple teeth; the mature petiole (2-) 5-35 (av. 13) mm. long; the mature lower surface with secondary veins slender and relatively low: mature and larger stipules with 0-22 (av. 14) gland-tipped or mostly glandless teeth on the longer margin; staminate aments on leafy branchlets, the leaves well-grown at anthesis; the blackish to brown bracts with white beard: pistillate aments in maturity 2-6 cm. long; bracts narrowly obovate, fuscous or brown, their bright white beard only slightly longer; ovaries in anthesis appressed-ascending, in fruit more spreading, on pedicels shorter than bracts. PrATEs 997-1000. S. svRTICOLA: Leaves oblong-ovate, acute or abruptly short-acuminate from well above the middle, the mature ones 3.5-9.5 em. long; each margin with 81-137 (av. 105) horizontally or subhorizontally divergent and perma- nently gland-tipped prolonged often compound teeth; the mature petiole 2-10 (-15) (av. 6.3) mm. long, thicker than in the preceding; mature lower surface with secondary veins coarse and rather prominent: mature and larger stipules with 24—40 (av. 32) mostly gland-tipped and straight teeth on the longer margin: staminate aments in full anthesis subtended by leaves only about one-fourth grown; the oblong pale brown bracts with ashy-white to fuscous beard: pistillate aments in maturity 6-8 cm. long; flowers soon divergent, the mature capsules on pedicels nearly as long as to longer than blade of the oblong pale brown bract, the beard of the latter very long, ashy; style 0.7-1.5 mm. long. Pxrares 1001 and 1002. With such an abundance of distinctive characters, I find myself incapable of following Schneider in treating S. cordata (S. adenophylla) and S. syrticola as absolutely the same. Schneider states that the “styles . . . measure about 1.5 mm. in typical S. adenophylla [i. e. cordata], while they rarely are longer than 1 mm. in S. syrticola" (Schneider, Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 159). Rather naturally, however, my measurements of the style of S. syrticola accurately coincide with those of Ball in Deam's Shrubs of Indiana, 0.7-1.5 mm. I am not, as already emphasized, con- vinced that S. cordata (S. adenophylla) and S. syrticola are con- specifie, although, as also noted above, at the northern border of the range of the latter some transitional specimens may possibly occur. So they do at the border-lines or coincident ranges of many willows. That is one of the reasons the willows are diffi- cult; they will cross. Incidentally, Salix syrticola has its greatest development on the dunes of Lake Michigan, especially toward the southern end of the Lake, a region famous for the isolation there of prevailingly 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 37 southern, rather than northern species. Although the dunes sup- port Pinus Banksiana and a few other common Hudsonian and Canadian species, they are famous largely on account of the remarkable assemblage of far-isolated southern or southeastern species. These include Aristida tuberculosa, **Massachusetts to Georgia and Mississippi; around the southern end of Lake Michigan and in . . . Wisconsin, Indiana, Illinois", ete. (Hitch- cock); Panicum auburne, ‘‘Massachusetts to northern Florida and Louisiana; Arkansas; Indiana, near Lake Michigan" (Hitchcock); Eleocharis geniculata (E. caribaea), Florida to Texas and southern California, north near coast to North Carolina, sands of Great Lakes, southern Ontario to Michigan and northwestern Indiana; E. melanocarpa, localized in northern Florida and Georgia, south- eastern Virginia, southern New Jersey to southeastern Massa- chusetts, eastern Texas, and dunes of Lake Michigan; Psilocarya nilens, occurring from eastern Texas to Florida, thence north to southeastern North Carolina, otherwise highly localized in Sussex County, Virginia, Cape May region, New Jersey, Suffolk County, Long Island, Plymouth County, Massachusetts, and dunes of Lake Michigan; and so on to Stachys hyssopifolia, a very charac- teristic species occurring from southern New England and south- eastern New York to South Carolina and isolated in southern Michigan and northwestern Indiana; or Lycopus amplectens Raf. (L. sessilifolius Gray), one of the most definite of species, occur- ring from Mississippi to Florida, thence to North Carolina, from southern New Jersey to southeastern Massachusetts, and among the dunes of Lake Michigan. In view of this striking southern, rather than prevailingly Hudsonian, relationship of the flora of the dunes of Lake Michigan, it is wise to hesitate before too positively asserting that S. syrticola of the dunes of Lake Michi- gan is, in spite of its many distinctive characters, identical with the shrub which prevails in the Hudsonio-Canadian area from Hudson Bay to southern Labrador and Newfoundland. Primar- ily upon S. syrticola which he misidentified with S. adenophylla, Schneider set up his § Adenophyllae, although, as quoted by me on p. 15, he admitted that he was perplexed *'to draw a sharp line between [§ Cordatae] . . . and the [§] Adenophyllae". If S. cor- data Michx. and S. cordata Muhl. are, as Schneider incorrectly says, identical, though clearly of the same section, and if, as it 38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY seems to me, S. adenophylla is the same as S. cordata Michx. (not Muhl.), then § Adenophyllae Schneid. has a very slim basis for separation from $ Cordatae. The automatic abandonment of the later name, Salix cordata Muhl., not Michx., necessitates the following transfer: S. RIGIDA Muhl., forma mollis (Palmer & Steyerm.), comb. nov. S. cordata Muhl., forma mollis Palmer & Steyerm. in Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. xxv. 770 (1938). S. RIGIDA Muhl., var. angustata (Pursh), comb. nov. S. an- gustata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 613 (1814). S. cordata Muhl., 6. angustata (Pursh) Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi?. 252 (1868). Typical Salix rigida Muhl. has the leaves broadly rounded to subcordate or slightly cordate at base, one sixth to one third as broad as long, the mature blades 1.5-4.5 (av. 2.75) cm. broad. In var. angustata the blades taper to base or are very gradually rounded, one eighth to one fourth as broad as long, the mature ones 0.9-2.2 (av. 1.5) em. broad. 2. ADDITIONAL NAMES AND TRANSFERS IN SALIX— X S. Jesupi. S. pameachiana sensu Anders. in K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vi. 48 (1867), not Barratt (1840). S. alba, var. pameachiana Anders. in DC. Prodr. xvi? 212 (1868), not S. pameachiana Barratt, basonym. S. alba X lucida Bebb in Gard. and For. viii. 423, 424, fig. 57 (1895). Named for its discoverer, HENRY Gmisworp JESUP (1826- 1903). Salix pameachiana Barratt, Salices Amer. (1840) “‘grow- ing about the Pameacha stream in this town [Middletown, Con- necticut]” and, therefore, not a personal name as assumed by Andersson and by Schneider, who regularly used a capital initial, was said by Barratt to be “the intermediate of S. vitellina and the former [S. decipiens or fragilis]". Carey in Gray, Man. 428 (1848) treated it as S. alba, var. vitellina X S. fragilis. It has nothing to do with the very striking X 5. Jesupi. S. INTERIOR Rowlee, var. exterior, var. nov., foliis plus minusve persistenter sericeis breviter subacutis oblongo-lanceolatis denti- bus suppressis, lamina 2-7 cm. longa ad 1.5 cm. lata.—Beaches of Aroostook River, Maine: Caribou, July 18, 1902, Walliams, Collins & Fernald (ryeE in Herb. Gray.; isorvyrE in Herb. N. E. Bot. Cl.); Fort Fairfield, June 28, 1931, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2432. PENNSYLVANIA: banks of Susquehanna River, above MeCall's Ferry, York Co., Sept. 13, 1864, T. C. Porter (Herb. Phil. Acad.; fragments and tracing in Gray Herb.). 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 39 In its very short and broad leaves with suppressed teeth quite distinct from narrower-leaved typical Salix interior, in which the usually divergent teeth are prominent. S. interior, named for its extensive inland development, or its forma Wheeler? (Rowlee) Rouleau, extends from Alaska to Oklahoma and Arkansas, and eastward in the North to the St. Lawrence River in Quebec and the Connecticut in western New England, with a slight but iso- lated occurrence along the St. John in New Brunswick and the lower Restigouche in Quebec. Var. exterior is close to the eastern- most edge of the specific range. Although the name S. longifolia Muhl. (1803) is still much used, it was clearly antedated by the wholly different S. longifolia Lam. (1778). S. RETICULATA L., var. semicalva, var. nov. (TAB. 1003, FIG. 2-4 et TAB. 1004, FIG. 2-4), squamis masculis flavescentibus dorso glabris vel glabratis; antheris flavescentibus; squamis foemineis flavescentibus vel fulvis; capsulis sparse breviterque pilosis.—Limestone barrens and gravels, northern and north- western NEWFOUNDLAND: Quirpon Island, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,939; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gil- bert, no. 27,936; Anse aux Sauvages, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,940; Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,586; between Name- less Cove and Mistaken Cove, straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, Pease, Long & Hotchkiss, no. 27,935; Flower Cove, July 17, 1920, Mary E. Priest; Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,585; south of Flower Cove, Wiegand, Pease, Long & Hotchkiss, no. 27,934; Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,587; St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 27,937 and 27,938; Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 301; Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1578 (rvPE in Herb. Gray., July 20, 1929)— 1580; Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1581. The two collections (Woodworth, no. 143, and Abbe & Odell, no. 210), from the Torngat region of northern Labrador, have the pale bracts and the minutely puberulent ovaries of var. semicalva. I have seen no staminate material from that area. Typical arctic-alpine Salix reticulata (PLATE 1003, Fic. 1 and 1004, ric. 1) has the bracts of the pistillate aments dark (deep purplish to blackish), those of the staminate aments heavily villous at base on the back (as well as on the inner surface), the anthers dark (Schneider in Journ. Arn. Arb. iii. 92 (1921), in his key saying “Antherae violaceae" for S. reticulata as opposed to 40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY * Antherae flavae" for S. vestita), the ovaries and capsules heavily white-tomentulose. The arctic shrub (especially in Eurasia) may often have silky pubescence on the young leaves, this per- sisting near the base of the leaf on the back; and in European (typical) specimens the peduncle is usually villous. The New- foundland representative of the species is glabrous from the first or with the young peduncles only sparsely pilose. Its aments have yellowish-brown to fulvous bracts, these in the staminate aments only weakly pilose or promptly glabrescent, the anthers pale or yellow, while the pubescence of the capsules is so short and fine that the purplish color of the capsule is scarcely ob- scured. (To be continued) LyYTHRUM ALATUM IN Martnge.—On 10 Aug., 1945, Mrs. Cleora D. Adams of Hartford sent me for identification a plant that she collected on 8 August in Belgrade, Kennebec County. I deter- mined it as Lythrum alatum Pursh, and Mr. C. A. Weatherby verified my finding. We thought that this might be its first known occurrence in Maine, but Prof. Fay Hyland writes me that he has it from Fryeburg, and Ralph Bean tells Mrs. Adams that he has collected it in Clinton. Mrs. Adams gives this note on its location. “Growing in a patch 10-12 ft. across, noticeable from. highway a few hundred feet away in damp meadow in bend where R. 135 leaves R. 11, before reaching cemetery which is on both sides of the road, and before R. 135 crosses R. 27. ‘Three species of butterflies were working on the flowers: one blaek swallow-tail, several sulphurs, and several smaller ones which I think were pearl erescents".—Jonw C. Parry, Canton, Maine. Volume 48, no. 565, including pages 1-16 and plates 993 and 994, was issued ó January, 1946. Rhodora Plate 1004 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX RETICULATA: FIG. 1, portion of fruiting ament, X 10. S. RETICULATA, Var. SEMICALVA: FIG. 2, fruiting plant, X 45; FIG. 3, fruiting ament, X 5; FIG. 4, portion of fruiting ament, X 10. MAR & 1946 Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ALBERT FREDERICK HILL ! Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 48. March, 1946. No. 567. CONTENTS: Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University— No. CLX. Technical Studies on North American Plants. M ue EAA (continued): — SLUT ASTU 41 Observations on two Ecological Races of Allium tricoccum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan. Clarence R. Hanes and EN CORDE uL IAEA. ICE a 61 Muhlenbergia setosa an Untenable Name. F.J. Hermann. ...... 63 Does Habenaria cristata still grow in New England? MN Lille. es FONE a 64 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher prices (see 3rd cover- page). Volumes 1-9 can be supplied at $4.00, 10-34 at $3.00, and volumes 35-46 at $4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be supplied only at ad- vanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof. Extracted reprints, if ordered in ad- vance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St. Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA by Merritt LYNDON FERNALD and ALFRED CHARLES KINSEY Practical discussion of edibility and directions for recognition and prepara- tion of more than 1000 wild plants. 422 pp., introd. and detailed index, 124 line drawings, 25 half-tone plates. $3.00, postpaid. THe IpLEWILD Press, Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York, or Librarian, Gray HerpartumM, Cambridge 38, Mass. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately No. I. A Monograph of the Genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson. 150 pp., 96 fig. 1917. $3.00. No. Ill. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. No. V. The Old World Species of the Celastraceous Genus Microtropis Wallich, by E. D. Merrill and F. L. Freeman. 40 pp. 1940. $1.00. Grav Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38. Mass. j- JOIO Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 48. March, 1946. No. 567. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLX TECHNICAL STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN PLANTS M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 40) In fact, Salix $ Reticulatae has strongly diverged in Newfound- land and the adjacent Labrador Peninsula from orthodox characters of the section, Schneider in Bot. Gaz. lxvii. 44 (1919) finding “the characters of the RETICULATAE . . . further changed by the inclusion of S. lezolepis [endemic in western New- foundland] with glabrous ovaries”. S. ledolepis (PLATE 1005), with habit of very coarse-stemmed S. reticulata but with strictly glabrous bracts and ovaries, is endemic, so far as known, on Table Mt., Port-au-Port Bay, 150 miles south of the southern known limit of S. reticulata var. semicalva. In the same general area with the embarrassing S. leiolepis the coarse and usually upright S. vestita 1s highly complex. Furthermore, this very definite coarse species of the Reticulatae, with very short petioles, the coriaceous leaf-blades usually heavily clothed beneath with dense and lustrous silky white hairs, and with staminate aments 1-1.5 em. long, has diverged on Eskimo Island, west of the Straits of Belle Isle, and locally on walls of the Shickshock Mts. of the Gaspé Peninsula, as S. vestita, var. psilophylla Fernald & St. John in Vict. Mem. Mus. Mem. 126: 44 (1922), with the membrana- ceous leaves glabrescent beneath, the staminate aments 1.7-2.5 em. long. Again, along the Straits of Belle Isle the Reticulatae have thrown off another endemic, S. jejuna Fernald in RHODORA, 42 Rhodora [Marcu xxviii. 177 (1926), this tiny shrub (PLATE 1006) differing from S. reticulata in its very short (instead of long) petioles and short- (instead of long-) peduncled fruiting aments, and in the very long ascending villi of the papillate capsule, and from the Newfound- land S. reticulata, var. semicalva still further in its fuscous or dark purple very pubescent bracts. Furthermore, this unique little species of northernmost Newfoundland may flower twice in the same summer. In June or early July the fruits are ripe but one of the original collections, of July 16, had already fruited, while the new, vigorous shoots were already producing new flowering aments, without waiting for the next summer. Since neither of the endemic Newfoundland species of $ Reticulate have been illustrated, I am showing them in PLATES 1005 and 1006. S. vesTITA Pursh, forma mensalis, f. nov., trunco prostrato; foliis 1-1.6 em. longis; amentis fructiferis 5-6 mm. longis.— NEWFOUNDLAND: mossy knolls on the limestone tableland, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port-au-Port Bay, June 16 and 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,824, specimens distributed under an identical but unpublished varietal name. Forming dense prostrate mats 1.5 dm. broad, with tiny leaves only 1-1.6 em. long, and fruiting aments 5-6 mm. long; in strong contrast with the erect or ascending typical Salix vestita (up to 1 m. high) which has leaves 1.5-7 cm. long, the fruiting aments 0.6-1.5 cm. long. The section Reticulatae Fries is unique among the diandrous Salices. In the tremendously extensive series of sections of diandrous willows with persistent bracts the aments or their supporting branchlets are axillary; terminal or subterminal, and the flowers are subtended by 1 or 2 slender to stout simple glands ornectaries. In the round-, roundish- or obovate- and reticulate- leaved § Reticulatae the peduncled aments are falsely terminal, borne just below the tip of the branchlet and on the side of the stem opposite the terminal leaf; and the glands of both staminate and pistillate flowers often form a false disk (as in Populus) with the margin lobed. "Thus making a transition in its gland and in several other characters to Populus, the section was set up by A. Kerner in 1860 as a genus, Chamitea. Of this differentiation the late Professor C. E. Moss wrote in his Cambridge British Flora, ii. 25 (1914). 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 43 “S. reticulata possesses so many remarkable characters, showing it to be, in spite of the great difference in habit, intermediate in several respects between Populus and species of Salix in general, that there is little wonder that Kerner . . . suggested it should be placed in a new genus. How- ever, the remarkable characters possessed by 5. reticulata are so distributed among the other more primitive species of Salix that its generic separation from them cannot be maintained; and indeed Kerner himself at a later date accepted this view. The characters by which S. reticulata recalls Populus are the suckering habit, the long petioles, the broad laminae, and the perianthoid nature of the nectary. In its androecium, however, it has become a thorough Salix, more so even than S. pentandra, which has rather broad laminae, a double nectary, and, as a rule, 5 stamens at least. It seems to us that S. pentandra and S. reticulata diverged long ago from a primitive Salicalian stock, that each has retained a few of the Populus-like characters which this ancestral hypothetical group pos- sessed, and that each of these species or their ancient allies have given rise to the other species of Salix, some of which . . . exhibit interesting features of convergent development." The very primitive $ Reticulatae consists of only a few localized species: (1) S. reticulata of arctic-alpine range on calcareous soils, extending south to the higher mountains of Eurasia and in America in very local areas to northwestern Newfoundland (as var. semicalva), shores of Hudson Bay and southern Alaska and the Aleutian Islands; (2) S. vestita Pursh, with localized varieties, of the Labrador Peninsula, Newfoundland, Anticosti and Gaspé, west side of Hudson Bay, Cordilleran region of south- ern Alberta and British Columbia to northern Montana and eastern Oregon; (3) S. leiolepis and (4) S. jejuna, Newfoundland endemies; (5) S. nivalis Hook. of alpine regions of the Rocky Mts.—evidently a primitive section, consisting only of a few dis- joined relicts. 'The pentandrous willows, on the other hand, such as those of $8 Nigrae, Pentandrae and Bonplandianae, are relatively southern (some even tropical) and their species, S. nigra Marsh., Hum- boldtiana Willd., lucida Muhl., Bonplandiana Kunth, etc., have broadly continuous ranges. Although presumably, as Moss pointed out, of as great antiquity as $ Aeticulatae, both series showing primitive characters, the pentandrous and chiefly more austral willows show no more evidence of relict-endemism than do the relatively modern diandrous species, such as S. rigida Muhl., S. humilis Marsh., S. discolor Muhl. or S. Bebbiana Sargent. § Reticulatae, however, has remained somewhat static and relict-endemism is one of its striking peculiarities. In view 44 Rhodora {Marcu of its concentration in northern and western Newfoundland and its association there with hundreds of other relict-species of both plants and animals, those who believe the present distribution of nonaggressive plants and animals of as great or greater signifi- cance as the remote occurrence of chance fossils, find themselves unable to subscribe to the insistence of certain geologists and others, that life on Newfoundland and in adjacent areas was wholly obliterated by Wisconsin ice. It would be most difficult to demonstrate that in that area the relatively modern sections of diandrous Salix have in a few thousand years given rise to localized shrubs with more primitive floral characters, SALIX, § Uva-ursi, sect. nov., a § Herbaceae Borrer differt trunco valde ligneo vix subterraneo, ramulis valde foliosis; foliis firmis nec rotundatis nec valde reticulatis subtus albidis; amentis multifloris; bracteis valde sericeis; stamine plerumque 1. Tyre S. Uva-ursi Pursh. It is most difficult to see any close relationship of the eastern boreal American Salix Uva-ursi and the cireumpolar S. herbacea L. The latter has its trunks and main branches subterranean, stoloniferous and rooting at the nodes, only the short ascending filiform branchlets above ground, these bearing 2-4 reticulate rounded slender-petioled leaves which are green on both sides, and subterminal 2-8-flowered tiny aments, with nearly glabrous bracts, and the staminate flowers with 2 stamens. S. Uva-ursi is a strongly ligneous prostrate shrub, forming extensive super- ficial and very leafy carpets; the firm leaves not rounded, whit- ened beneath and not conspicuously reticulate, also short- - petioled; the many-flowered aments with long-silky bracts; the stamen solitary (rarely 2). S. ARCTICA Pallas, var. antiplasta (Schneider), comb. nov. S. anglorum Cham., var. antiplasta Schneider in Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 134 (1918). SALIX, $ Argyrocarpae, sect. nov. Frutex 0.2-1.7 m. altus; foliis subtus micaceo-sericeis; stipulis minutis fugaceis; amentis fructiferis laxis; capsulis micaceo-sericeis; pedicellis elongatis glandulas duas 3-4-plo superantibus; staminibus 2. Typr S. argyrocarpa Anders. The boreal and alpine Salix argyrocarpa of northeastern America, like its associate, S. Uva-ursi, stands so far apart from other willows that it deserves a place in the system of Sections. Rhodor: Plate 1005 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX LEIOLEPIS, all figs. from TYPE: FIG. 1, portion of shrub, X 1; FIG. 2, branchlet and portions of leaves, X 5; FIG. 8, portion of fruiting ament, showing glabrous bracts and capsules, X 10. Rhodora Plate 1006 Photo. B. G. Schubert SALIX JEJUNA: FIG. 1, two portions of TYPE, X 1; FIG. 2, a small dense shrub, X 1; FIG. 3, branch, X I, showing 2nd flowering in midsummer; FIG. 4, expanding bud and stipule (left), X 10; ria. 5, fruiting ament and leaf, X 5; FIG. 6, portion of fruiting ament, showing villous bracts and capsules, 10. 1946] Fernald,—Studies on North American Plants 45 Andersson, Bebb and Schneider have tried to place it in some section and the latter close student of the genus finally left it unanchored. S. GLAUCOPHYLLOIDES Fernald, forma lasioclada, f. nov., ramulis persistenter griseo-velutinis. Type from Robinson’s Brook, southwestern Newfoundland, August 10, 1930, Rachel B. Kennedy, no. 470, in Herb. Gray; flowering material from the same shrub, coll. June 7, 1930, no. 254. Differing from the glabrous- and lustrous-branched typical S. glaucophylloides in its densely gray-velvety branchlets. Found . through much of the range of typical S. glaucophylloides. S. GLAUCOPHYLLOIDES Fernald, var. albovestita (C. R. Ball), comb. nov. S. glaucophylla Bebb, var. albovestita C. R. Ball in Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. xxix. 492 (1939). Unfortunately the name Salix glaucophylla Bebb (1881) is antedated by the same name for quite different species by Besser (1822) and by Andersson (1851). Typical S. glaucophylloides, occurring on gravelly shores in calcareous areas from Newfound- land to northern Ontario, south to the Gaspé Peninsula, northern New Brunswick and northern Maine, is a coarse shrub or small tree up to 5 m. high, its oblong to lanceolate or ovate leaves glaucous beneath and lustrous above, these about half-grown at anthesis, the aments subtended by 3-5 leaves. Its pistillate aments are dense, in maturity 2-6 cm. long, the capsules on pedicels only 1-1.5 mm. long. Var. glaucophylla (Bebb) Schnei- der, localized about the Great Lakes, is a low shrub (1-2.5 m. high) its aments expanding before the leaves are well grown, the pistillate aments lax and subremotely flowered, becoming 6-10 cm. long, with fruiting pedicels 2-4 mm. long. Var. albovestita is similar to the latter and found on dunes of the Great Lakes from New York and southern Ontario to Michigan. Its branch- lets are densely pubescent and the young (sometimes the old) leaves are clothed with dense white pubescence. 8. HUMILIS Marsh., var. hyporhysa, var. nov. Frutex 1-3 m. altus; ramulis fertilibus 2-5 mm. crassis; foliis glabratis vel subtus sparse puberulis, subtus valde rugoso-reticulatis, lamina matura 0.7-2 (-3) em. lata; amentis masculis 1-3 em. longis 1-2.3 em. crassis; amentis fructiferis 2-8 cm. longis.—S. humilis, var. rigidiuscula sensu Rob. & Fern. in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 362 (1908) not the basic S. humilis, var. longifolia, f. rigidiuscula Anders. (1897).— The commoner variety southward, from Florida 46 Rhodora [Marcu to eastern Texas, north on or near the coastal plain to eastern Connecticut, Long Island, New Jersey and’ eastern Pennsyl- vania, and inland to West Virginia, Ohio, southern Michigan, southern Wisconsin, Iowa and Oklahoma. Tyre from NEw Jersey: open thickets bordering brackish marshes, Manahawkin, Ocean Co., July 23, 1923, Bayard Long, no. 28,011 (in Herb. Gray.). S. Humils, var. microphylla (Anders.), comb. nov. Pee es Wo ee ES «...12. L. Chapmanii. a. Slender short-pedicellate heads less crowded in loose racemes or simple panicles; corolla-tube with only a few scattered hairs within and outside at the base of the tube... . b. b. Stem and leaves glabrous; inflorescence erect, racemose or panioulatec s.. Lan tenaa PLATO Lud 13. L. pauciflora. b. Stem short-pubescent; leaves pubescent, or ciliate toward the base; inflorescence racemose, with heads frequently RT res n ee N awa E SR. re 14. L. secunda. 12. LIATRIS CHAPMANI Torr. & Gray. Corm rounded or ovoid up to 2 cm. in diameter: stem usually single, stiff, minutely cinereous-pubescent or glabrous, very leafy, 3-7.5 dm. tall; leaves very numerous, linear-lanceolate, inconspicuously punc- tate, finely pubescent or glabrous, lower ones ca. 1.5 dm. long, and 5-10 mm. wide, forming a rosette at the base of the stem; upper leaves narrowed below the middle into a slender margined petiole, gradually reduced, 1.5 cm. long at the base of the spike; in- florescence a very dense, narrow spike, 1-3.5 dm. long, of slender, 3—-5-flowered, cylindrical, nearly sessile heads, 1-1.8 cm. long, erect and generally closely appressed to the rachis; phyllaries oblong-lanceolate, acute or mucronulate, glabrous and with narrow scarious margins, sometimes purple; corolla phlox-purple, rarely white, ca. 12 mm. long, with very slight pilosity, if any, within the tube at the base of the throat; achene 4-5 mm. long; 280 Rhodora [OCTOBER pappus 9-11 mm. long and barbellulate, with barbellae about equal to or twice the diameter of the seta.—Fl. N. Am. ii. 502 (1843); Chapman, Fl. So. U. S. 191 (1860); Gray, Synopt. FI. i?. 112 (1884). Laciniaria Chapmanii O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 349 (1891). Laciniaria Deamiae Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. ii. 163 (1912). Lacinaria Chapmanii var. longifolia Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxiii. 106 (1896). Georgia and Florida.—GEORGIA. Decatur Co.: without locality, Sept. 15, 1880, Dr. E. A. Smith (NY). FLORIDA. Without stated locality: Chapman, ex Herb. C. Mohr (US); Curtiss, ex Herb. U. S. Dept. Agr. (US); ex Herb. Park Davis Co., 3496 (US). Co. UNDETERMINED: sandhills, A. W. Chapman (G, (NY type)); on arid sandhills, Chapman (G); southern Florida, A. W. Chapman (NY, US). Leron Co.: Bellair, Sept. 3, 1895, G. V. Nash, 2547 (G, NY, US, ND). GapspEN Co.: dry sandy pine ridges, near Bristol & Quincy, Oct. 24, 1895, C. Mohr (US); on arid sandhills, Sept., Chapman (G); open pinelands, western part of county, Aug. 30, 1936, H. Foster, 113 (F). FRANKLIN Co.: dry sandy ridges, near Apalachicola, July 12, 1895, ex Biltmore Herb., 4114a (G, NY, US, ND); dry pine barrens, near Apalachi- cola, Oct. A. H. Curtiss, 5441 (NY); Apalachicola, Oct. Curtiss, (NY); dry pine barrens, near Apalachicola, Oct. 1888, A. H. Curtiss, 1182 ((G, US, without date) NY, ND)); St. Vincent Island, Oct. 30, 1910, W. L. McAtee, 1730, (US); St. Vincent Island, Oct. 30, 1910, W. L. McAtee, 1743 (US). Okaroosa Co.: East Pass, S. M. Tracy, 6362 (G, US, NC). Escamsīia Co.: barren scrubs near Pensacola, Sept. 26, 1901, A. H. Curtiss, 6918 (G, NY, US, Q); high dry pine barrens, w. side of Escambia Bay, Sept. 20, 1910, R. M. Harper, 88 (G, NY, US). PurNaAM Co.: with low turkey-oak, along n. boundary, Welaka, April 28, 1940, A. M. Laessle (F). VorusrA Co.: dry scrub, Tomoka Ave., near Ormond, Sept. 24, 1944, Mrs. H. T. Butts (OA); flatwoods, s. of Seville, Sept. 17, 1943, G. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). ORANGE Co.: flatwoods, Orlando, Oct. 18, 1929, E. West & De Vane (F); sandhills, Windermere, Sept. 19, 1929, F. Vasku (F). HERNANDO Co.: Choocochattee Hammock, near Brooksville, Aug. 26, 1922, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. DeWinkeler, 10604 (NY, F). Brevarp Co.: Okeechobee region, Aug. 13, 1903, A. Fredholm, 5962 (G). Hr~usBoroucH Co.: Tampa, Aug. 24, 1895, G. V. Nash, 2473 (G (NY, type of Lacinaria Chap- mannii var. longifolia Nash) US, ND, F). PriNELLAS Co.: sandy waste, near Veteran City, 8 mis. w. of St. Petersburg, Sept. 29, 1907, Mrs. C. C. Deam, 2804 (G, NY, US, I, cotypes of Laciniaria Deamiae Lunnell). HiaHLANDS Co.: sandhills, near De Soto city, Aug. 31, 1922, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. DeWinkeler, 10683 (G, NY); Avon Park, Sept. 5, 1934, J. K. Small, E. West, J.B. McFarlin (F). MawNaTEE Co.: (albino) high bank of Mana- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 281 tee River, Sept. 17, 1916, A. Cuthbert (F); high ridges, Braden- town, Sept. 16, 1916, A. Cuthbert (F); high bank of Manatee River, near Palma Sola, Sept. 16, 1916, A. Cuthbert (F); sand- hills along Manatee River, Bradentown, Sept. 17, 1916, A. Cuth- bert (F). SarNT Lucie Co.: low dune, 8 mis. s. of Fort Pierce, Oct. 4, 1941, E. Kurz (F). Ler Co.: pinelands, Deering Reserva- tion, Cutler, July 20, 1924, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. DeWinkeler, 11538 (G, NY). Correr Co.: Cypress Head, s. of Naples, Aug. 29, 1922, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. De Winkeler, 10619 (NY); in Ceratiola scrub, Naples, Oct. 17, 1941, J. H. Davis (F). Dave Co.: in sandy pineland, Buena Vista, Jan. 21, 1930, H. N. Moldenke, 483a (N Y); in dry sandy pineland, Buena Vista, Miami, Mar. 4, 1930, H. N. Moldenke, 6540 (NY); in pinelands, between Cocoanut Grove & Cutler, Oct. 31-Nov. 4, 1903, J. K. Small & J. J. Carter, 710 (NY); Miami, Sept. 1, 1939, E. West (F); in sand, Homestead, Sept. 7, 1928, G. F. Weber (F). L. Chapmanii is to be distinguished from L. pauciflora Pursh, also occurring in Florida, by its stiffer, narrow spike of crowded, erect, almost sessile heads rather than the usually pedicellate ones in an erect, simple panicle or raceme characteristic of that species. No distinctive characters could be found in the type of Laciniaria Deamiae Lunell to differentiate it from this species, nor did the length of basal leaves seem significant enough for varietal recog- nition of the Nash specimen from Tampa. 13. LrATRIS PAUCIFLORA Pursh. Corm small, globose, 1-2 cm. in diameter: stem generally single, erect but slender, glabrous, striate, leafy, 2-5 dm. tall: leaves narrow, inconspicuously punctate; basal ones not abundant, glabrous with a few cilia on the petiole, 7-10 cm. long, reduced upwards to 1 cm. long and 1 mm. wide at the base of the inflorescence: this 10-25 cm. long, a loose raceme or simple panicle: heads on very slender pedicels 3-5 cm. long, 3-6-flowered; corollas projecting well beyond the tips of the involucre; phyllaries glabrous, ovate-lanceolate with acute to acuminate tips; corolla phlox-purple, 11-12 mm. long, with a few hairs scattered over the entire inner surface and outer base of the tube; achene 4-5 mm. long and sharply pointed; pappus 9-11 mm. long, with short barbellae about equal to or twice the diameter of the seta.—Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 510 (1814); DC. Prod. v. 131 (1838); Gray, Synopt. Fl. i?. 112 (1884), in part. Laciniaria pauciflora O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 349 (1891). Mostly northern Florida.—FLORIDA. Co. UNDETERMINED: east Florida, Lt. Alden (NY); dry sand, high pineland, Dr. Leavenworth (NY). HawrirTroN Co.: dry woods, on Suwannee R. White Springs, Sept. 30, 1941, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). 282 Rhodora [OCTOBER SUWANNEE Co.: dry pine barrens, near Live Oak, Sept. 12, 1901, A. H. Curtiss, 6896 (G, NY, US, Q). Watron Co.: dry pine barrens, between Freeport & Portland, Sept. 23, 1910, R. M. Harper, 90 (US right plant). Purnam Co.: just n. of Orange Springs, Sept. 23, 1939, Watson & Murrill (F). ArAcnuvA Co.: blackjack ridge, w. of Archer, Aug. 25, 1922, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. DeWinkeler, 10585 (G, NY); sandy open soil, Gainesville, Aug. 31, 1927, O. F. Burger (F); dry oak woods, Rochelle, Sept. 5, 1927, E. West (F). Drxr& Co.: pineland, 10 mis. w. of Shamrock, Aug. 22, 1937, Pasture Survey (F). Marion Co.: high pine woods, Belleview, Sept. 15, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F). Levy Co.: Bronson, Sept. 9, 1936, Pasture Survey (F). OnaNGE Co.: Clarcona, Jan. 20, 1900, Miss M. Meislahn, 148a (US); Clarcona, Sept. 19, 1889, Miss M. Meislahn, 39 (US); Clarcona, Dec. 20, 1899, Miss M. Meislahn, 138a (US). Her- NANDO Co.: dry pineland, near Weekiwachee Spring, Sept. 4, 1937, Mrs. M. F. Baker (F). Laxes Co.: vicinity of Eustis, Aug. 16-25, 1894, G. V. Nash, 1711 (G, NY, US, ND). HirLsBo- ROUGH Co.: low pineland, 12 mis. n. of Tampa, Sept. 15, 1930, F. S. Blanton & H. O'Neill, 6639 (US); Tampa Bay, ex Herb. G. Thurber (G); Tampa Bay, Oct. 1877, A. P. Garber (US (P, left plant)); sandhill, Hillsborough (plant to right), Sept. 17, 1904, A. Fredholm, 6392 (G). For discussion see the next species. 14. LIATRIS SECUNDA Ell. Corm small and globose, 1-2 cm. in diameter; stem usually one, slender, not stiff, puberulent, fre- quently reclining and 3-5 dm. in length; leaves not abundant, lanceolate, inconspicuously punctate, ciliate along the margin and towards the base; basal ones lanceolate, 7-10 cm. long, 5-8 mm. wide; upper ones reducing in length to 1 em. and in width to 2 mm. wide: inflorescence a loose terminal raceme 1.5-2 dm. long with 3-6-flowered heads ca. 1.5 cm. long, borne single on peduncles 2-3 cm. long, frequently secund if plant reclining; phyllaries oblong-lanceolate, acute, sometimes acuminate, gla- brous but finely ciliolate along the margin; corolla phlox-purple, very slender, tubular, 11-12 mm. long, with a few hairs inside the full length of the tube and sometimes with few scattered hairs on outside at base of the tube; achene ca. 4 mm. long; pappus 8-9 mm. long, barbellulate, barbellae about three times the diameter of the seta.—Sk. ii. 278 (1822(?)); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 71 (1841); Chapman, Fl. So. U. S. 191 (1860). Lacinaria secunda (Ell.) Small Man. S. E. Fl. 1331 (1933). From the southern coastal plain region of North Carolina through South Carolina, Georgia, and central and western Florida, to Alabama and Louisiana.—NORTH CAROLINA. Without stated locality: ex Herb. Chapman (NY). New Haw- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 283 OVER Co.: dry sand barrens, Wilmington, Oct. 2, 1908, E. B. Bartram (NY); dry sand, Wilmington, Oct. 4, 1908, Oct. 3, 1909, E. B. Bartram (P); Wilmington, Aug. 1842, C. S. Williamson (P); near Wilmington, Oct. 1867, W. M. Canby (NY, P, US); 3 mis. s. of Wilmington, July 25, 1922, L. F. Randolph & F. Randolph, 1023 (G); Wilmington, 1885, G. McCarthy (US); Wilmington, 1880, Sept. 22, 1882, T. F. Wood (US); Greenfield Lake, at Wilmington, Aug. 7, 1938, R. K. Godfrey & B. W. Wells, 5914, (G). Brunswick Co.: in coarse sand of long-leaf pine barren, 10 mis. n. of Southport, Sept. 12, 1941, R. K. Godfrey, 1189 (G, NY). SOUTH CAROLINA. Without stated locality: Gibbes, (G). CHESTERFIELD Co.: among scrub-oak & long-leaf pine, 1 mi. w. of McBee, Sept. 7, 1939, R. K. Godfrey, 8084 (G, NY, P). DaRLINGTON Co.: Society Hill, M. A. Curtiss (G); sand hills, across Blast Creek, Hartsville (one plant), Aug. 22, 1908, W. C. Coker (NY). LEkxiNGTON Co.: sandy burned clearing, 14 mis. s. of Columbia, Aug. 7, 1939, R. K. Godfrey & R. M. Tyron, 1309 (G, NY); sandy pine woods, near Columbia, Sept. 1889, Miss Crawford (US); 2 mis. n. e. of Columbia, Sept. 25, 1883, J. D. Smith, 32 (US). EpcaErrELD Co.: sandy blackjack-pine ridges, Sept. 22, 1883, J. D. Smith, 31 (G without no., US). GEORGE- TOWN Co.: in swamp, near Georgetown, Aug. 1935, W. Rhoades (G); Georgetown, Sept. 9, 1933, F. G. Tarbox, 710 (NY); pine barren clearing, 5 mis. s. of Georgetown, Sept. 9, 1939, R. K. Godfrey, 8123 (G, NY, P). Arken Co.: (albino) Aiken, Sept. 12-15, 1909, W. W. Eggleston, 5044 (G, NY, US, P); Aiken, Sept. 1869, H. W. Ravenel (US). GEORGIA. Without stated local- ity: ex Herb. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (G). RrcnwoNp Co.: barrens, Augusta, Sept. 1897, A. Cuthbert (NY, F); sand hills, Augusta, A. Cuthbert, Sept. 29, 1898, 310 (NY), Sept. 10, 1903 (NY), Sept. 8, 1902 (US); sand hills, sterile ridges, Augusta, Sept. 4, 1902, A. Cuthbert, 785 (F); sand hills, no. of Augusta, Oct. 16, 1937, J. H. Pyron & R. McVaugh, 1866 (US); Augusta, G. McCarthy, Aug. 1888 (NY, ND), Sept. 20, 1888 (US); Augusta, 1849, S. T. Olney (G); Augusta, S. T. Olney (G); about Augusta, S. T. Olney & J. Metcalf (NY); Burge Co.: without stated local- ity, Sept. 10, 1897, H. Hopkins, 39 (NY). Wayne Co.: dry sandy ridge between Doctortown and Jesup, Sept. 14, 1903, R. M. Harper, 1997 (G, NY, US). FLORIDA. Watton Co.: between Freeport & Portland, Sept. 23, 1910, R. M. Harper, 90 ((G, NY (US, two plants to the left)). OxaroosA Co.: East Pass, Aug. 31, 1899, S. M. Tracy, 6362 (G, NY, ND, NC). Santa Rosa Co.: dry sandy pineland, Milton, Sept. 9, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4571 (NY). OnawacE Co.: vacant lot, Orlando, Aug. 16, 1929, C. J. Williams (F); high pineland, Gotha, Sept. 2, 1929, F. Vasku (F); pineland, Windermere, Aug. 27, 1929, F. Vasku (F); sandhill, Windermere, Sept. 10, 1929, F. Vasku (F); 284 Rhodora [OcroBER high pineland, Windermere, Sept. 1, 1929, E. West (F); sandy woods, Windermere, Sept. 30, 1929, E. West (F); HILLSBOROUGH Co.: sandhills, Tampa, Sept. 17, 1904, A. Fredholm, 6392 ((G plant to left); Tampa, Oct. 1877, A. P. Garber (G, P (plant to right). ALABAMA. Covineron Co.: 1-2 mis. e. of Florala, Sept. 13, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4631 (NY). LOUISIANA. Co. UNDETERMINED: 8. w. Louisiana, ez Herb. C. Mohr (US). Liatris pauciflora was described by Pursh as a glabrous plant, from a collection by Bartram in Georgia. Elliott, later described L. secunda as a reclining species, with short-pubescent stem, growing on the summits of dry sandhills and common near Columbia, South Carolina. This has generally passed into syn- onymy under L. pauciflora. Since, in his flora, Pursh made two divisions of the genus, tuberous and non-tuberous, and placed L. pauciflora in the latter group (DeCandolle doing likewise), it was judged by Nash (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. xxii. 152 (1895)) that the description of this Pursh species was not that of a Liatris at all and that Liatris secunda Ell. was the legitimate name for L. pauciflora of Gray (Synop. FI. 1. c.). There is in the Banks Herbarium at the British Museum a specimen! of L. pauciflora Pursh, a photograph of which was ob- tained by Mr. Weatherby, labelled in pencil in the same hand- writing as is the type of L. gracilis Pursh, which would therefore seem to be the type of L. pauciflora Pursh. Examination of the photograph confirms the glabrous nature of the rachis of the inflorescence and a part of the stem, though much of the stem, the basal leaves and the underground stem are lacking (the last omission perhaps explaining the error Pursh made in classifying the plant). The heads are noticeably borne severally along slender, erect, peduncles 3-5 cm. long, thus making the inflores- cence a simple panicle. The heads and phyllaries are as described by Pursh. Specimens paralleling this type have been seen in her- baria mostly from the northern half of peninsular Florida. 1 Though the type specimen bears no collector’s name, date or place of collection, in the recently published diary of John Bartram (Diary of a Journey through the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida, July 1, 1765 to Apr. 10, 1766, John Bartram, anno- tated by F. Harper, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s. xxxiii. pt. 1, 1-120 (1942)), mention is made of Serratula at Turtle Creek in Georgia, which would be Glynn Co., and very near the Florida border. Also in the report of William Bartram (Travels in Georgia and Florida, 1773-74, a report to Dr. John Fothergill, William Bartram, annotated by F. Harper, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s. xxxiii. pt. 2, 121-242 (1943) reference to Serratula in Georgia is found twice: (1) Brier Creek, in Screven or Burke Co. and (2) the Ridge, referred to as south of the forking of the Tulagoo from the Savannah 1 probably in Madison or Oglethorpe county, from the route shown on the map. 1946] Gaiser,— Tbe Genus Liatris 285 Though the type of L. secunda Ell. is unfortunately no longer available, there is at the Gray Herbarium a small envelope la- belled “L. secunda Ell. ex. Herb. Ell.", from which it is possible to see the nature of the puberulent stem and to make flower- measurements. The cylindrical head is 1.5 em. long and com- pact as that of L. punctata but with thin glabrous phyllaries, an achene only 4 mm. long, and the pappus not conspicuously plumose. The corolla when boiled is 12 mm. long, and has only a few scattered hairs within and without the tube. Specimens having similar characters are often reclining and the heads of the loose raceme often become secund. Herbaria show numerous specimens from the New Hanover and Brunswick coastal region of North Carolina, from South Carolina and Georgia but fewer from Florida and they are mostly from the western counties. The characters of the flower-parts of glaborus specimens growing in sandhills through the northern half of peninsular Florida that match the type of L. pauciflora are very similar to those of L. secunda but the plants are usually erect, the leaves are narrowly linear and the heads are frequently borne in a loose erect panicle. The only puberulent specimens seen from peninsular Florida came from Windermere, Gotha and Orlando, three very adjacent stations in Orange County, and one plant each of collections by Garber and Fredholm labelled as from Tampa and Hillsborough respectively. These two latter specimens might possibly have been obtained by the collectors elsewhere. Since the more northern specimens are persistently puberulent we are led to re- tain L. secunda Ell. as a separate species, as did Small, though not in synonymy with L. carinata Small (see no. 11). Confusion has resulted from failure to recognize the almost glabrous specimens from North and South Carolina of so-called L. carinata as resembling species of the Graminifoliae rather than the Pauciflorae series and in its given synonymy with L. secunda. As pointed out (see no. 11) L. regimontis, here including L. carinata, has a corolla only 7-8 mm. long and is quite pilose within at the base of the tube whereas the corolla of L. secunda is 10-12 mm. long and has only a few scattered hairs within and without. The length of the heads too is greater, 1.5-2 cm. long in L. secunda and L. pauciflora and only about 1 cm. in L. regi- montis. When these confusing glabrous specimens of the Caro- 286 Rhodora [OCTOBER linas are thus classified as L. regimontis of the Graminifoliae, the Pauciflorae specimens of the same region all prove to be puberu- lent and a match for L. secunda Ell., just as the wholly glabrous specimens in Florida give confirmation to the species L. pauci- flora. No glabrous specimens from Georgia have been seen ex- cept the type plant. Though no locality was given by Pursh for Bartram’s plant from Georgia it could possibly have been col- lected very near the Florida border (see last footnote). That a glabrous species, L. pauciflora, should be generally found in a more southerly region than a related puberulent species of the same series, L. secunda, is in strong contrast to finding the rare hirsute form in the widespread species L. spicata, in some few plants of its variety resinosa from Florida and Louisiana. It is however in agreement with the condition obtaining in the series Tenuifoliae, where likewise the glabrous L. laevigata is limited to peninsular Florida, while the related L. tenuifolia, with a tendency to ciliate leaves, extends northward to South Carolina. Serres V. "TENUIFOLIAE. Herbs showing the tallest and most slender spikes of the genus, attaining a height of 12 dm., with basal rosettes of long filiform to linear coriaceous leaves, diminishing abruptly to short setaceous bracts; heads 4-6- flowered, ca. 1 cm. long, but not compact in appearance when mature due to the few narrow linear thin phyllaries that are not appressed when the flowers are open; corolla-tube non-pilose within but with short hairs on the filaments of the stamens; achenes 3-4 mm. long. From dry and moist lands from South Carolina to Big Pine Key, Florida. a. Plants with scattered hairs along stem; leaves dull, sparsely ciliate, very narrow, filiform; of more northern distribution 15. L. tenuifolia. a. Plants completely glabrous; leaves glossy, coriaceous, non- ciliate and linear; peninsular Florida G L OTR 16. L. laevigata. 15. LIATRIS TENUIFOLIA Nutt. Corm small, rounded, up to 2 cm. in diameter: stems slender and spicate, 6-12 dm. high: leaves glabrous and punctate; lower ones long, linear, filiform, 10-25 cm. long, not more than 2 mm. wide, broadening at the point of attachment and often with scattered cilia at their bases, crowded into a rosette from which cauline leaves abruptly diminish to erect setaceous bracts 1 cm. or more long; heads 4—5-flowered, in a long, lax spike, long raceme or narrow panicle, sessile or on 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 287 short, very slender pedicels 6-9 mm. long; phyllaries glabrous, the outer acute and only about half as long as the inner oblong- elliptic ones, 6-10 mm. long, with petaloid margin, frequently purple and with midvein often terminating in a short cusp; corolla phlox-purple, rarely white, 6-8 mm. long, smooth within, but filaments of the stamens with short hairs; achene ca. 3 mm. long, pappus 5-7 mm. long, barbellate, and not plumose to the naked eye; flowers said to be fragrant.'—Nutt. Gen. ii. 131 (1818); Ell. Sk. ii. 275 (18227). Laciniaria tenuifolia O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl. i. 349 (1891). South Carolina to Florida and Alabama.—STATE UNDE- TERMINED. Torrey (NY), Chapman, 7 (NY), Leavenworth (NY). SOUTH CAROLINA. Without stated locality: Hb. Gibbes (G, NY). CHESTERFIELD Co.: among scrub-oak and long- leaf pine, 1 mi. w. of McBee, Sept. 7, 1939, R. K. Godfrey, 8074 (G, NY). DanriNGTON Co.: Society Hill, M. A. Curtis (G). RICHLAND Co.: sandy woods, near Columbia, Sept. 25, 1883, J. D. Smith, 2032 (US). ArkEN Co.: Aiken, Sept. 12-15, 1909, W. W. Eggleston, 5045 (G, NY, US); dry scrub, Aiken, Sept. 1866, H. W. Ravenel (G); Aiken, Sept. 1869, H. W. R. (US). GEORGIA. Without stated locality: Boykin (G, NY). Ricumonp Co.: pine & blackjack hills, Summerville near Augusta, Sept. 21, 1883, J. D. Smith, 2033 (US); dry pine barrens, Augusta, A. Cuthbert (F); sandhills, high ridges, Augusta, Sept. 1899, A. Cuthbert, 312 (NY); sandhills, Augusta, Sept. 1899, A. Cuthbert, 1132 (F); sandhills, 1 mi. n. of Mt. Lebanon Church, Oct. 17, 1937, J. H. Pyron & R. McVaugh, 1895 (US). Burge Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 15, 1897, M. H. Hopkins, 38 (NY). Screven Co.: oak ridge, in s. e. part of county, Sept. 29, 1940, D. Eyles, 7554 (G). Crisp Co.: sandy soil, Cordele, Sept. 18, 1901, Biltmore Herb., 4116e (US). SuwrER Co.: high sandy banks of Flint R., Sept. 10, 1900, R. M. Harper, 634 (G, NY, US). FLORIDA. With- out stated locality: Chapman (US, 4557 & 31492); Nuttall (P, isotype); Chapman, ex Herb. C. Mohr (US), ex Herb. Sartwell (US); Chapman (NY); Dr. Burroughs (NY); Curtiss, 188 (NY). Duvar Co.: dry pine barrens, Jacksonville, Oct. 24, 1894, A. H. Curtiss, 5310 (G, US); near Jacksonville, Oct. 13, 1893, A. H. Curtiss, 4447 (US); s. of Jacksonville, Aug. 1896, L. H. Lighthipe, 339 (NY). CoruwsniA Co.: north of Camp Oleno, Oct. 6, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). Hamittron Co.: dry woods on Suwannee R., White Springs, Sept. 30, 1941, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). Leon Co.: Tallahassee, N. K. Berg (NY); Tallahassee, Oct. 7, 1895, Biltmore Herb., 576 (US). GapspEN Co.: dry soil, River Junction, Sept. 22, 1900, Biltmore Herb., 4116d (US); high pine- oak-woods near Havana, Oct. 6, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). JACK- son Co.: without locality, Aug. 23, 1880, E. A. Smith (US). 1 See introduction. 288 Rhodora [OCTOBER FRANKLIN Co.: dry pine barrens, Apalachicola, 1867, B. F. Saurman (Q). Bay Co.: sandy moist open ground, Lynn Haven, Oct. 12, 1921, C. Billington (US). Watron Co.: dry sandy soil, Argyle, Aug. 25, 1899, Biltmore Herb., 4116b (US). SANTA Rosa Co.: dry sandy pineland, Sept. 9, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4575 (NY). Aracnua Co.: dry fields, Gainesville, Oct. 7, 1928, G. F. Weber (F); flatwoods, Gainesville, Oct. 14, 1927, Miss L. Arnold. (F); open fields, Archer Road, Gainesville, Oct. 12, 1931, Miss L. Arnold (F). GincHmisr Co.: dry woods, 6 mis. e. of Trenton, Oct. 5, 1940, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). TAYLOR Co.: 9 mis. s. of Perry, Oct. 8, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). Marion Co.: 4 mis. s. of Belleview, Oct. 13, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). Levy Co.: flatwoods, 5 mis. e. of Otter Creek, Nov. 11, 1939, Watson & W. A. Murrill (F). VorvusiA Co.: (typical and albino) dry soil, pine woods, s. of New Smyrna, Oct. 14, 1944, Mrs. H. T. Butts (OA). OnaNaE Co.: Lake Mary, Nov. 17, 1902, S. M. Tracy (US); pinelands, Gotha, Aug. 22, 1929, E. West (F); flat- woods, Orlando, Oct. 9, 1929, F. Vasku (F); (albino) flatwoods, Orlando, Oct. 22, 1929, De Vane & West (F). Laxe Co.: 5 mis. s. w. of Astor Park, Oct. 13, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). CITRUS Co.: sandy dry oak-pine-woods, on U. S. 41, 1 mi. n. of Inverness, Oct. 16, 1945, H. H. Hume (F). Pork Co.: Haines City, Nov. 1917, R. H. Young (US); Fort Meade, April 4, 1880, J. D. Smith (US); sandy place, July 27, 1940, P. O. Schallert (G). Hirrs- BOROUGH Co.: Tampa, Oct. 1877, A. P. Garber (G, US); dry sand, Oct. 18, 1904, A. Fredholm, 6422 (G). MaNarEE Co.: Bradentown, Aug. 10, 1900, S. M. Tracy, 7100 (NY, T); flatwoods, Bradentown, Oct. 30, 1916, Oct. 27, 1920, A. Cuthbert (F). Dave Co.: in tropical pineland, Miami, Nov. 28, 1933, F. Duckett, 242 (US); Buena Vista, Jan. 21, 1930, H. N. Moldenke, 483a (NY); w. of Rockdale, Nov. 18, 1916, J. K. Small, 7907 (NY). ALABAMA. Without stated locality: ex. Herb. G. Thurber (G). CHEROKEE Co.: dry soil, dry ridges, near Bristol, Oct. 25, 1895, C. Mohr (US). Covinaton Co.: Blue Springs, near McRae, Sept. 13, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4616 (NY). See discussion following the next species, L. laevigata Nutt. 16. LIATRIS LAEVIGATA Nutt. Corm stout, globular or some- what broadened, larger than that of L. tenuifolia, up to 4 cm. in diameter; stems shorter, frequently not attaining the extreme height of that species: lower leaves entirely glabrous, punctate, involute, long, linear, but not filiform, 2-3 dm. long, 2-8 mm. wide, broadening and sheath-like at the point of attachment, shining, coriaceous, in a rosette at the base, diminishing abruptly to short erect setaceous glabrous bracts: spike sometimes be- coming panicled, 3-6 dm. long; heads 4-6-flowered, usually sessile or on slender pedicels 6-9 mm. long; outer phyllaries short, 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 289 narrowly acute: the inner oblong, elliptic, 6-10 mm. long, often with obtuse petaloid tips and frequently purple; corolla phlox- purple, 7-8 mm. long, smooth internally but filaments of sta- mens with short hairs; achenes ca. 3 mm. long; pappus 5-7 mm. long, barbellate, and not plumose to the naked eye.—Nutt. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s. vii. 285 (1841). Liatris tenuifolia & Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 70 (1841). Liatris tenuifolia var. laevigata (Nutt.) Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. xlvii. 201 (1911). Liatris tenuifolia var. quadriflora Chapm. Fl. S. U. S. ed. 2, Suppl. 626 (1883). Lacinzaria laevigata (Nutt.), Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1175 (1903). Found only in peninsular Florida, along the coast as far south as Big Pine Key.—FLORIDA. Without stated locality: Nov. 26, J. Read (P, isotype). Duvar Co.: vicinity of Mayport and Jacksonville, 1870-76, H. D. Keeler (NY, ND); St. Nicholas, Oct. 1897, L. H. Lighthipe (N Y), dry pine barrens, near Jackson- ville, Oct., A. H. Curtiss, 1174 (US, 63074); near Jacksonville, 1893, A. H. Curtiss, 4447 (NY); dry pine barrens, near Jackson- ville, Oct. 7, 1898, A. H. Curtiss, 6289 (F). Baker Co.: Glen Saint Mary, Oct. 1927, H. Hume (G). FrRanxKuINn Co.: Apa- lachicola, Biltmore Herb., 4116a (NY, Q). SaiNT Jouns Co.: flatwoods, Road 14A, near Spuds, Oct. 14, 1941, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). Cray Co.: cut-over pine woods, Keystone Heights, Oct. 11, 1945, H. Hume, Nevins & Miss L. Arnold (F). Putnam Co.: scrubby flatwoods, n. of Beecher Springs, Welaka, Sept. 28, 1940, A. M. Laessle (F). ArAcHvA Co.: south of Prairie, Alachua, Oct. 24, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). FLAGLER Co.: flatwoods, 5 mis. e. of Co. line, Hwy. 28, Andalusia, Oct. 10, 1940, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). Marton Co.: in a scrub, Ocala National Forest, Sept. 12, 1929, H. O'Neill (US, F). VoLUsiA Co.: pine wood, dry sandy soil, s. of New Smyrna, Oct. 14, 1944, Mrs. H. T. Butts (OA). SeMiNoLE Co.: high pinelands, Sanford, Sept. 22, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F). Laxe Co.: Eustis, Aug. 16-25, 1894, G. V. Nash, 1669 (G, NY, P, ND, US); Eustis, Sept. 10, 1895, G. V. Nash, 2599 (G, NY, ND, US); sandy soil, Eustis, Sept. 10, 1900, Biltmore Herb. 4116e (US); open sand, 5 mis. e. of Leesburg, Aug. 17, 1939, W. A. Murrill (F). OranGeE Co.: Clarcona, Sept. 25, 1899, Miss M. Meislahn, 72a (US); high pineland, Wekiwa Springs, Sept. 25, 1929, H. O'Neill (US); flatwoods, Gotha, Aug. 30, 1929, F. Vasku (F); pineland, Windermere, Sept. 3, 1929, F. Vasku (F); sandhills, Windermere, Sept. 10, 1929, F. Vasku (F). BmEvAnD Co.: pine barrens, Indian River Region, Nov. 9, 1902, A. Fredholm, 5565 (G); sandy soil, Cocoa, Sept. 5, 1936, A. S. Rhoads (F). OSCEOLA Co.: low pinelands, Deer Park, Sept. 24, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F). HrinLsBonovuaGH Co.: flatwoods, w. of Plant City, Aug. 19, 1945, L. O. Gaiser, Mrs. H. T. Butts & Miss L. Arnold 290 Rhodora [OcroBER (F). OkEECHOBEE Co.: Okeechobee, Sept. 26, 1903, A. Fredholm, 6022 (G); pine woods, Okeechobee, Oct. 12, 1941, J. H. Davis (F). Manatee Co.: Bradentown, Aug. 10, 1900, S. M. Tracy, 7100 (G, US). Marrin Co.: pine flatwoods, w. of Stuart, Nov. 23, 1942, J. H. Davis (F). Sarasora Co.: airfields in flatwoods, Venice, Aug. 18, 1945, L. O. Gaiser, Mrs. H. T. Butts & Miss L. Arnold (F). CuaARLorTE Co.: flatwoods ditch, s. of Punta Gorda, Aug. 18, 1945, L. O. Gaiser, Mrs. H. T. Butts & Miss L. Arnold (F). Lee Co.: Marco, A. S. Hitchcock, 154 (G, NY, US). COLLIER Co.: golf course, Naples, Nov. 2, 1939, Miss E. Scull (F). Dave Co.: pinelands, s. of Miami R., Nov. 26, Dec. 20, 1913, J. K. Small & G. K. Small, 4791 (NY); between Miami & Kendall Sta., Nov. 5, 1906, J. K. Small & J. J. Carter, 2752 (NY); pinelands, s. of Miami R., Nov. 20, 1912, J. K. Small, 3858 & 3848 (NY); pinelands, Miami, Oct. 28-Nov. 28, 1903, J. K. Small & J. J. Carter, 534 (NY, P); between Cocoanut Grove & Cutler, Oct. 31, Nov. 4, 1903, J. K. Small & J. J. Carter, 1457 (NY); Cocoanut Grove, Nov. 2-5, 1901, J. K. Small & G. V. Nash, 184 (NY); pinelands, Cutler, Mar. 27, 1904, N. L. Britton, 287 (NY); Homestead, Sept. 16, 1927, S. Hawkins (F); pinelands, Big Pine Key, Dec. 2, 1912, J. K. Small, 3966 (NY); Pine Key, J. L. Blodgett (N Y); Long Pine Key, Aug. 25, 1937, Miss E. Scull (F). Nuttall (Gen. ii. 131 (1818)) described L. tenuifolia as having “leaves almost like those of Pinus palustris but flat and linear", and as being 2-4 feet tall with a long raceme of 1-2 feet (a photo- graph of his type at the British Museum, received through Mr. Weatherby, shows a stem about 6 feet tall). He gave the habitat as sandy forests of North and South Carolina. By comparison of specimens in the herbaria with this photograph of the type, this species does not seem to have been collected in North Caro- lina, but from South Carolina to Florida and westward through Alabama. Chapman (Fl. S. U. S. ed. 2, Suppl. 626 (1883)) de- scribed L. tenuifolia var. quadriflora from the banks of the Caloosa River, S. Florida, as having rigid, involute leaves and those of the upper stem setaceous. In 1841, Nuttall (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vii. 285 (1841)) described as a new species Liatris laevigata: “with almost filiform, subulate leaves; radical ones nearly a foot long, pungently acute and coriaceous”. Examination of a photograph of the type specimen in the British Museum shows a plant only a little more than one foot high and with few basal broader leaves, that seems to include the concept of Chapman’s var. quadiflora, and that is represented in the herbaria by specimens from along the Florida 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 291 coast to Big Pine Key. Although Nuttall referred to L. tenui- folia as being ‘‘everywhere smooth" and L. laevigata as "in every part very smooth", close study of the photograph of the former type shows some scattered cilia at the base of the leaves. Such a presence of cilia, in varying degrees, seems to be a constant accompaniment to the finely linear leaves of specimens from South Carolina, Georgia and Alabama. Plants wholly glabrous, having glossy, involute, almost quill-like leaves varying in width from 2 to 8 mm., are found only in peninsular Florida. It seems possible too that these latter may be more moisture-loving as they occur often in low pinelands and in flatwoods where the water level may be high. Torrey & Gray (Fl. N. Am. ii. 70 (1841)) treated L. laevigata as a variety of L. tenuifolia and this was followed in Gray, Synop. Fl. i?. 112 (1884), and in Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. xlvii. 201 (1911), where Robinson described it as a conspicuously more robust vari- ety and referred to specimens of Mr. G. V. Nash, no. 1669 and no. 2599, both from Eustis, Florida, as examples, and to that of Prof. Hitchcock, no. 154, also from Marco, Florida, as representing an intergradation between the more slender and more robust forms. The diameters of the corms of these three specimens, represented in three herbaria visited (G, NY, US), vary slightly, but all range between 18 and 38 mm. in diameter, thus coming well within the general measurements for L. laevigata. In collections from Florida there is evidence that the two types occur side by side as selections from the lists of specimens will show: i MANATEE Co.: Bradentown, S. M. Tracy, 7100, ((G, US. resembles laevigata), (NY, T, resembles tenuifolia)); FRANKLIN Co.: Apalachicola, Biltmore Herb. 4116a ((G, US, resembles tenuifolia), (NY, Q, resembles laevigata)); Duvar Co.: Jackson- ville, A. H. Curtiss, 1174 ((US 3074, resembles laevigata), (US 63073 & G, seem intermediate)). Other specimens from Florida give evidence of intergradation between the two, as Robinson stated, in having leaves of inter- mediate width, or having some cilia at the base of the leaves, as well as showing intermediacy of stoutness of above- and below- ground stems. Some of these are listed below: Without stated locality: Chapman (ex Herb. G. Thurber (G) & 449, 450 (US) & US 63076, US 968368); 1842-1844, F. Rugel (US). ManatEr Co.: Manatee, J. H. Simpson (US). DvvaAL 292 Rhodora [OCTOBER Co.: Jacksonville, Nov. 1891, W. G. Farlow (G); Jacksonville, Oct., A. H. Curtiss, 1174 (G). Dape Co.: Miami, Nov. 28, 1933, F. Duckett, 242 (G). Guur Co.: St. Vincent Isl., Nov. 2, 1910, W. L. McAtee, 1810 (US). Voxrusra Co.: s. of New Smyrna, Oct. 14, 1944, Mrs. H. T. Butts (OA). However, the great interest lies in the fact that all the inter- mediates come from Florida where both species have their great- est (and L. laevigata its exclusive) distribution. Mrs. H. T. Butts has collected from one location, south of New Smyrna, both L. laevigata and tenuifolia (including an albino specimen), as well as what has been here interpreted as an intermediate. Yet in the dry scrub of South Carolina or the sandy hills of Georgia the more slender L. tenuifolia alone seems to be repre- sented. Thus because of the limitations in habitat of L. laevigata as well as the quite different appearance of leaf and plant, they are regarded as separate species that intergrade in Florida where their ranges overlap. X Lrarris Boyxini Torr. & Gray, emend. (L. elegans X tenui- folia). Stem nearly glabrous, slender, 3-6 dm. tall: leaves rather scattered, linear, lower elongated, upper short and seta- ceous: spike 1.5-2.5 dm. long, of rather crowded, subsessile or shortly pedicellate, 3-4-flowered heads; phyllaries glabrous, the outer ones short, lanceolate-subulate, the interior lanceolate or linear, with scarious margins and acuminate spreading summits, surpassing the flowers in length; flowers pale purple; corolla 9 mm. long, tube as well as filaments without any hairs; pappus 7 mm. long, plumose; achene ca. 4 mm. long, villous.—Fl. N. Amer. ii. 70 (1841). GEORGIA. Muscogee Co.: near Columbus, Dr. Boykin (G, NY, TYPE). SUMTER Co.: along the high, sandy bank of Flint River, Sept. 10, 1900, R. M. Harper, 635 (NY, US). L. Boykinii was described by Torrey & Gray from a plant col- lected near Coumbus, Georgia, by Dr. Boykin (G, NY). Later Gray (Synop. Fl. i'. 110 (1884)) again included it, referring only to the single collection and stating: “not since found". Heads of this species were said to be larger than in L. tenuifolia and rather smaller than those of L. secunda. Small, Man. S. E. Fl. 1333 (1933), states: “perhaps a hybrid between L. elegans and L. tenuifolia”. In 1900, R. M. Harper collected specimens, no. 635, along the high sandy bank of the Flint River, Sumter Co., Georgia (NY, US), with L. elegans and L. tenuifolia, noting on one sheet that the plants were intermediates between the two 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 293 species. Examination of these specimens shows the upper leaves very narrow and linear, quite like those of L. tenuifolia. The heads, 4-flowered, ca. 10 mm. long, have outer phyllaries that are narrowly lanceolate and inner ones with free spreading, pink, petaloid, prolonged tips suggesting the bracts of L. elegans. In numbers of flowers per head, in characters of corolla-tube, pappus and achene, the Harper collection bears a resemblance to Dr. Boykin’s plant and it seems probable that these two collections from Georgia, where both L. tenuifolia and L. elegans occur, repre- sent intermediates between the two species. During this inves- tigation no other specimens have been found. Series VI. Scanrosar. Plants with stiff, robust stalks of the inflorescence bearing few to numerous large, campanulate, hemispheric or subglobose heads in loose open spikes or panicles; leaves mostly lanceolatc, rarely oblanceolate; heads 15-70- flowered; phyllaries broad, orbicular, spatulate or obovate, mostly squarrose or bullate before the opening of the flowers; corolla- tube pilose within (except in L. ligulistylis) ; achene 3-7 mm. long. —From along the coast in New England, southward to Georgia, westward through Tennessee and Kentucky, to become wide- spread from Michigan and Wisconsin southward to Texas and Oklahoma and westward from the prairie provinces along the Rocky Mts. to New Mexico. a. Heads short-cylindrical to globose... .b. b. Heads subglobose, 25-50-flowered; phyllaries squarrose or bullate from before the time of opening of flowers (except in L. scariosa var. virginiana)... .c. c. Phyllaries herbaceous, ciliolate, with only very narrow üf any) searious margin, pubescent to rough; outer ones markedly and middle ones moderately squarrose; leaves and stem pubescent, basal leaves broadly obovate oi il ENG es va wie cece eure ge pee se 17. L. scariosa. c. Phyllaries thin, glabrous, broadly scarious, erose and colored, all markedly bullate; stem and leaves asperous or glabrous; leaves linear to linear-lanceolate........ 18. L. aspera. b. Heads short-cylindrical to subglobose, 25-40-flowered; phyllaries mostly erect, appressed and herbaceous, never bullate and erose, though outer ones sometimes recurved.19. L. scabra. a. Heads campanulate to hemispheric; phyllaries erect and loosely appressed through the maturing of the flowers. . . .d. d. Heads hemispheric, 25-70-flowered. . . .e. e. Leaves few, glabrous to densely pubescent but scabrous to the touch along the margin; basal leaves broadly lanceolate, reduced abruptly upwards to linear bracts; phyllaries broadly spatulate with deep scari- ous, erose and colored margins; inflorescence of few to 20 heads; corolla-tube non-pilose within.....20. L. ligulistylis. 294 Rhodora [OcroBER e. Leaves numerous, glabrous or with but scattered pubes- cence on the lower surface and along the margin, often twisted, all linear-lanceolate; phyllaries oblong, herbaceous, hardly at all scarious but finely ciliolate on the margin; inflorescence of usually more than 20 | MO MMC Des: 21. L. borealis. d. Heads campanulate, 15-25-flowered; leaves lanceolate, with upper ones sometimes linear, glabrous to asperous; phyllaries oblong to narrowly spatulate, mostly herba- ceous and light green, with very narrow (if any) mem- branous margins, outer ones sometimes squarrose....22. L. Earlei. 17. Liarris scartosa (L.) Willd. Corm rounded, up to 5 cm. in diameter: stems one to several, usually with dense semi- appressed pubescence, 4-8 dm. high: leaves not numerous, from sparingly to densely pubescent, even to scabrous to the touch on both sides; basal leaves 0.8-1.5 dm. long, and 2-5 cm. wide, broadly oblanceolate, oblong to almost obovoid, narrowing to clasp the stem; upwards the bluntly oblanceolate leaves shorten- ing through narrower ones 4-7 em. long and 0.5-0.7 cm. wide, to braets subtending the heads: inflorescence of 15-30 almost globular heads in an open raceme or occasionally panicle: heads 15-50-flowered, subglobose, 1.5-2.5 cm. in diameter, on short pedicels or occasionally longer ones forming a panicle-like inflorescence; phyllaries rather leathery and mostly recurved (except in var. virginiana), the outermost ones ovate and soon recurved, the middle and inner ones rounded at the tips, also somewhat recurved, mostly herbaceous, sometimes showing color, with a very narrow, thinner, ciliolate margin; corolla purple, pilose in the base of the tube, 7-11 mm. long; pappus 6-9 mm. long; achene 4-5 mm. long.—Spec. Pl. iii. 1635 (1803). Serratula scariosa Linn. Sp. Pl. ii. 818 (1753). Mostly in the mountains from southern Pennsylvania to the border of South Carolina but one variety from the plains in the Carolinas, Georgia and Alabama. KEY TO VARIETIES a. Phyllaries herbaceous, the outer ones soon recurved, the mid- dle and inner ones somewhat recurved; basal leaves broadly obovate, the upper ones oblanceolate... .b. b. Heads of 25-50 flowers. ..........uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuueee. var. typica. b. Heads of 15-25 flowers.............. 0.00000 ccc cues var. squarrulosa. a. Phyllaries mostly herbaceous or with narrow membranous margin, the outer ones but slightly if at all squarrose, mid- dle and inner ones loosely erect; basal leaves broad- to long- mam EE TITIUQUSTTCRETM EET ccebns cave tenert var. virginiana. Var. typica. Stem, leaves and phyllaries as described for the species: heads large, 25-50-flowered: corolla-tube 10-11 mm. long; pappus 8-9 mm. long; achene ca. 5 mm. long.—Serratula scariosa L. Sp. Pl. 818 (1753), sens. strict., with plant of Linnaean herbarium as type, not that of Gronovius. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 295 In the Appalachian mountains from southern Pennsylvania through North Carolina —PENNSYLVANIA. Co. unde- termined: Mts. Alleghany, Rafinesque (P). Perry Co.: Upper Henry Valley, Sept. 5, 1920, W. L. Abbott (P). FRANKLIN Co.: Mercersburg, ex. Detwiler Herb., 17-1 (P); Blue Ridge Summit, 1886, E. Tatnall (G). Futton Co.: McConnelsburg, Sept. 1907, C. S. Williamson (P), Sept. 1907, E. B. Bartram, collected by W. S. (NY); Tonolloway Creek, Sept. 20, 1870, E. L. Ten- brook (P). MARYLAND. Battimore Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1886, G. L. S., 1176 (G). ALLEGHANY Co.: Cum- berland, Sept. 12, 1910, J. E. Harned (US, 648416, -17); moun- tainside, near Cumberland, Sept. 1934, W. Rhoades (G); s. of Cumberland, Sept. 8, 1926, E. S. Steele, 97 (G). VIRGINIA. FREDERICK Co.: shale near Dehaven, Sept. 15, 1940, F. W. Hun- newell, 16947 (G). Loupon Co.: opposite Point of Rocks, Sept. 12, 1935, W. R. Mazon, 10770 (US). Warren Co.: dry woods, near Bentonville, Sept. 7, 1938, F. W. Hunnewell, 15762 (G). Pace Co.: vicinity of Blue Ridge, Stony Man Mt. near Luray, Sept. 2, 1901, E. S. & Mrs. Steele, 224 (US, 418571). FAIRFAX Co.: Difficult Run, Sept. 29, 1904, W. Palmer (US), Sept. 18, 1899, E. S. Steele (US); pike near Difficult Run, Sept. 30, 1911, E. S. Steele (G); pike near Difficult Run, Oct. 6, 1907, E. S. Steele (G, US); near mouth of Difficult Run, Sept. 25, 1909, F. W. Pennell (US); pike near Difficult Run, Great Falls, Oct. 2, 1910, F. W. Pennell (US). SuENANDoAH Co.: Massanutten Mts., s. end of Short Mt., steep dry shales near roadside, Aug. 19, 1938, H. A. Allard, 5466 (G); low hills, s. of hotel, vicinity of Orkney Springs, alt. 450 m., Sept. 11, 1911, E. S. Steele, 121 (US, 1521106) ; low hills s. of hotel, vicinity of Orkney Springs, alt. 480 m., Sept. 11, 1911, E. S. Steele, 126 (G); 127 (US); on true shale barrens, at foot of Pugh's Run, n. of Woodstock, Massanutten Mt., Sept. 22, 1940, H. A. Allard, 8228 (G). HiaHraAND Co.: shale barrens, Shenandoah Mt., Staunton-Monterey Road, Sept. 9, 1934, Miss E. S. Rawlinson 269 (US). Brann Co.: East River Mt., in rocky places, Sept. 1, 1931, E. L. Core, 6841 (NY). RAPPAHANNOCK Co.: 6 mis. w. of Sperryville, Sept. 21, 1905, Mrs. E. P. Miller (US590496, -7). WEST VIRGINIA. Moraan Co.: Largent, Aug. 25, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett, S. D. Pearson (NY). HaMrsninE Co.: dry sandy woods, Cold Spring Gap, North Mt., Sept. 6, 1936, F. W. Hunnewell, 14430 (G). Harpy Co.: Bean Settlements, Sept. 27, 1930, W. M. Sharp (G). GREENBRIER Co.: White Sulphur Springs, Sept. 7, 1906, E. S. Steele (US 494223). NORTH CAROLINA. Durnam Co.: open rocky ground, near Eno R., H. L. Blomquist, 10518 (P); edge of ditch, Duke Forest, Oct. 1, 1932, H. L. Blom- quist, 439 (US). 296 Rhodora [OcroBER Var. SQUARRULOSA (Michx. Gray. Differing from var. typica in slenderer habit, with leaves and heads smaller: heads 15-25-flowered, ca. 1 cm. high and 1-1.5 em. thick when the flowers are open; corolla-tube ca. 7 mm. long; pappus 5-6 mm. long; mature achene 4 mm. long.—Synopt. Fl. i?. 110 (1884). L. squarrulosa Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 92 (1803); Shinners, Am. Midl. Nat. xxix. 33 (1943). Laciniaria scariosa var. squarrulosa Small & Vail. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. 28 (1894), in part. Piedmont and Coastal plain of N. and 8. Carolina, Georgia and Alabama.—NORTH CAROLINA. Duruam Co.: Pont Rock, Aug., 1896, C. S. Williamson (P) ; open, rocky ground, north of Eno R., old Oxford Road, from Durham, Sept. 24, 1928, H. L. Blom- quist, 10578 (F, P). SOUTH CAROLINA. BxnkkLEY Co.: dry, rich soil, Santee Canal, H. W. Ravenel, 3 collections with slightly differing data (G). ArikEN Co.: Aiken, Ravenel (NY). GEOR- GIA. WiLKEs Co.: without locality, 1833, Herb. J. A. Lowell (G). McDvrrrg Co.: pine-barrens, vicinity of Thomson, Oct. 10, 1910, H. H. Bartlett 2420 (G, US). Ricumonp Co.: dry barrens, Aug. 1876, and oak woods near pool, Oct. 10, 1898, Augusta, A. Cuthbert (F). JEFFERSON Co.: without locality, Sept. 25, 1897, H. Hopkins 40, 41 (NY). ALABAMA. Marssal Co.: rocky woodland, Albertsville, Oct. 9, 1900, Biltmore Herb. 2670a (US). Var. virginiana (Lunell) comb. nov.—Similar in size, habit and floret-characters to var. typica but differing in the somewhat reduced more lanceolate leaves and the mostly erect membra- nous-margined phyllaries: basal leaves broadly lanceolate, 7-12 em. long, 2-3 em. wide, narrowed to a winged petiole of about one third the length of the blade, upper ones gradually shortened and non-petiolate; heads 20-30-flowered (sometimes up to 50), ca. 1.5 cm. tall and wide, turbinate to hemispherical by reason of the erect phyllaries; outer phyllaries short, ovate, herbaceous with fine ciliolate margin, sometimes slightly recurved: middle ones longer, loosely erect, herbaceous and ciliolate-margined for the most part but with rounded tips, narrowly erose and usually purplish.—Laciniaria scariosa var. virginiana Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 172 (1912). Laciniaria scariosa var. borealis Lunell, ibid 264, probably Cirsium non ramosum . . . flores ferens pauciores majores . . . of Gron. Virg. i. 92 (1739). Mostly in the mountains from southern Pennsylvania to South Carolina.—PENNSYLVANIA. Centre Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 5, 1868, J. T. Rothrock (G). LxniaH Co.: on roadside embankment at edge of woods, 1 mi. s. w. of Schnecks- ville, Sept. 30, 1917, J. W. Pretz, 9171 (US). HuwTINGTON Co.: dry wooded shaley hillside, 2 mis. n. w. of Petersburg, Sept. 21, 1941, H. A. Wahl, 1163 (G). CnuEesrER Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1858-64, S. P. Sharples (G). Bxpromp Co.: 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 297 wood road, 14% mis. n. w. of Breezewood, alt. 1060’, Aug. 3, 1940, D. Berkheimer, 2178 (G). MARYLAND. ALLEGHANY Co.: Cumberland, Sept. 12, 1910, J. E. Harned (US 648418). GannETT Co.: Mountain Lake Park, Sept. 2, 1906, J. J. Carter (NY), Aug. 30, 1906, C. D. Lippincott (N Y), Aug. 26, 1928, E. S. Steele, 3 (US 14860-45, -49) ; vicinity of Oakland, Mountain Lake Park, E. S. Steele, Sept. 4, 1910 (No. 84 US 64857-1, -2), Sept. 7, 1910 (No. 60 US 648566), Sept. 7, 1910 (No. 21 US 6485-61 to -70 excluding -66), Sept. 16, 1910 (No. 61 US 64857-3, -4); scrubby ground toward Deer Park, Aug. 25, 1921, E. S. Steele, 150 (G); low open ground, Rwy. e. of Mountain Lake Park, Aug. 9, 1921, E. S. Steele, 118 (G). WEST VIRGINIA. Preston Co.: grassy ground n. of Lake, Terra Alta, Sept. 4, 1920, E. S. Steele, 299 (US 1117671); flat ground n. of lake, Terra Alta, Aug. 31, 1923, E. S. Steele, 166 (US 128604-1, -2); n. side of lake e. of camp, vicinity of Terra Alta, Aug. 18, 1924, E. S. Steele (US 1326616); near camp n. of lake, vicinity of Terra Alta, Sept. 11, 1924, E. S. Steele, 114 (US 13263-39, -40); roadside toward quarry, Terra Alta, Sept. 9, 1925, E. S. Steele, 78 (G, US 148603-6, -7, -8, -9, -40, -43, -44); Boys’ Camp n. of lake, vicinity of Terra Alta, Aug. 26, 1926, E. S. Steele, 68 (G). "TuckEn Co.: Canaan Valley, W. V. U. Biol. Exped. (G). GREENBRIER Co.: White Sulphur Springs, Aug. 27, 1903, K. K. Mackenzie 363 ((I. type), NY, US, (G, without no.)); mt. north of Springs (alt. 2000'— 3000^, White Sulphur Springs, Sept. 7, 1906, E. S. Steele (G, US); Kate's Mt., White Sulphur Springs, Sept. 4, 1920, Miss M. S. Franklin (G). Monroe Co.: Peter's Mt., Aug. 31, 1903, E. S. Steele & Mrs. Steele (US, 490324); vicinity of Old Sweet Springs, E. S. Steele, Sept. 11, 1908 (US 648302), Sept. 9, 1905 (US, 590189), Sept. 2, 1905 (US, 590187); ridge of Peter's Mt., on State line, Sept. 12, 1905, E. S. Steele (G, US, 590190); Peter's Mt., vicinity of Old Sweet Springs on Va. & W. Va. line, Sept. 11, 1908, E. S. Steele (G, US 63531). VIRGINIA: Warren Co.: Little Passage Creek, Sept. 21, 1897, G. S. Miller (US). PAGE Co.: Stony Man Mt., Aug. 11, 1901, W. Palmer, 61 (US); crevices of rocks, Stony Man Mt., Aug. 18, 1901, W. Palmer & W. H. King, 61 (US); exposed cliffs, Stony Man Mt., near Luray, Aug. 31, 1901, E. S. Steele & Mrs. Steele, 224 (G, NY, US); vicinity of Blue Ridge, Stony Man Mt., near Luray, Sept. 2, 1901, E. S. Steele & Mrs. Steele 224 (G, NY); near Luray, Sept. 18, 1905, G. S. Miller (US). SHENANDOAH Co.: brushy slope, Great North Mt., vicinity of Ork- ney Springs, Sept. 4, 1911, E. S. Steele, 64 (G), 62 (G, US); Great North Mountain, vicinity of Orkney Springs, Sept. 14, 1911, E. S. Steele, 141 (G (US, 1520733)) ; low hills s. of hotel, vicinity of Ork- ney Springs, Sept. 5, 1911, E. S. Steele, 74 (G); vicinity of Orkney Springs, Sept. 4, 1911, E. S. Steele, 69 (US 609901-2); on red sandstone barrens, on top of Great North Mt., Sept. 19, 1937, 298 Rhodora [OcroBER H. A. Allard, 3765 (G). Barn Co.: sandstone soil, Mill Mt., vicinity of Millboro, Aug. 20, 1906, E. S. Steele (G); vicinity of Millboro (alt. 485 m.), E. S. Steele, Sept. 3, 1906 (G, US 648421), Sept. 11, 1906 (G, US 494573); on shale in vicinity of Millboro, Sept. 3, 1906, E. S. Steele (US, 494572, 648301). RockBRIDGE Co.: Mill Mt., vicinity of Millboro, Sept. 16, 1907, E. S. Steele (US, 494571). Cnaira Co.: s. of Peter's Mt., vicinity of Orkney Springs, Sept. 12, 1905, E. S. Steele (US, 590188); Peter's Mt., Sept. 1, 19083, E. S. Steele & Mrs. Steele (G, NY). NORTH CAROLINA. Yancey Co.: Wayah Bald Summit, Sept. 11, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett & S. D. Pearson (NY). BuNCOMBE Co.: vicinity of Montreat, Sept. 9, 1913, P. C. Standley & H. C. Bolm (US, 10499, 10501-02, -11, -12, -13, -14). Haywoop Co.: on slopes of Pine Mt., vicinity of Eagle’s Nest, Sept. 6, 1910, P. C. Standley, 5552 (G, US); near Waynesville, near Highlands, Biltmore Herb., 2670v (US, 957890). Swain Co.: Great Smoky Mts., Aug. 28, 1891, E. C. Beardslee & C. A. Kofoid (G). Macon Co.: below Satula Mt., (alt. 2500’) High- lands, Sept. 2, 1902, E. E. Magee (G). SOUTH CAROLINA. OcoNEE Co.: summit of Thomas Bald Mt., near Georgia border (alt. 5200’), Aug. 19, 1893, J. K. Small (NY); eastern base of Tomassee Knob (alt. 1200’), Sept. 14, 1938, R. T. Clausen & H. Trapido, 3620 (NY). No species of Liatris has been so misunderstood and become the “catch-all” for as many different entities as Liatris scariosa. When describing Serratula scariosa, Linnaeus cited Gronovius (Gron. Virg. 92 (1739)), who described a plant observed and collected in Virginia by Clayton as follows: ‘Cirsium non ramo- sum foliis lateralibus flores ferens pauciores majores squamis hiantibus armatos pediculis curtis insidentibus, radice etiam tuberosa". The further references to descriptions by Banister (Plant. Virg. Ban. 1929 (1693)) and Plukenet (Pluk. Mant. 105 (1749)) do not clearly identify the species, nor does the figure of Plukenet (Pluk. Phyto. t. 177 f. 4 (1696)) accompanying a de- scription (Pluk. Alm. 142 (1696)) that includes the phrase “floribus scariosis’’. Linnaeus added to the description ‘‘calycibus squarrosis pedun- culatis obtusis lateralibus" and, in the final note pointing out differences from Serratula squarrosa, he again referred to the same character: “‘calycibus squarrosis obtusis". The distinctive squarrose phyllaries point to a character from which many of the determinations of Liatris scariosa have varied. There is in the Linnaean herbarium a specimen labelled scar?- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 299 osa which Linnaeus had at the time of writing his description, a photograph of which Professor Fernald kindly allowed me to see. Though not a complete plant (the tip of the inflorescence and the base of the plant being lacking) this shows twelve large heads ca. 1.5 cm. in diameter borne at the ends of pedicels about 3 em. long, and the phyllaries are squarrose. The outermost ones are dis- tinctly reflexed against the pedicels and the middle and inner ones to a slighter degree. All appear quite herbaceous and not at all scarious but rather slightly ciliolate on the margin. The leaves just below the lowest heads are oblanceolate, about 5 cm. long and 1.5 cm. wide, narrowing from the middle to a clasping base. Though the basal leaves are wanting on the specimen they would undoubtedly have been quite wide since a width of 1.5 cm. for an upper cauline leaf of Liatris is large. By use of a lens the rachis and leaves are seen to be pubescent. Willdenow (Sp. Pl. iii. 1635 (1803)), when transferring this species to the genus Liatris, again emphasized the obovate squar- rose phyllaries and added to the description of the inflorescence, a terminal leafy raceme, and to that of the leaves "utrinque attenuatis margine scabris". It is noteworthy that no mention of *scarious" phyllaries was made by any of the authors except Plukenet, whose phrase “‘floribus scariosis” is thus probably to blame for the name. Dr. H. K. Svenson,! who examined the Willdenow specimen and made drawings and notes, states: “bracts not particularly scarious, the scarious character perhaps referring to the fringe of hairs". Though I have not seen the Clayton plant nor a photograph of it, there is in the National Herbarium a tracing of it, accom- panying some correspondence by E. G. Baker in connection with determinations of specimens sent to him. When commenting on the plant from the Herb. Gronovius (British Museum Herb.) he noted: “‘(a) the bracts of the involucre are ciliate on the margin. (b) the bracts in the type are straight not folded. (c) the bracts do not tend to enlarge near the summit". The tracing shows 12 heads, almost hemispherical with the phyllaries erect, not reflexed, and the upper stem-leaves quite as wide as those in Linnaeus’s plant. Thus, though the Gronovian plant does not perfectly match the Linnaean one and we are omitting it from the synony- 1 Private communication. 300 Rhodora . [OcroBER my of L. scariosa var. typica, we believe it may represent what oc- curs abundantly in the mountains of Pennsylvania, Maryland, West Virginia and Virginia. Specimens from there have been ex- amined that show the outer phyllaries to be herbaceous and spreading or but slightly reflexed, with the middle and inner ones a little scarious on the margin, less leathery than in typica, often colorful and also erect. The leaves vary from glabrous to asper- ous with basal ones very broad- to longer-oblanceolate and peti- olate. Lunell described a plant from West Virginia, Aug. 27, 1908, K. K. Mackenzie, no. 368, White Sulphur Springs (I), as Laciniaria scariosa var. virginiana (Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 172 (1912)), which he later renamed var. borealis, ibid. 264. It would seem to represent such a derivative. That there are slight varia- tions in leaf- and especially in phyllary-characters can be seen by comparing the three specimens of the same date and number of the collector (I, NY, US), and a fourth (G) which has no number. While the type at the University of Indiana Herbarium has phyllaries quite ciliolate on the margins, the specimens at the National and Gray Herbaria have them hardly at all so, though in all three the phyllaries are erect. The specimen at the New York Botanical Garden, with rougher leaves and spreading phyllaries with only narrowly scarious, ciliolate margins, comes nearer L. scariosa var. typica. While other specimens have been seen that represent variations which perhaps may be combina- tions of parental characters of L. scariosa var. typica and L. aspera var. glabra, both of which occur in that range, there is nevertheless sufficient constancy found in these specimens of Mackenzie's to recognize their individuality and to relate them to L. scariosa. We have therefore retained Lunell's first varietal name and refer them to Liatris scariosa (L.) Willd. var. virginiana Lunell. Michaux (Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 92 (1803)) described a species from South Carolina with lanceolate leaves, rough on the margin, and with outer phyllaries squarrose, calling it Liatris squarrulosa and in a note following the Latin description he stated that it seemed to be like Serratula scariosa but he wondered why, as Plukenet held, it should be called scariosa. From photographs of Michaux's type specimen and of a duplicate and rather better specimen, obtained by Mr. Weatherby, it seems to have been a 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 301 less robust, slender variety of the same species that is shown in the photograph of the Linnaean type. The heads are slightly smaller and the phyllaries more elongate than rounded but they are obtuse. The basal leaves are broadly, and the upper ones narrowly oblanceolate so that the whole plant strongly resembles the Linnaean one and we have no hesitancy in accepting its reduction to varietal ranking by Gray (Synopt. Fl. i?. 110 (1884)) as Liatris scariosa var. squarrulosa. However, we do not accept the appended synonymy of L. heterophylla R. Br. (Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iv. 503 (1812)) which was described as having acute, lanceolate phyllaries. A photograph of that type specimen from the British Museum, a plant cultivated by Mr. William Malcolm, shows a plant with a very different involucre. Most striking are the long, pointed phyllaries. From a packet at the Gray Her- barium, containing the phyllaries of a fragmentary head of this specimen, from the Banks Herbarium, they were found to be very thin and glabrous as well as linear. Pursh (Fl. ii. 508 (1814)) when including a description of the species, after having seen the specimen, stated that the flowers were of the size of L. graminifolia, and he cited L. varia Herb. Banks ms. in synony- my. At the bottom of the sheet of L. heterophylla (Banks) there can be seen faintly written “L. varia? which undoubtedly ex- plains this reference. When Torrey & Gray (Fl. ii. 75 (1841)) described the species by use of the then recently received head and additional notes supplied by Mr. Bennett, they concluded that, though resembling L. scariosa in size and shape of heads, it did not match even depauperate specimens of that species because of the pointed scales. As in the time of those writers, "apparently the species has not been subsequently met with in this country", and we leave it among the doubtful species. 18. LIATRIS ASPERA Michx. Corm rounded, irregular, sub- globose, 2-5 cm. in diameter: stems frequently single, sometimes several, quite stout, 4-11 dm. high, glabrous below with scattered hairs above on the rachis of the flowering spike, to asperous over the entire stem-length; leaves mostly linear-lanceolate though frequently almost linear; the basal broader, 1-1.5 dm. long, 1-2 cm. wide, rhombic-lanceolate, narrowed into petioles of about half the total length, glabrous on both surfaces and lacking any marginal roughness, or asperous on one or both surfaces; upper leaves sessile, reduced to less than the length of the heads they 302 Rhodora [OCTOBER subtend: inflorescence a long open spike of usually more than 20 sessile to pedunculate somewhat globose, 25—40-flowered, heads 1.5-2.5 cm. in diameter; phyllaries all glabrous with exposed tips rounded and with broad scarious margins, and slightly bullate, middle and inner ones oblong-spatulate, to rounded and strongly bullate, giving the globose head a puckered appearance; corolla usually purple, rarely white, pilose within the tube at the base of the stamens, tube 8-10 mm. long; pappus 7-8 mm. long; achene 4-6 mm. long.—Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 92 (1803); Ell. Sk. ii. 276 (1822(?)); DC. Prodr. v. 130 (1836). L. scariosa sensu Sims, Curtis's Bot. Mag. t. 1709 (1815) not (L.) Willd. L. sphaeroidea sensu Sweet Br. Fl. Gard. 1 ser., t. 87 (1824); Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 34 (1943), not Michx. Laciniaria aspera Greene, Pittonia, iv. 318 (1901). Liatris scariosa Willd. f. Benkii Macb., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. iv. 127 (1927). Liatris sphaeroidea f. Benkii (Macb.) Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 35 (1933). Var. typica. Stem rough-puberulent above or throughout with appressed or more or less incurved hairs: leaves asperous with dense, short, stiff hairs, linear-lanceolate, generally narrowly so.—Liatris aspera Michx. sens. strict. Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill vars. porrecta and obesa Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. ii. 159-162 (1912). L. scariosa vars. virgata, strictissima and salutans Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. ii. 169-177 (1912). Liatris sphaeroidea var. salutans (Lunell) Shinners, Amer. Midl. Nat. xxix. 37 (1943). Liatris sphaeroidea forma asperifolia Shinners, Amer. Midl. Nat. xxix. 36 (1943). Lacinaria indecidua and Lacinaria stratiotes Steele ex Winter, Analysis Flowering Plants of Nebras- ka, 143 (1936), Contrib. Bot. Surv. Neb. n. s. x. 143 (1936). Central States from Ohio, Wisconsin, Minnesota and North Dakota southward to Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas.—OHIO. Lucas Co.: n. of Monclova, Aug. 8, 1924, Miss B. Garber (US). Scroro Co.: Friendship, Shawnee State Forest, D. Demaree, 11139 (NY). INDIANA. Porter Co.: on the dunes, Dune Park, Sept. 17, 1909, E. S. Steele, 163a (G). JasPER Co.: open sandy places, Sept. 13, 1942, C. M. Ek (F). WISCONSIN. Co. un- determined: St. Helena, Aug. 1881, T. H. Bradwin (G). ONEIDA Co.: Manson, Sept. 1935, B. O. Dodge (NY). Pork Co.: dry ground, Rwy. right of way, St. Croix Falls, Sept. 4, 1927, N. C. Fassett & L. R. Wilson, 5453 (G). Brown Co.: Preble (plant to left), Aug. 21, 1878, J. H. Schuette (G). Pepin Co.: open dunes, lower terrace (albino), Aug. 27, 1927, N. C. Fassett, 4482 (G). JUNEAU Co.: abandoned field, 2 mis. s. of Matha, Aug. 27, 1937, J. W. Thomson (NY). Saux Co.: on the cliffs, on the s. side of Devil's Lake, Aug. 30, 1909, E. S. Steele, 80 (G). WAUKESHA Co.: Nashotah, Aug. 24, 1884, R. N. Larrabee (G). Grant Co.: Boscobel prairies (one plant), July 1886, C. H. Sylvester (NY). Racıne Co.: prairies, Sept. 8, 1882, H. E. Hasse (NY). Rock 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 303 Co.: Clinton, along the Chicago & N. W. Rwy., Sept. 1, 1909, E. S. Steele, 96c (G), 96a (NY), 96b (US, 608836). MINNE- SOTA. Pine Co.: in sand at edge of forest, Highway 61, near Willow R., Aug. 10, 1938, Miss O. Lakela, 2726 (G). Topp Co.: dry sandy ground, Staples, Aug. 6, 1910, Z. L. Chandonnet (G); Staples, Z. L. Chandonnet, Aug. 18, 1914 (no. 307) (US), Aug. 9, 1911 (no. 4) (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. porrecta Lunell) ; (no. 1) (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. obesa Lunell). Cui- saco Co.: Center City, July 1892, B. C. Taylor (G, plant 1). SrEARN Co.: St. Anthony, July 22, 1888, J. H. Schuette (NY). HENNEPIN Co.: Fort Snelling, Sept. 1888, E. A. Mearns, 141 (US); prairies, Fort Snelling Reservation, Sept. 21, 1907, C. O. Rosendahl, 2066 (G); Richfield, Sept. 1875, N. H. Winchell (NY). WABASHA Co.: sand prairie, about 2 mis. n. of Weaver, Sept. 28, 1930, N. Hotchkiss & P. Jones 4171 (US). GoopnuE Co.: Vasa, Aug. 1893, A. P. Anderson (US). LiNcorN Co.: Verdi, Aug. 1891, E. P. Sheldon, S1344 (M). ILLINOIS. Without stated locality: July, 1846, S. B. Mead (G). McHenry Co.: Ringwood, G. Vasey (G). WiNNEBAGO Co.: Fountaindale, M. S. Bebb (G, 281 US). Jo Daviess Co.: Hanover, Aug. 18, 1908, H. A. Gleason (G). Cook Co.: Riverside, Aug. 1912, J. M. Greenman, 3831 (G); prairies, near Chicago City, Sept. 9-12, 1892, Ohlendorf (NY); vicinity of Chicago, Aug. 1909, Miss Reynolds, 2783 (NY, US). Prora Co.: dry sandy ground, Peoria, Aug. 1904, F. E. Macdonald (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. strictissima Lunell); dry sandy soil, Peoria, Aug. 1904, F. E. Macdonald, 1904 (G, NY); gravelly soil, Peoria, Sept. 3, 1908, F. E. Mac- donald (G). McLean Co.: prairieland, Hendrix, Aug. 31, 1904, B. L. Robinson (G). CnHaMPAriGN Co.: Champaign, by I. C. Rwy., Sept. 11, 1909, A. S. Pease, 12397 (G); Urbana, Sept. 25, 1900, Miss M. L. Sheldon (G); original prairies, Rantoul, Oct. 5, 1907, F. C. Gates, 2043 (US). Mason Co.: Topeka, Aug. 22, 1904, H. A. Gleason (G); Decatur, Sept. 1, 1939, R. G. Mills (NY). Morgan Co.: vicinity of Concord, 2 mis. s. of Chapin, Sept. 1916, Miss S. Pratt (US). Prxe Co.: Rockport, Aug. 1904, J. F. Clevenger (US). IOWA. Emmerr Co.: Armstrong, Aug. 1890, R. I. Cratty (G); prairie, slope of Four Mile Creek, 3 mis. w. of Estherville, Aug. 13, 1934, Miss A. Hayden, 10535 (NY). Fayerre Co.: prairies, Sept. 1894, B. Fink (G). CHERO- KEE Co.: upland prairie slopes, 3 mis. s. of Cherokee, Sept. 5, 1937, Miss A. Hayden, 10537 (NY). HauirroN Co.: dry prairie, along C. & N. W. Rwy., 2 mis. w. of Webster City, Sept. 13, 1933, Miss A. Hayden, 413 (NY). CARROLL Co.: Carroll, Aug. 29, 1896, L. H. Pammel, 38 (G, NY). JoHNson Co.: prairies, Sept. 3, 1895, M. F. Fitzpatrick (I, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. virgata Lunell) ; Coralville, Sept. 3, 1909, M. P. Somes (US). PowESHIEK Co.: Grinnell, 1875, M. E. Jones (G, NY), Aug.-Sept. 304 Rhodora [OcroBER 1907, Miss R. Drew (G, NY, US 494671). Darras Co.: Red- field, Sept. 5, 1867, J. A. Allen (G). MISSOURI. Co. unde- termined: prairies, Sept. 1838, N. Riehl, 10 (NY). ATCHISON Co.: dry ground, Oct. 1893, B. F. Bush, 199 (NY). Anar Co.: Kirksville, Sept. 5, 1883, C. S. Sheldon, 3505 (NY). Macow Co.: Ethel, Sept. 22, 1915, B. F. Bush, 7802 (US). Jackson Co.: dry prairies, Martin City, Sept. 18, 1901, K. K. Mackenzie, 469 (NY, US); barrens, Dodson, Oct. 4, 1906, B. F. Bush, 4155 (G), 4159 (US); Dodson, Aug. 26, 1895, B. F. Bush, 242 (NY), Sept. 27, 1915, W. W. Eggleston, 12046 (NY); Sheffield, Sept. 6, 1896, B. F. Bush, 909 (US); prairies, Lee's Summit, Sept. 5, 1906, B. F. Bush, 4098 (G), 4097 (US). Sr. Lours Co.: Allenton, Aug. 30, 1894, G. W. Letterman (NY, US). JouwsoN Co.: near Warrensburg, Nov. 5, 1916, G. W. Stevens, 4424 (NY). BARTON Co.: dry prairies, Golden City, Oct. 7, 1913, E. J. Palmer, 4593 (US). GREENE Co.: vicinity of Springfield, P. C. Standley, Aug. 21, 1912 (no. 9172) (US), Aug. 31, 1911 (no. 8569) (G, US), Aug. 1906 (US). Barry Co.: Hailey, J. W. Phillips (G; US, Sept. 15,1915). ARKANSAS. BezwroN Co.: without stated locality, 1899, E. N. Plank (NY). NORTH DAKOTA. RicuraAND Co.: Hankinson, Aug. 25, 1902, P. A. Rydberg, 1151 (NY). SOUTH DAKOTA. RonEnrs Co.: hillsides, Aug. 1922, W. H. Over, 14357 (US). ManmnsHaLnL Co.: mouth of St. Peter's River, Sept. 19, 1839, C. A. Geyer, Nicollet's N. W. Exped., 271 (US). Grant Co.: virgin prairie, Clear Lake near Big Stone Lake, Aug. 1, 1940, P. Johnson, 69 (NY). Sprnx Co.: Doland, Sept. 10, 1896, L. W. Carter (NY). Brooxines Co.: Lake Hendricks, Aug. 1906, Miss F. N. Vasey (G, US). Yanxrton Co.: high knolls, Jamesville, Aug. 24, 1899, L. A. Bruce, 55 (US). NE- BRASKA. Co. undetermined: prairies, Sept. 16, 1874, O. Kuntze, 2923 (NY). ANTELOPE Co.: Brunswick, Sept. 5, 1908, N. F. Peterson (US). SaAuNpEns Co.: Mead's Ranch, Aug. 24, 1893, F. Clements, 2901 (G (US, type of Lacinaria indecidua Steele) N). Howarp Co.: St. Paul, Aug. 29, 1919, J. M. Bates (G). Cass Co.: Weeping Water, Aug., T. A. Williams (US, 517526). LANCASTER Co.: Lincoln, 1906, C. E. Bessey (US), Aug. 1886, H. J. Webber (NY); Lancaster, Sept. 10, 1873, S. Angley (N, type of Lacinaria stratiotes Steele). Satine Co.: Crete, C. E. Brown (US). Kearney Co.: Minden, Aug. 26, 1917, Dr. H. Hapeman (G). KANSAS. Co. undetermined: from Council Grove to Fort Leavenworth, Aug. 1847, Plant. Nov. Mex., A. Fendler, 302 (333)? (G). Ritey Co.: prairie, Sept. 12, 1895, J. B. 1 From Senate Report intended to illustrate a map of the Hydrographical Basin of the upper Mississippi River made by I. N. Nicollet, Feb. 16, 1841, Washington 1843, the place of this collection would seem to be about Marshall Co. just a little north of Day Co. : In Plant. Fendl. A. Gray, 1849, page 63. specimen no, 302 is listed as L. scariosa Willd. and was collected from ‘‘Council Grove to Fort Leavenworth'', Aug. 1847. The 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 305 Norton, 214 (G, US, NY); Manhattan, Sept. 12, 1892, J. B. Nor- ton (NY). Douvuaras Co.: Lawrence, W. C. Stevens (US). SHaw- NEE Co.: Topeka, Summer, 1897, Prof. Harshberger, 3469 (US). Lyon Co.: high prairies, 3 mis. n. of Madison, Sept. 18, 1941, H. A. Stephens (G). Linn Co.: grassy hillside, near Parker, Oct. 21, 1916, G. W. Stevens, 4341 (NY). CowrEv Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 22, 1898, M. White (NY). OKLAHOMA. Orra- WA Co.: in dry pasture, Ottawa, Aug. 29, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2511 (G). Nowara Co.: grassy roadside, Lenapah, Aug. 19, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2176 (G). Rocers Co.: 4 mis. n. of Catale, Oct. 9, 1938, M. Hopkins & M. Van Valkenburgh, 3678 (O). TuL- sa Co.: without stated locality, Autumn, 1926, E. R. Force, 13026 (O); dry railroad side, n. e. of Tulsa, Sept. 17, 1939, U. T. Water- fall, 1797 (O). Payne Co.: 6 mis. n. of Stillwater, Sept. 13, 1935, E. E. Richardson (O). Mvsxoakk Co.: Lot 4, Sept. 4, 1927, E. L. Little, 2227 (O). TEXAS. BasrnoP Co.: Bastrop, Nov. 24, 1928, B. C. Tharp (NY), Oct. 1926, H. H. Duval (US). WALKER Co.: 14 mis. s. w. of Huntsville, Sept. 28, 1934, V. L. Cory, 10260 (G). Harris Co.: sandy soil near Houston, Aug. 21, 1903, Bilt- more Herb. 2670e (US); Houston, Sept. 28, 1917, E. J. Palmer, 12786 (US); near Houston, Sept. 22, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 2670j ((I, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. salutans Lunell) (US)); Houston, G. L. Fisher, Sept. 24, 1937 (no. 37160) (US), Aug. 23, 1915 (no. 1513) (US), Aug. 23, 1914 (no. 2032) (US), 1842, F. Lindheimer (G). GonzaLes Co.: Cottonwood Springs, Sept. 7, 1933, H. B. Parks, 7682 (G). Var. intermedia (Lunell), comb. nov. Stem glabrous below, with appressed hairs above on the rachis of the flowering spike; leaves glabrous or with but a few scattered hairs and frequently broadly lanceolate.—Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. intermedia Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 173, 177 (1912) = var. media Lunell ibid. 264 (1912). | Laciniaria scariosa var. petiolata Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 172, 176 (1912). Liatris sphaeroidea of many authors, not Michx. Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 92 (1803). Probably L. sphaeroidea sensu Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1417 (1828), though de- scription insufficient. Occurring east of the Mississippi through North and South Carolina to Georgia and Florida, from Ontario through Indiana and Kentucky to Alabama and west of the Mississippi more generally in the southern central plains-states, Missouri, Arkan- sas, Louisiana, Texas and Oklahoma.—WEST VIRGINIA. RrircurE Co.: Berea, dry hillside-field, Aug. 21, 1922, L. F. & F. R. Randolph, 1376 (G). NORTH CAROLINA. RUTHERFORD Co.: Hickory Nut Gap, Salola Mt., to Chimney Rock, Oct. 3, 1901, J. K. Small & A. M. Huger (NY). Henperson Co.: dry same applies to (333), which bracketed number represents the number under which it was distributed. 306 Rhodora [OCTOBER woods, East Flat Rock, Sept. 15, 1926, F. W. Hunnewell, 10014 (G). - Macon Co.: Yellow Mt., ex Torrey Herb., Curtis (NY). SOUTH CAROLINA. GREENVILLE Co.: Caesar's Head, Aug. 2, 1881, J. D. Smith (G); rocky woods, Caesar's Head, Aug. 12, 1881, J. D. Smith, 53 (US). GEORGIA. Frorvp Co.: without stated locality, Chapman (US). McDurrir Co.: sandhills, vicinity of Thomson, Sept. 9, 1908, H. H. Bartlett, 1491 (G, US); vicinity of Thomson, Sept. 7, 1907, H. H. Bartlett (US). FLORI- DA. Jackson Co.: Sneads, Aug. 19, 1942, R. A. Knight (F). ALACHUA Co.: high thin woods, Warrens Cave, Gainesville, Oct. 25, 1927, Louchs, Miss L. Arnold & E. West (F); dry roadside, Sugarfoot, Gainesville, Aug. 28, 1932, Miss L. Arnold (F). ONTARIO. Lampton Co.: Port Franks, Aug. 31, 1905, C. K. Dodge (G, US); sandy open ground near L. Huron, Port Franks, Sept. 2, 1929, E. J. Palmer, 36270 (G); near Sarnia, Aug. 18, 1892, C. K. Dodge, 11587 (Ot); rather low grounds, Point Ed- wards, July, 1887, Burgess, 9854 (Ot); Sarnia, Aug. 16, 1901, J. M. Macoun, 22614 (Ot); among small oaks, near Sarnia, Sept. 8, 1904, C. K. Dodge, 1 (Ot, US); 4 mis. s. of Grand Bend, Sept. 3, 1934, H. H. Brown, 4661, 4667 (HB); Grand Bend, Aug. 6, 1932, Marie-Victorin, R. Germain & Jacques, 49246 (To). KENT Co.: Squirrel Is., Aug. 31, 1904, C. K. Dodge, 2 (Ot, US). Essex Co.: woods, Sandwich, July 27, 1901, J. M. Macoun, 26615 (Ot); Point Pelee, Aug. 24, 1931, H. H. Brown (HB). MICHIGAN. Co. undetermined: Union Pier, Sept. 19, 1934, Miss A. Fishman, 231 (O). Kewrrnaw Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1889, O. A. F. (G). Sr. Crarm Co.: Fort Gratiot, ex Torr. Herb. Dr. Pitcher, 1829 (NY); near Port Huron, Aug. 30, 1892, C. K. Dodge (US). Carmoun Co.: east of Albion, Aug. 9, 1906, C. E. Barr (G). Sr. JosEePH Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 2, 1838, Houghton (NY). OHIO. Without stated locality. Herb. Schw. (P). Co. undetermined: Margaretta Ridge, near Mt. Clemens, Sept. 25, 1904, E. L. Moseley (US). Errr Co.: sand dune, Cedar Point, R. J. Webb, 5491 (G). Lucas Co.: 10 mis. w. of Toledo, Sept. 2, 1897, E. L. Moseley (US). Woop Co.: Plain twsp., Sect. 21, Aug. 10, 1937, R. E. Shanks, 2201 (NY). Ross Co.: Scioto Trails State Forest, dry wooded hills, Stoney Creek, Aug. 19, 1935, D. Demaree, 11532 (US). INDIANA. SrEeunaEN Co.: 14% mi. n. of Clear Lake, Sept. 11, 1904, C. C. Deam (NY); sandy woods, e. side of Clear Lake, Sept. 11, 1904, C. C. Deam (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. petiolata Lunell). La GnANGE Co.: high dry bank, e. side of Pretty Lake, Ava. 27, 1914, C. C. Deam, 14876 (G); on the bank of the Pigeon R., about 2 mis. e. of Ontario, Aug. 30, 1914, C. C. Deam, 15050 (US). Porter Co.: sand dune, n. of Mineral Springs, Aug. 14, 1911, C. C. Deam, 9620 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. intermedia Lunell); Dune Park, Sept. 4, 1906, L. M. Umbach, 1447 (US). 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 307 LAKE Co.: open sandy woods, Miller’s, Sept. 20, 1914, F. W. Johnson, 1525 (NY); Buffington to Pine, old beaches “Lake Chicago", Sept. 20, 1901, E. S. Steele, 183 (US 609101); Mar- SHALL Co.: Indiana Harbour, Aug. 26, 1916, C. C. Deam, 21299 (G); eopse near Lost Lake, Lake Maxinkuckee, Culver, Aug. 21, 1926, J. R. Churchill (G); Lake Maxinkuckee, 1899, B. W. Evermann, 1118 (US); sandy open knoll, outlet of Lost Lake, Plymouth, Sept. 3, 1909, H. W. Clark (US). SmARKE Co.: sandy soil, along N. Y. C. Rwy., 1.3 mi. w. of North Judson, Sept. 6, 1941, C. M. Ek (G, NY). Harrison Co.: Barrens s. e. of Corydon (albino), Sept. 5, 1836, Mr. Clapp (G). KEN- TUCKY. WnurirLEYv Co.: dry sand bank along Rwy., Cumber- land Falls, Sept. 11, 1940, F. T. McFarland, 66 (G, NY). TEN- NESSEE. Roane Co.: Malden's Ridge near Harriman, Aug. 20, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 2670g (US). SEQvATCHIE Co.: dry conglomerate rocks, Cagle, Aug. 17, 1938, H. K. Svenson, 9659 (G). HaMwiLTOoN Co.: dry soil, Lookout Mt., Aug. 24, 1897, Biltmore Herb., 2670 (NY, G) (US 957898, 332418); Lookout Mt., Sept. 6, 1877, L. F. Ward (US 134395). ALABAMA. Without stated locality: Sept. 1841, ez Herb. G. Thurber, S. B. Buckley (G). WISCONSIN. Pork Co.: St. Croix Falls, Aug. 13, 1900, C. F. Baker (G). Brown Co.: Preble (plant to right), Aug. 21, 1878, J. H. Schuette (G). WaAvsHARA Co.: Wild Rose, Aug. 8, 1919, W. L. McAtee, 3053 (US). JuNEAv Co.: 2 mis. s. of Mather, Aug. 27, 1937, J. W. Thomson (NY); Camp Douglas, Aug. 20, 1890, E. A. Mearns, 141 (NY); Camp Douglas (albino), Aug. 28, 1890, E. A. Mearns, 141 (US). Snurnovaaw Co.: sandy ridges, s. of Sheboygan, Aug. 11, 1904, L. H. Shinners, 2554 (NY). CoruwmBia Co.: Dells of the Wisconsin, Aug. 19, 1893, Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. Meet. (NY). Saux Co.: vicinity of Kilbourn, on Wisconsin R., Aug. 25, 1909, E. S. Steele, 11d (NY); on the cliffs, Devil's Lake, Aug. 31, 1909, E. S. Steele, 90b (NY); rocky ground, about Devil's Lake, Baraboo, Sept. 7, 1925, E. J. Palmer, 28383 (G). Grant Co.: prairies, Boscobel (plant to left), July 1886, C. H. Sylvester (NY). MINNESOTA. ANOKA Co.: Moore Lakes, Sept. 5, 1926, P. A. Rydberg, 9673 (NY). ILLINOIS. Cook Co.: Lakeview, Sept. 7, 1882, W. Deane (G); prairie, near S. Chicago, Sept. 15, 1910, O. E. Lansing, 2858 (G, US); Chicago, Dr. Scammon (NY); vicinity of Palos Park, Sept. 6—7, 1909, E. S. Steele, 132a (US 672726). Prorta Co.: exposed hillside, gravelly soil, Peoria, Sept. 3, 1908, F. E. Mc Donald (US 609908). MISSOURI. Prxe Co.: McCune, Aug. 25, 1916, J. Davis, 250 (US). Jackson Co.: Dodson, Aug. 22, 1895, B. F. Bush, 242 (US). Ozark Co.: rocky open ground, near top of Bald Jesse, near Gainesville, Oct. 10, 1927, E. J. Palmer, 33071 (G). GREENE Co.: vicinity of Strafford, Aug. 27, 1912, P. C. Standley, 9478 (G). Taney Co.: open rocky ground, 308 Rhodora [OCTOBER Malva, Sept. 17, 1924, E. J. Palmer, 26189 (G). ARKANSAS. Co. undetermined: Ozarks, on high banks along Frisco Rwy., Sept. 10, 1927, A. Ruth, 79 (US). FAULKNER Co.: dry hills, Quitman, Sept. 4, 1934, D. Demaree, 10950 (NY). Lonoke Co.: ~ Carlisle, July 31, 1938, D. Demaree, 18012 (O); Pressure Reser- voir, Hot Springs National Park, July 20, 1934, H. R. Gregg, 269 (US). Yeu Co.: ridges, Mt. Nebo State Park, Aug. 30, 1939, D. Demaree, 20593 (G). GARLAND Co.: along Rwy., near Gulph Bridge, July 19, 1935, F. J. Scully, 374a (G); near Hot Springs, 1928, R. Runyon, 1179 (NY); summit of hills, Hot Springs, July 20, 1931, R. Runyon, 1500 (US). Sevier Co.: Prairie de Queen Park, July 1937, P. W. Beck (O). Drew Co.: Monticello, Sept. 10, 1938, D. Demaree, 18297 (I); old fields 9 mis. s. of Monticello, Aug. 30, 1936, D. Demaree, 13574 (G, O). Hempsteap Co.: Ozan, Aug. 25, 1937, D. Demaree, 15967 (0). MILLER Co.: Texarkana, Aug. 20, 1896, A. A. Heller & E. G. ` Heller, 4125 ((G, NY, US)). LOUISIANA. Co. undetermined: W. Louisiana, 1839, Dr. Hale (US). Cappo Co.: open dry field, along low woods, Pine Hill Rd., ca. 5 mis. n. w. of Shreve- port, Aug. 6, 1938, D. S. Correll & H. B. Correll, 10090 (NY). OKLAHOMA. Mayes Co.: dry hillside pasture, Adair, Sept. 2, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2581 (G, NY). Tursa Co.: Tulsa, Oct. 30, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2089 (G). CmEEK Co.: Arkansas R., Aug. 21, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G). Mvskoakk Co.: Lot 1, July 23, 1927, E. L. Little, 1903 (O); Lot 3, Sept. 7, 1927, E. L. Little, 3127 (O); 2 mis. w. of Muskogee, Aug. 8, 1926, E. L. Little, 257 (O); near Muskogee, Sept. 25, 1896, L. F. Ward, 10 (US). Huaues Co.: prairie, Aug. 26, 1938, C. C. Smith (O). SEMINOLE Co.: Seminole (albino), July 21, 1936, M. Hopkins & D. Demaree, 48 (O). Le Fiore Co.: Stapp, Aug. 25, 1937, D. Demaree (O); in open woods, in mt. valley, Page, Sept. 9, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2714 (G); on s. side of Rwy. embankment, near Page, Sept. 8, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2627 (G, NY). LATIMER Co.: Wilburton, Aug. 10, 1930, O. M. Clark (O). Prrrssure Co.: McAlester, Aug. 8, 1894, C. S. Newhall (G). TEXAS. Gray- son Co.: Denison, Sept. 13, 1906, F. J. Tyler (US). Grece Co.: without stated locality, Autumn, 1941, C. L. York (G). Harris Co.: Houston, 1842, Lindheimer (G). WALLER Co.: Hempstead, Aug. 28, 1932, B. C. Tharp (G). This species is widely distributed but has not always been accepted, having been referred to L. scariosa by Torr. & Gray (Fl. N. Am. ii. 75 (1841)) and again by Gray (Synop. Fl. 1?. 110 (1884)). Examination of a photograph at the Gray Herbarium of the type specimen collected by Michaux in the “Illinois meadows”, though not showing a complete plant, made it possible 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 309 to determine the nature of the phyllaries. The outer ones are recurved, the middle and inner ones have rounded or spatulate tips with broad petaloid margins and are clearly crisped. In pressing, these have sometimes been folded back on themselves or left concave and cup-like. The upper cauline leaves are linear- lanceolate with acute tips. As Greene, who recognized this species under Laciniaria (Pittonia, iv. 318 (1901)) stated, it is difficult ‘‘to understand on what principle a plant so well marked as this could be confused . . . with L. scariosa". From the type of that species it is easily known by the middle and inner, gla- brous, broadly scarious, bullate phyllaries, rather than herba- ceous, squarrose ones, and by the acute lanceolate, rather than oblanceolate, leaves. Michaux had given Illinois as the type locality for this species. From the account in his journal (Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxvi. 129 (1888)) and the map of F. A. Michaux!, Illinois would be as far west as he had travelled and would refer to the region east of the Mississippi, there being no Indiana at that time. Plants with the familiar puckered heads of the aspera type are now known to occur from southern Ontario, Michigan and Ohio south to the Carolinas and southwestward to Louisiana, Texas and Okla- homa. When leaves of specimens from Illinois southward and westward are examined it is found that some are rough, some glabrous and some of varying degrees of intermediacy of pubes- cence. In contrast, the southeastern specimens, from the moun- tains of Tennessee to South Carolina, Alabama and Florida, are more constantly glabrous. To the author, therefore, it seemed best to broaden Michaux's conception of the species to allow for leaves from very rough to very smooth and to consider them as two varieties, the typical and the glabrous respectively. The lists of specimens so separated show the range of the former from Wisconsin, Indiana and Illinois westward while the latter extends eastward, as well, into Kentucky and the Carolinas and from there southward into Alabama and Florida. When examining the types of Lunell's numerous varieties of Laciniaria scariosa it was found that two of the seven (see also no. 20), namely var. intermedia (which was later called media) and var. petiolata, both from Indiana, come under the glabrous 1 Travels to the westward of the Alleghany Mountains. J. Mawman (1805). 310 Rhodora [OCTOBER variety of L. aspera Michx. as here interpreted. Lunell’s earlier name intermedia takes precedence in this new varietal combina- tion, which has been made on the basis of the characters of his type and not upon the characters described and classified by him. The glabrous Liatris sphaeroidea of Michaux, however, is not included in synonymy. Michaux (l. c.) described L. sphaeroidea as having smooth leaves, pedunculate flowers and oval erect bracts and gave as habitat the high mountains of Carolina as well as the meadows of Illinois. The identification and delimitation of L. sphaeroidea and L. aspera has been a perplexing matter. Comparison of the photographs of Michaux’s two plants seen at the Gray Herbarium, reveals similar inflorescences of large heads in loose racemes, though they are sessile in the latter and short-pedunculate in the former. Since within other species all conditions from sessile to pedunculate heads occur, that character is not diagnostic. The phyllaries, however, are of different shapes and quite differently . disposed in the two specimens. The outer ones of L. sphaeroidea are outspread but hardly recurved. The middle and inner ones are erect, elongate, oblong and slightly spatulate at the tip, with narrow scarious borders, some just a little crisped but none really concave as in L. aspera. As stated above, Michaux referred to smooth leaves in L. sphaeroidea in contrast to very rough ones in L. aspera and gave it a habitat in the high moun- tains of Carolina as well as in the meadows of Illinois. Careful search for specimens resembling Michaux’s type of sphaeroidea in the characters of the head and phyllaries, rather than just in smooth leaves or pedunculate heads, shows a great many from around the Great Lakes region. Since on the label of Michaux’s type-specimen occurs “Prairies vers Mississippi" it seems that there may be some justification for the interpreta- tion of his species being like many of those of the Great Lakes Basin. Where it occurs along with L. aspera, as it does among the pine-oak scrub on the sand-ridges of the southeastern shore of Lake Huron in Ontario, it is often difficult to be sure of the determination, especially when it has grown under particularly unfavorable circumstances or during unusually dry summers. To this author, L. sphaeroidea occurring as glabrous, semi- hirsute and hirsute plants, comes very close to and is perhaps 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 311 some hybrid of L. aspera Michx. Whether it may have arisen originally in the more central northern region as an intermediate between L. aspera and L. ligulistylis we cannot say. L. aspera Michx. is undoubtedly the species of widest geo- graphic range of the Scar?osae series and is therefore responsible for many confusing mid-forms. At the northwestern limit of the range of L. aspera, as in Wisconsin, Minnesota and North Dakota, it meets L. ligulistylis. From this species, with fewer large heads and erect, lacerate phyllaries, it is clearly distinguish- able. The presence of pilosity in the corolla-tube of L. aspera and its absence in L. ligulistylis makes a very satisfactory additional character for confirmation of the separation of the two. On this basis seven of Lunell’s varieties of Laciniaria scariosa have been transferred to L. aspera (five under var. typica and two as var. intermedia), while nineteen others were included under L. ligulistylis. Intergradations between the two species, however, are numerous and varied and eight of these were recognized also among Lunell's scariosa varieties (see no. 20). With all the recombinations of leaf-, stem-, head-, phyllary- and corolla-tube- characters, these intermediate specimens, found mostly west of Lake Michigan, are nevertheless distinguishable by the generally larger and more hemispherical mature heads from the segregate that we have interpreted as X L. sphaeroidea Michx. of the Great Lakes region with smaller, more campanulate or globular heads. That they more nearly resemble L. aspera can be judged by the confusion of interpretation seen in various authors' lists of synonyms. By contrast, X L. Neiuwlandii (Lunell) Shinners (see no. 20) has a recognizably stronger relationship to L. liguli- stylis and may represent a more recent derivative. That no specimens of X L. sphaeroidea are here listed as occur- ring in the high mountains of Carolina, which were included along with the meadows of Illinois as the habitat, may perhaps be due to Michaux having casually matched his specimen by its glabros- ity with the variety of L. aspera to be found in that region (var. intermedia), without giving weight to the differences he noted in the phyllaries of the two species he described. There might also have been specimens of the L. scariosa var. virginiana that Michaux saw occurring in those mountains, with the phyllaries less reflexed and with slightly more scarious margins than in 312 Rhodora [OcroBER variety typica, for he certainly thought of L. scariosa as having wholly herbaceous phyllaries; to wit his observation under L. squarrulosa ** Videtur SERRATULA scariosa L. non autem video cur, Pluknetio duce, scariosam dixerit." Examination of Michaux's herbarium for any further specimens from the Carolina region would certainly be interesting and might help final elucidation of this alliance, which has been so variously interpreted. Laciniaria Deamii Lunell (Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 169 (1912)), described from a plant of C. C. Deam, no. 1747, from the base of open dunes, just south and east of Indiana Harbor, Lake Co., Ind. (I), can be included under this interpretation of X L. sphaeroidea because of the wholly glabrous phyllaries, petaloid on the margins and a little crisped, and the campanulate heads of about thirty flowers. Examination of N. C. Fassett, no. 21207, from Bear Lake, Wolf Lake, Noble Co., Ind., Sept. 11, 1941 (W), which by Shinners (Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 31 (1943)) was made the type of X L. Deamii (Lunell) Shinners f. albina, showed marked differ- ences from Lunell's type, aside from the flower-color, in the almost wholly herbaceous and somewhat pubescent phyllaries and the few (8 fully developed) large heads of 45-50 flowers. Like it, a plant of normal color, no. 21208, collected at the same time and place by N. C. Fassett, in the large terminal heads seems rather to show relationship to X L. Niewwlandii, the type of which was described from Indiana. That X L. sphaeroidea has a stable identity is judged from the number of times it has probably been one of the parents in other recognized hybrids. It has seemed to cross with species of two other series including one of each other section, as with L. spicata of the Spicatae series in the production of X L. Steelei (see no. 1) and with L. cylindracea of the Cylindraceae series and section Euliatris in X L. Gladewitzii Farwell (see no. 31). X LIATRIS SPHAEROIDEA Michx. Rootstock irregular, sub- globose, 2-5 cm. in diameter: stems one or few, 4-11 dm. high, from glabrous to asperous as in L. aspera: leaves glabrous, some- what pubescent or asperous, linear-lanceolate, the basal 1-1.5 dm. long and ca. 1 em. wide, subpetiolate, reduced upwards to narrowly lanceolate ones not much longer at the base of the inflorescence than the heads subtended: inflorescence a raceme or panicle of numerous, 20-40, sessile or pedicellate heads of 25-40 flowers: heads barely globose (when young cylindric-campanulate) 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 313 with phyllaries only slightly bullate or crisped, all loosely erect, outer ones obovate or oblong with slightly spatulate and scarious- margined tips, middle ones more elongate and with the spatulate ends still scarious-margined and only slightly crisped; corolla usually purple, sometimes pale mauvish pink, rarely white; tube ca. 9 mm. long, pilose within; pappus 7-8 mm. long, barbellate; achene 4-5 mm. long.—F I. Bor.-Amer. ii. 92 (1803). Ell. Sk. ii. 281 (1822?); DC. Prodr. v. 130 (1836); not L. sphaeroidea sensu Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 35 (1943). Suprago sphaero- cephala Cass. Dict. li. p. 386 (1827). Laciniaria Deamit Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 169 (1912). Liatris scariosa var. Deamii Peattie, Amer. Mid. Nat. x. 132 (1926). X Liatris Deamii (Lunell) Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 31 (1943), in part. Southern Ontario to Minnesota and Nebraska, south to Tennessee and Arkansas.—ON TARIO. Lampton Co.: dry poor soil, Walpole Is., Sept. 24, 1909, C. K. Dodge (US). Essex Co.: in open woods, Leamington, July 30, 1892, J. M. Macoun, 22769 (plant to left) (Ot). MICHIGAN. Detra Co.: in jack pines, near Rapid R., Aug. 19, 1933, F. C. Gates, 17430 (US). ST. CLAIR Co.: dry sandy soil, near Port Huron, Aug. 10, 1896, C. K. Dodge (US); Lakeside Cemetery, Port Huron, Aug. 28, 1904, Aug. 23, 1911, C. K. Dodge (US). IwanuaM Co.: along roadside in sand, Haslet, Aug. 30, 1917, T. C. Yuncker, 723 (US). OHIO. Co. undetermined: top of dry cliff, Ross Hollow, Sept. 27, 1936, Bartley & Pontius, 152 (NY). Erie Co.: Cedar Point, Oct. 8, 1904, E. L. Moseley (US). Lvcas Co.: Spencer Twsp., sandy soil, Sept. 26, 1921, E. L. Moseley (US); several mis. n. w. of Whitehouse, Aug. 28, 1927, E. L. Moseley (US). INDIANA. STEUBEN Co.: in sandy wood, e. side of Clear Lake, Aug. 21, 1904, Sept. 9, 1904, C. C. Deam (G). Porter Co.: Dune Park, Sept. 2, 1898, L. M. Umbach (US 609933); Dune Park, Sept. 17, 1909, E. S. Steele, 160 (G, US 609009); on and among dunes. Dune Park, Sept. 17, 1909, E. S. Steele, 162b (US 609017). Laxe Co.: near L. Michigan, about 14 mi. from lake-front, 1906, C. C. Deam, 1747 (US); sandy pine ridges, Pine, Sept. 28, 1910, O. E. Lansing, 2889 (G); Indiana Harbor, Sept. 15, 1909, E. S. Steele, 150b (US 608997) ; 153b (US 609044) ; base of open dunes, just s. & e. of Indiana Harbor, Sept. 23, 1906, C. C. Deam (I, type of Laciniaria Deamit Lunell); Hammond, old beaches, “Lake Chicago", Sept. 14, 1909, E. S. Steele, 143a, 146a, 146c (G); Sept. 18, 1909, E. S. Steele, 174a (US 609078) ; Buffington to Pine, old beaches “Lake Chicago", Sept. 20, 1909, E. S. Steele, 184a (US 609014), 184c (G, US 609106), 151c (US 672715), 180b (G), 180g (US 699097), 189e (G, US 609127), 189f (G), 187a (G, US), 188b (G, US 609123. KENTUCKY. Rowan Co.: prairie patch, Clack Mt., Sept. 27, 1936, Miss E. L. Braun (G). TENNESSEE. Kwnox Co.: vicinity of Knoxville, Sept. 314 Rhodora [OCTOBER 18, 1890, F. Lamson-Scribner (US). WISCONSIN. BURNETT Co.: dry sandy ground n. of Danbury, Aug. 26, 1940, L. H. Shinners & J. Catenhuse 2836 (G). Brown Co.: Preble (plant to right), Aug. 21, 1878, J. H. Schuette (G). Saux Co.: rocky ground, about Devil’s Lake, Sept. 7, 1925, E. J. Palmer 28383 (G); Devil’s Lake, Aug. 15, 1881, J. M. Holzinger (US); eastern range of cliffs, Devils Lake, Aug. 31, 1909, E. S. Steele, 90c (US 608814), 90e (US 608812), 90h (US 608817); vicinity of Kilbourn, Aug. 30, 1909, E. S. Steele, 79 (US); dry sandy bluffs of river, vicinity of Kilbourn, Aug. 25, 1909, E. S. Steele, 11b (US 619845), 11c (US 608703). MINNESOTA. Irasca Co.: sandy soil, Grand Rapids, Aug. 1891, J. H. Sandberg, 741 (US). OTTER Tatu: sandy soil, Richdale, Aug. 13, 1912, Z. L. Chandon- net, 0.1 (US); sandy hills, Richdale, Aug. 28, 1913 (no. 136), Aug. 12, 1914 (no. 280) Z. L. Chandonnet (US); Topp Co.: dry sandy soil, Staples, Aug. 19, 1912, Z. L. Chandonnet, 19, 25, (US); sandy soil, Staples, Aug. 22, 1913, Z. L. Chandonnet, 130 (US). Cuisaco Co.: Center City, July 1892, B. C. Taylor, plant 2 (G). ILLINOIS. Coox Co.: pebbly clay of Valparaiso moraine, vicinity of Palos Park, Sept. 6-7, 1909, E. S. Steele, 132a (US 608918), 133 (US 608929); Rogers Park, old beaches, “Lake Chicago’’, Sept. 4, 1909, E. S. Steele, 105 (G, US 608862), Sept. 10-11, 1909, 141a (US 608960), 140 (G, US 608966); dry open woods, sand dunes, Miller's, Sept. 4, 1911, E. E. Sherff (G). IOWA. Fayette Co.: prairies, Sept. 5, 1894, B. Fink, 617 (US). CHEROKEE Co.: ca. 3 mis. s. of Cherokee, on upland slopes, Pilot Twsp., Sect. 23, Sept. 5, 1937, Miss A. Hayden, 10537 (G). JOHNSON Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 9, 1909, M. P. Somes, 3873 (US). ARKANSAS. Cannon Co.: dry hillsides, Eureka Springs, Sept. 20, 1913, E. J. Palmer, 4404 (US). NEBRASKA. Pierce Co.: Plainview, Sept. 7, 1908, W. F. Petersen (US). KANSAS. SHaAwNEE Co.: Topeka, Aug. 22, 1877, E. A. Popinoe (US). X Liarris WrAvEnI Shinners (L. aspera X punctata). Stems slender, 12-24, from an elongate, penetrating rootstock ca. 10 em. long, 4-5 dm. tall, mostly glabrous but with some whitish pubescence along the upper part of the flowering stalk and bearing many, punctate, linear to narrowly linear-lanceolate leaves as in L. punctata; lower ones 15 cm. long, 0.5-1 cm. wide, reduced gradually upwards to bracts exceeding the basal heads: inflores- cence 15-30 cm. long, dense and spike-like; heads numerous, campanulate to turbinate, 1.5-2 em. long and 1-1.5 em. wide, 12-15-flowered; phyllaries linear-lanceolate, erect and moderately loose; outer ones herbaceous oblong or somewhat triangular with acute tips, 5-7 mm. long; middle and inner ones up to 1.5 cm. long and 3-5 mm. wide, oblong, blunt at tip, with a narrow scarious, erose, paler margin; corolla purple, 9-11 mm. long, 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 315 quite pilose within; achenes ca. 5 mm. long; pappus 8 mm. long and plumose.—Amer. Mid. Nat. xxii. 38 (1943). The type of this hybrid was one plant (no. 16) of a seedling population grown from seeds (received in 1926, from Dr. E. J. Weaver and collected from uplands near Lincoln, Lancaster Co., Neb.) in 1927 at Crediton, Ontario by L. O. Gaiser. Plants no. 4 and 17, also mentioned in the description by Shinners (l. c.), were of the same and of the 1928 population respectively grown likewise from seeds of the same package. Both Dr. Weaver and myself are at a loss to explain the location ‘“Locarina, Nebraska" given for the type specimen by Shinners. Other specimens from the same plants are now placed in the Gray Herbarium. The rest of the seedlings grown during the two successive years 1927 and 1928 were quite like the herbarium specimens of L. aspera Michx. var. typica received along with the seeds. Herbarium specimens and a package of seeds of L. punctata that were received from Dr. Weaver at the same time, from the same locality, proved to be variety nebraskana, having the characteris- tic narrow leaves, lacking prominent cilia on the margin and the slender heads with narrow, lanceolate phyllaries, also without marginal cilia. Thus it seems very probable that the three seedlings were the result of hybridization in the field of L. aspera var. typica and L. punctata var. nebraskana. As Shinners understood L. sphaeroidea in the same sense as L. aspera var. typica, as used here, the parentage given above is really the same as that given by him. These hybrids resemble L. punctata var. nebraskana in the tufted, numerous, slender stems, much shorter than those of L. aspera seedlings growing alongside, in the numerous punctate, linear leaves, the shorter, dense, spike-like inflorescence and the plumose pappus. In the pubescence along the upper part of the stem, the campanulate to turbinate heads of 12-15 flowers with phyllaries that are loosely erect, having the middle ones broader, narrowly scarious and blunt-tipped, and the length of the achene they resemble L. aspera. From viable seeds collected from each of the three seedling plants, F? populations were grown. "They were indeed à mixed lot showing sometimes greater resemblances to L. aspera and sometimes to L. punctata. 316 Rhodora [OcroBER 19. LIATRIS SCABRA (Greene) K. Schum. Stems straight, stiff, from a somewhat rounded corm 2 em. or more in diameter, covered with retrorse hairs and distinctly scabrous, generally 6-9 dm. high, bearing about 20-30 usually short-peduncled heads in an open spike, rarely becoming paniculate: leaves scabrous on upper and lower surfaces, the lower 10-15 cm. long and 10-25 mm. wide, oblanceolate, narrowing to a winged petiole less than half the length of the blade; upper leaves bluntly lanceolate, 4—5 em. long and 5 mm. wide, non-petiolate and with clasping base, tend- ing to diverge from the stem at right angles: inflorescence of 20-35-flowered heads, ca. 2 cm. long and 1.5-2 em. wide when flowers are open, somewhat cylindrical to turbinate, frequently all on short pedicels or with the basal becoming long-pedunculate; phyllaries entirely herbaceous and green, densely pubescent with short hairs or scabrous, margin ciliolate, the outer ovate to acute and sometimes recurved, the inner and middle oblong-obovate, spatulate with almost orbicular tips, generally erect and ap- pressed without any or with hardly any colored rim; corolla-tube pilose within, 10-15 mm. long; pappus 8-10 mm. long; achene ca. 5 mm. long.—Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxix. 569 (1903). Laciniaria scabra Greene, Pittonia, iv. 317 (1901). Laciniaria Shorti? Alex. in Small, Man. S. E. Fl. 1335 (1933) in part. Liatris aspera sensu Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 34 (1943), not Michx.— Ohio and Illinois to Alabama and Mississippi, and westward into Arkansas and Oklahoma.—OHIO. Without stated locality, 1842, C. W. Short (NY, type of Laciniaria Shortit Alex.). ERIE Co.: Castalia prairie, Sept. 19, 1909, E. L. Moseley (US). Orra- WA Co.: Port Clinton, Aug. 13, 1895, E. L. Moseley (G, US); Catawba Isl., Sept. 5, 1897, E. L. Moseley (US); between Port Clinton & Catawba Isl, Aug. 13, 1895, E. L. Moseley (US). FRANKLIN Co.: Georgesville, Aug. 29, 1892, W. C. Werner (NY). INDIANA. Cass Co.: along rwy., 1 mi. e. of Lake Cicott, Aug. 16, 1940, C. M. Ek (NY). Viao Co.: without stated locali- ty, W. S. Blatchley (US). Brown Co.: crest of open wooded knob, ca. 9 mis. s. e. of Nashville, Oct. 10, 1935, C. C. Deam, 56936 (G). Jackson Co.: open chestnut oak ridge, 4 mis. n. w. of Medora, Sept. 4, 1934, R. M. Kriebel, 3022 (G). WASHING- TON Co.: s. slope of Quercus ridge, 12 mis. n. of Salem, Oct. 5, 15, 1916, C. C. Deam, 22461 (US). Harrison Co.: sterile wooded slope, ca. 3 mis. n. of Elisabeth, Oct. 16, 1917, C. C. Deam, 24374 (US); s. slope of Elisabeth Hill, 3 mis. e. of Elisabeth, Oct. 13, 1916, C. C. Deam, 22429, 22432 (US). KENTUCKY. Co. undetermined: barrens of Kentucky, Sept. 1835, C. W. Short (G). Burtt Co.: Shepherdsville, Sept. 3, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 2670f (US). Epmonson Co.: dry woodlands, near Mammoth Cave, Sept. 21, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 2670i (US). MISSISSIPPI. OxTIBBEHA Co.: Starkville, Oct. 1, 1889, S. M. Tracy (US). 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 317 ILLINOIS. Co. undetermined: pine hills, Sept. 23, 1890, F. S. Earle, ND, type). ARKANSAS. Puraskr Co.: north of White City Park, Little Rock, Sept. 19, 1931, D. Demaree, 8200, 8211 (US); open dry woods, Pulaski Heights, Little Rock, Sept. 15, 1931, D. Demaree, 8172 (G, NY, US); near White City Park, road to Quarry, Little Rock, Sept. 30, 1931, D. Demaree, 8333 (US). GanraAND Co.: dry slopes of West Mt., Hot Springs, Oct. 15, 1925, E. J. Palmer, 29229 (NY); dry woods, Sleepy Water Rd., Hot Springs, Sept. 8, 1935, F. J. Scully, 500 (G). JEFFER- son Co.: open pine-oak-hickory ridge woods, Pine Bluff, Oct. 1, 1942, D. Demaree, 24099 (G). Crank Co.: high, dry, rocky wooded hill, Oct. 28, 1932, D. Demaree, 10001 (NY). ASHLEY Co.: knolls in open woods, Hamburg, Sept. 27, 1937, D. Demaree, 16351 (NY); prairie-like regions, Fountain Hill, Oct. 11, 1937, D. Demaree, 13919 (O). LOUISIANA. NarcurirocHES Co.: dry open woods, Natchitoches, Oct. 3, 1915 (no. 8799), Oct. 7, 1917 (no. 8888), E. J. Palmer (US). RaPrrpEs Co.: pinelands, Sept. 10, 1900, Biltmore Herb., 2670n (US), Alexandria, Dr. Hale (NY), Alexandria, J. Hale (NY). OKLAHOMA. Le Frore Co.: severely cut pine-oak woods, Kiamichi Mts., July 17, 1930, E. L. Little & C. E. Olmstead, 608 (O). PusuMATAHA Co.: open areas in oak forest, Aug. 27, 1938, C. C. Smith, 918 (O). This species is quite unlike L. aspera Michx. in the densely scabrous stem and leaves, and the herbaceous, green, pubescent to scabrous phyllaries, non-scarious on the margin and mostly erect and appressed, or with only the outer ones squarrose, and none crisped or bullate. However, plants with involucral and leaf-characters intermediate between these two species have been seen from Indiana, Arkansas and Kansas, which are in the range of both; e. g. Oct. 10, 1935, C. C. Deam, no. 56936, from 9 mis. e. of Nashville, Brown Co., Indiana (G); Sept. 12, 1895, J. B. Norton, no. 214, from prairie, Riley Co., Kansas (G), and Oct. 28, 1932, D. Demaree, no. 10001, from Amity, Clark Co., Arkansas (G), though the specimen of the last collector's number and date at the New York Botanical Garden seems more nearly to re- semble L. scabra. L. scabra can be differentiated from L. scariosa by the arrange- ment of the phyllaries as well as the shape of the leaves; in L. scariosa of the Eastern States the basal leaves are broadly obo- vate. However, it is not difficult to think of L. scabra as a modi- fication of L. scariosa as it travelled westward. In fact it was rather startling to see how very much the heads and phyllaries 318 Rhodora [OCTOBER of the Oklahoma plants from the Kiamichi Mts. resembled those of L. scariosa from the southern Appalachian Mts. 20. LIATRIS LIGULISTYLIS (Nels.) K. Sch. Corm shallow, rounded, 1-4 cm. in diameter: stems single or several, 1-6 dm. high, glabrous below with white appressed pubescence on the usually reddish flowering stem or pubescent in most parts: leaves varying from glabrous to sparingly hispidulous along mid- vein of lower surface or to densely pubescent on both surfaces but always with cilia on the margin; basal leaves lanceolate-oblong or oblanceolate, 8-15 cm. long and 1-1.5 cm. wide, usually with a long margined petiole (the radical sometimes 20—40 cm. long); leaves reduced abruptly upwards, there more lanceolate, bract- like along a kind of strict spike: inflorescence of comparatively few heads (1-15) on short peduncles 1-5 cm. long, with the terminal head often much larger than the others, with varying conditions of moisture and soil the inflorescence bearing more heads with longer peduncles: heads broadly campanulate, be- coming hemispheric, 2-3 cm. wide, 40-70-flowered (terminal one sometimes twice that size); phyllaries glabrous, erect, with less rounded, more irregular, spatulate, broadly lacerate, scarious, usually colored tips, (sometimes the outer phyllaries of older heads appear to have been pressed out and backwards by the expansion of the maturing heads but in young heads are always erect); all phyllaries quite similar in texture though outer ones shorter, oblong, ovate or orbicular; middle and inner ones spatulate-oblong; corolla-tube nonpilose within, but occasionally a few hairs on the outside of base of tube, 9-11 mm. long; pappus 8-10 mm. long, smoky purple when mature; achene 5-6 mm. long.—Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxix'. 569 (1903). Laciniaria liguli- stylis Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxi. 405 (1901). Liatris Rosendahlit Rydb. Brittonia, i. 100 (1931), not sensu Shinners, Amer. Midl. Nat. xxix. 40 (1943). Liatris Haywardii and L. Herrickii Rydb. (the latter a depauperate specimen) op. cit. i. 99 (1931). Lacini- aria formosa Greene, Leaflets, i. 145 (1905). | Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. corymbulosa Sheld. Bull. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. ix. 77, t. vi (1894), in part — forma corymbulosa Sheld. Quart. Bull. Univ. Minn. i. 27 (1892). Laciniaria scariosa vars. basilaris, supereminens, praeceps, praestans, multiplex, perusta, angustata and opima Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 92 (1911). Laciniaria scariosa var. scalaris Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 127 (1911). Laciniaria scariosa var. subcorymbosa Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 158-9 (1912). Laciniaria scariosa forma uniflora Sheldon, Quart. Bull. Univ. Minn. i. 27 (1892), probably. Lacin- taria scariosa var. uniflora Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. iii. 344 (1914). Laciniaria scariosa vars. exuberans, singularis, immanis, crista- galli, insolens, composita, annuens Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. v. 31- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 319 46 (1917). Laciniaria scariosa var. inconcinna Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. v. 241 (1919). Liatris ligulistylis f. leucantha Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 39 (1943), albino, as was probably Laciniaria scariosa f. globosa Sheldon, Quart. Bull. Univ. Minn. i. 27 (1892) (this type not seen). Wisconsin, southern Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta!, Minnesota, North and South Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, and Northern New Mexico.—WISCONSIN. Co. un- determined: Aug. 1844, S. B. Mead (NY). WavukEsHa Co.: Scuppernong Marsh, Aug. 4, 1941, H. C. Greene (G). JEFFER- SON Co.: C. M. & St. P. Rwy., embankment 24 mi. s. of Palmyra, July 29, 1940, L. H. Shinners, 2429 (G). MANITOBA. (bor- der of Ontario) Rainy Lake & River, Dr. Richardson, 9853 (Ot). 62 F s. w.: Camp No. 7, South Antler Creek, Aug. 11, 1873, G. M. Dawson, Br. N. A. Boundary Comm. (G). 62 F 9: Souris, Aug. 21, 1889, T. L. Walker (Q). 62 G 4: open prairie, n. of Killarney, Aug. 4, 1896, J. M. Macoun, 12435 (G, NY, Ot). 62 K 6: Bird- tail Creek, near Birtle, June 26, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot 69884 (NY, Ot, US). 62 I1 3: border of marshes, Stoney Mt., Sept. 5, 1884, J. M. Macoun, 9855 (Ot). 62 K 1: open prairie, Rapid City, July 25, 1896, J. M. Macoun, 12241 (Ot). MINNESOTA. Betrrami Co.: Bemidge, July 27, 1925, L. H. Pammel, 876 (G). Hussar Co.: Benedict, July 31, 1914, H. J. Bergman, 2971 (G); Cass Lake, July 29, 1914, L. H. Pammel & H. E. Pammel, 671 (G); dry sterile sandy opening in jack pine, La Salle Springs, July 2, 1932, M. F. Buell, 503 (G); jack pine forest, 11 mis. s. of Hubbard Co. n. border, along Hwy. 71, Aug. 9, 1941, J. W. Moore & D. L. Jacobs, 15099 (G). CLEAR WATER Co.: north boundary, Itasca Park, Aug. 18, 1929, M. L. Grant, 3114 (G, NY, US); dry sandy soil, e. of La Salle Springs, Lake Itasca State Park, Aug. 17, 1918, C. O. Rosendahl, 3699 (M, type of Liatris Rosendahlii Rydb.). Becker Co.: brushland, Detroit, Aug. 14, 1914, Z. L. Chandonnet, 302 (US). OTTER Tait Co.: Silver Lake, Aug. 1892, E. P. Sheldon (G). HENNE- PIN Co.: Minneapolis, Aug. 1878, C. L. Herrick (M, type of Liatris Herrickit Rydb.). Wricur Co.: Cedar Lake, Sept. 1890, F. L. Holtz (M 211606 (type of Laciniaria scariosa forma uniflora Sheldon) and probably 211608 though now lacking head). Kanpiyou! Co.: Whitefield Twsp. Aug. 1, 1892, W. D. Frost (US 201918). LiwconN Co.: Verdi, Aug. 1891, E. P. Sheldon, 81364 (M); Lake Benton, Aug. 1891, E. P. Sheldon, 81270 (M). NORTH DAKOTA. RorErTTE Co.: in dry soil, open borders of woodland, Turtle Mountains, near St. John, Aug. 30, 1909, J. Lunell, 1026 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. perusta). 1 Localities in Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta are indicated by standard nota- tion with reference to sheets of the National Topographical Series, Dept. Mines & Resources, Ottawa, Canada. 320 Rhodora [OCTOBER Ramsey Co.: in rich prairie soil, Devil’s Lake, Aug. 18, 1910, J. Lunell, 1021 ((M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. supereminens Lunell) NY). McHenry Co.: Towner, Aug. 12, 1908, J. Lunell (NY), Aug. 12, 1920, J. Lunell, 1016 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. basilaris Lunell); in rich soil, Towner, Aug. 12, 1908, J. Lunell, 1023 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. praestans Lunell). Benson Co.: Leeds, Aug. 15, 1908, Aug. 6, 19, 1909, J. Lunell (G), Aug. 10, 1907, Aug. 6, 9, 10, 1909, J. Lunell (NY), Aug. 29, 1899, Aug. 10, 19, 1909, J. Lunell (US), Aug. 19, 1909, Aug. 20, 1915, J. Lunell (M); in rich soil, Leeds, Aug. 25, 1914, J. Lunell, 1018 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. uniflora Lunell); dry soil, Leeds, Aug. 13, 1910, J. Lunell, 1022 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. praeceps Lunell); moderately dry soil, Leeds, Aug. 15, 1909, J. Lunell, 1025 (M, type of Lacini- aria scariosa var.!multipler Lunell); in rich prairie loam, Leeds, Aug. 27, 1918, J. Lunell (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. inconcinna Lunell); in meadowland, along coulee, Leeds, Sept. 8, 1908, J. Lunell, 1027 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. angustata Lunell); in moderately moist, rich soil, Leeds, July 31, 1909, J. Lunell, 1028 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. scalaris Lunell); Leeds, Aug. 19, 1914, J. Lunell, 1031 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. insolens Lunell); in rich meadowland, Leeds, Sept. 6, 1910, J. Lunell, 1035 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. opima Lunell) ; Leeds, Sept. 9, 1916, J. Lunell, 1036 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. annuens Lunell); Butte, Aug. 9, 1908, Aug. 17, 1909, J. Lunell (G, US), Aug. 15, 1914, J. Lunell (D, Aug. 26, 1917, J. Lunell (M), Aug. 22, 1915, J. Lunell, 1019 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. singularis Lunell), Sept. 3, 1916, J. Lunell, 1029 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. immanis Lunell, July 29, 1906, J. Lunell, 1030 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. crista-galli Lunell), Aug. 15, 1915, J. Lunell, 1032 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. composita Lu- nell), Aug. 26, 1914, J. Lunell, 1034 (M, type of Laciniaria scari- osa var. subcorymbosa Lunell); Butte, Aug. 15, 1915, J. Lunell, 1024 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. exuberans Lunell). Kipperr Co.: Bird Lake, Dawson, Aug. 10, 1917, F. P. Metcalf, 261 (US); Deer Lake, Aug. 15, 1917, F. P. Metcalf, 296 (US). Morton Co.: Mandan, Aug. 14, 1927, E. L. Larson, 157 (G). SOUTH DAKOTA. Co. undetermined: Black Hills, Miss Pratt, 152 (NY). Grant Co.: virgin prairie, Clear Lake, near Big Stone Lake, Aug. 1, 1940, P. Johnson, 69 (G). Mane Co.: Black Hills near Fort Meade, July 28, 1887, W. H. Forwood (US). LAWRENCE Co.: limestone slope, Spearfish Canyon, H. E. Hay- ward, 166 (NY, type of Liatris Haywardii, Rydb.); Spearfish, Aug. 5, 1908, N. F. Petersen, 2 (US); high open woods, Spearfish Canyon, Aug. 7, 1908, N. F. Petersen, 3 (US); Iron Creek, Aug. 7, 1908 (no. 3, 3a9, Aug. 14, 1908 (no. 3) N. F. Petersen (US); 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 321 Black Hills, W. H. Forwood, 1447 (G); Deadwood to Sturgis Rd., T. 4 N. R. 3 E., Aug. 26, 1910, J. Murdock, 4325 (G); high hill- sides, Deadwood, July 31, 1913, W. P. Carr, 140 (G, NY, US); Deadwood, 1926, H. E. Hayward, 263 (NY); Nemo, 1912, S. S. Visher, 1560 (NY). Custer Co.: Custer, Black Hills (alt. 5500’) Aug. 1, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, 753 (G, NY, US); Custer, Aug. 21, 1908, N. F. Petersen, 4 (US). SASKATCHEWAN. Without stated locality: Palliser’s Br. N. Amer. Exped., 1857-8, E. Bourgeau (G); Exact region undetermined: open prairies, near Hazel, July 11, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69885 (NY, US, Ot); prairies, bare hills (G. T. P. Rwy.), July 31, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69888 (NY, US, Ot); Round Valley Lake (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 7, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69889 (NY, US, Ot); prairies, 10 mis. w. of Round Valley Lake, Aug. 8, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69890 (US, Ot); dry gravelly soil, Old Wives Creek, July 25, 1880, J. M. Macoun, 72719 (Ot). 72 P 9:30 mis. s. of Touchwood, July 18, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69886 (NY, Ot); borders of marshes, Touchwood Hills, Aug. 11, 1872, J. M. Macoun, 9856 (Ot). 73 B 2: prairies w. of Saskatoon, July 29, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69887 (NY, US, Ot); 73 C 12-13: prairies, fresh water lake, e. of Lake Manito, Aug. 8, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69891 (NY, US, Ot); prairies, Lake Manito (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 9, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69892 (NY, US, Ot). 73 D 15-16: Ribstone Creek (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 11, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69893 (NY, US, Ot); prairies, Ribstone Creek (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 11, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69894 (NY, US, Ot); prairies, Ribstone Creek (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 12, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69895 (G, NY, US, Ot); prairies, Ribstone Creek (G. T. P. Rwy.), Aug. 14, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69897 (NY, US, Ot); 73 H 4: sandhills, n. of Prince Albert, July 13, 1896, J. M. Macoun, 12749 (Ot); open sandy woodlands, Prince Albert, Aug. 15, 1913, F. W. Johnson, 1417 (US). 62E5: Weyburn prairie, A. B. Sanson, 135 (NY). 62 L 12: Indian Head, Aug. 14, 1895, W. Spreadborough, 10830 (Ot). 62 M 1: Yorkton, Aug. 19, 1908, W. Crawford (Q). 72 I 6: prairies, Thunder Creek, Moose Jaw, Aug. 27, 1895, W. Spreadborough, 10831 (Ot). ALBERTA. $83H 11: dry prairie, edge of brush, Fort Saskatchewan, Aug. 15, 1935, G. H. Turner, 36 (G, NY); prairies, w. side of Beaver Hills, Aug. 23, 1906, J. M. Macoun & W. Herriot, 69898 (G, NY, US, Ot). 83 H 12: dry prairies, vicinity of Edmonton, Aug. 3, 1908, W. C. McCalla, 2527 (Ot). 83 A 4: prairie, Red Deer, Aug. 1895, H. M. Gaetz, 10832 (Ot). MONTANA. SHERIDAN Co.: Westby, Aug. 9, 1928, Miss E. Larsen, 204 (US). WYOMING. Crook Co.: sandy pine woods, 6 mis. n. w. of Hulett, Sept. 14, 1937, M. Owenby, 1509 322 Rhodora [OCTOBER (NY); open woods, Black Hills, July 23, 1910, A. Nelson, 9496 (G, NY, US); Devil’s Tower, Aug. 9, 1897, L. W. Carter (US); Bear Lodge Mts., near Sundance, Aug. 9, 1897, L. W. Carter (US). ArnBANY Co.: Laramie Peak, Aug. 8, 1895, A. Nelson, 1651 (G, NY, US, isotypes); meadows, Bacon’s Ranch, Aug. 15, 1903, A. Nelson, 8925 (G, NY, US). COLORADO. Co. unde- termined: between Arkansas and South Platte River, July 29, 1883, R. W. Woodward (G); Coyote Creek, Aug. 29, 1883, B. H. Smith (P); Arkansas Valley, Lieut. Wheeler’s Expedition, 1873, J. Wolf & J. T. Rothrock, 458 (G, US); latitude 39-41, 1862, Hall & Harbour (G); Colorado Terr. (latitude 39-41), 1864, C. C. Parry (O, US). Larimer Co.: foot of Longs Peak, 1862, C. C. Parry (G); Estes Park, Aug. 20, 1864, C. C. Parry (G); mountains (alt. 7500’), Aug. 19, 1895, C. S. Crandall (NY). Rovurr Co.: Trout Creek, 1873, J. Wolf, 458 (NY). Apams Co.: Denver, Aug. 1873, J. M. Coulter (P, US). AmaPAHOE Co.: South Park, 1871, W. M. Canby (G). BovurpER Co.: Sugar Loaf Mt. (alt. 8000’), 1902, F. Tweedy, 4935 (NY); JEFFERSON Co.: rocky hillsides, Aug. 30, 1888, N. G. Smith (US). Mesa Co.: Bridge Pass, 1856, H. Engelmann (G). Er Paso Co.: near Manitou, 1899, Mrs. C. N. S. Horner (G); Palmer Lake, 1896, Miss Hughes, 9 (G). Gunnison Co.: rich meadows, Parlin (alt. 8000’), Aug. 20, 1901, B. H. Smith, 110 (NY, P); Jack's Cabin, region of Gunnison watershed, July 26, 1901, C. F. Baker, 610 (NY, US (ND type of Laciniaria formosa Greene)); Irwin Lakes, 1896, F. Clements, 378 (NY). Custer Co.: West Cliffe, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3459 (NY). Hvuznrawo Co.: La Veta, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3561 (NY). ArAMosA Co.: Alamosa, 1896, F. Clements 122 (NY). ARcHULETA Co.: Pagosa Springs, Aug. 19, 1893, B. H. Smith (P), Aug. 30, 1899, C. F. Baker, 691 (G, NY, US); grassy meadow near Dyke, Aug. 11, 1937, Marion Ownbey, 1430 (NY). NEW MEXICO. Co. undetermined: Sierra Grande, Aug. 15, 1903, A. H. Howell, 212 (US). Corrax Co.: marshy hillside, vicinity of Ute Park, (alt. 2200-2900 m.), Sept. 6, 1916, P. C. Standley, 14397 (G, NY, US); clay & shale in oak- pine woods, top of Raton Pass (alt. 7800’), Aug. 6, 1941, U. T. Waterfall, 3186 (G). San Miavzr Co.: Rociada, 1905, J. E. Dandelin (G). The description of Laciniaria ligulistylis differentiated this species clearly from other western ones. However, since Nelson described the leaves as being glabrous, subsequent writers in referring to plants of the northern mid-west region have dis- tinguished from this species similar plants that had pubescent leaves, as Rydberg in L. Rosendahlii and Lunell in the numerous varieties of Laciniaria scariosa cited above: When describing 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 323 the plants of that species from North Dakota, Lunell (Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 90 (1911)) stated generally: ‘‘The leaves . . . sometimes glabrate, but never perfectly glabrous" and again: “The Rocky Mountain forms as described by Prof. Aven Nelson (Liatris ligulistylis) are single-stemmed with glabrous leaves, else they appear in general characters to be near relatives of our plants". Dr. Nelson has kindly examined for the writer speci- mens received from Saskatchewan of which the leaves had not only a ciliate margin but also some pubescence. These he iden- tified as L. ligulistylis and in correspondence he stated: “I find that I have placed three of Lunell’s specimens under L. ligul- stylis. He distributed them as varieties of L. scariosa. I am wondering if these three may not have been included in Dr. Rydberg's L. Rosendahlii. I see no sufficient reason for keeping of any of these out of L. ligulistylis". The discovery that the corolla-tube of Liatris ligulistylis lacks any pilosity within, as does the type specimen of L. Rosendahlii Rydb. (C. O. Rosendahl, no. 3699, Itasca State Park, Minn. (M)) has given a fine test- character to accompany determinations, especially as all other members of the Scariosae series do have hairs in the corolla-tube near the base of the filaments. Examination of the type specimens of Lunell's varieties of Laciniaria scariosa kindly loaned me by Prof. Rosendahl of the University of Minnesota, has made it seem advisable to add to the synonymy of L. ligulistylis many of those varieties. Most of them were based on variations of leaf-shape and -arrangement, but excepting the character of pubecsent leaves, were said by Lunell to be “near relatives" of L. ligulistylis. On examination of the corolla-tubes, 19 of the type specimens of Lunell’s varieties from North Dakota and Minnesota were found to have no hairs within, and by other leaf-, head- and phyllary-characters to fall correctly under L. ligulistylis. These are found in the list of synonyms. Eight of the others (varieties brachiata, Chandonnetii nictitans, praecellens, propinqua, ramea, superans and superscan- dens) showed some pilosity and other characters giving evidence that they are intermediates between this species and L. aspera. Although the type specimen of Sheldon's Laciniaria scariosa var. corymbulosa (Leiberg, no. 27 from Mankato, Blue Earth Co., Minn. (M)) has unfortunately not been located, from the splendid 324 Rhodora [OcroBER plate given of it (Bull. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. ix. 77. t. 6 (1894)) when raising it from formal to varietal rank, and from the examination of two of three specimens then cited (Aug. 1891, E. P. Sheldon, nos. 1270 and 1364 from Lakes Benton and Verdi respectively, Lincoln Co., Minn. (M)) which proved to be L. ligulistylis (Nels.) K. Sch., we are here including it in the synony- my of that species. However, one specimen cited (Aug. 1891, E. P. Sheldon, no. 1586 from Lake Benton, Lincoln Co., Minn. (M)) proved to be an intermediate, as are the specimens of Aug. 16, 1901, L. R. Waldron and T. F. Manns from the vicinity of Fargo, N. Dak. (G, US). Successful hybridization between these two species has resulted in a wide variety of combinations of parental characters too inconstant to be typified in one hybrid description, yet easily recognizable (see no. 18). In the description of Liatris Haywardii Rydb. (Brittonia i. 99 (1931)) from South Dakota there seems to be a close parallelism to L. Rosendahlii and L. ligulistylis in the size of the corm, leaves, bracts, achene and pappus. The outer phyllaries were described as elliptical and erose on the margin and the inner ones oblong. Rydberg has stated that it differed from L. aspera "jin the big heads often 2 cm. broad, and in the outer bracts which are twice as long as broad". Examination of the type specimen (H. E. Hayward, no. 166, Spearfish Canyon, Lawrence Co., South Dakota, (NY)) showed that the leaves were hirsute on the upper and lower surfaces, and the long phyllaries were loose and erect, as in the involucre of L. ligulistylis. By compari- son of the flowers it was found that Hayward's plant, as well as that of Miss Pratt (no. 153, from the Black Hills, South Dakota (NY)), also mentioned by Rydberg, lacked pilosity inside the corolla-tube and this gave further confirmation of the relation- ship to L. ligulistylis. Thus again, as in L. aspera (see no. 18), there seems to be a range of plants varying in all degrees of pu- bescence from glabrous to quite hirsute, but always roughened , by the cilia on the margin and without any clear-cut geographical limits, so that they can hardly be sharply separated into two varieties, as in that species, and it has seemed best to place them all under one species, L. ligulistylis. Sometimes plants are less robust and the heads do not acquire the usual size or there are other features of aberrancy. Such a specimen was described as Liatris Herrickii Rydb. (Brittonia, i. 99 (1931)). 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 325 An interspecific hybrid of L. ligulistylis and L. punctata, X L. fallacior (Lunell) Rydb., will be discussed under L. punctata (see no. 24) but one of less certain parentage is here included. X Liatris Nieuwlandii (Lunell), stat. nov. Stems stiff, 6-10 dm. tall, glabrous or sparingly pubescent below and quite pubes- cent above or densely pubescent throughout; leaves sometimes glabrous or quite pubescent on lower surface and sparingly so above, usually with a rough margin; basal ones broadly lanceo- late, 8-10 cm. long, gradually reduced upwards: inflorescence of few (9-20), sometimes of more numerous, large, sessile or pedi- cellate heads of 40-70 flowers; phyllaries erect, herbaceous, some- what cinereous, mostly green to the margins though sometimes quite purplish in color, broadly obovate or somewhat spatulate, almost non-petaloid or with but narrow petaloid or finely ciliolate margins; corolla 9-11 mm. long, generally non-pilose within the tube, though sometimes with scattered hairs; pappus 8-10 mm. long; achene 5-6 mm. long.—Laciniaria scariosa var. Nieuwlandii Lunell (including f. versicolor, f. gracillima and f. borealis (= f. septentrionalis ibid. p. 264)) and var. praesignis Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 169-177 (1912). Liatris novaeangliae var. Nieuw- landii (Lunell) Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 31 (1943) including f. alba Shinners, ibid. From Michigan and Wisconsin southward into Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and Missouri.—MICHIGAN. Without stated locality: Dr. Crossman (G). CRAWFORD Co.: sandy jack-pine plains, 634 mis. n. n. w. of Grayling, Sept. 14, 1935, F. J. Hermann, 7324 (US); vicinity of Grayling, July 122, C. V. Piper (US). GRAND TRAVERSE Co.: Boardman Plains, Sept. 2, 1919, W. L. McAtee, 3114 (US). LAPEER Co.: s. side of Lapeer, Aug. 17, 1911, C. K. Dodge (US 690400-1-2). INcHam Co.: college grounds, Agric. College, Sept. 20, 1890, C. F. Wheeler (US 63528). Wayne Co. 7 Mile Road, Detroit, Nov. 13, 1911, J. A. Niewwland, 1680 (ND type of Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. Niewwlandii f. septentrionalis Lunell). WasmTENAW Co.: Ypsilanti, Sept. 26, 1857, W. Booit (G); steep grassy bank, 2.3 mis. n. e. of Ann Arbor, Sept. 5, 1937, E. J. Hermann, 9196 (NY). OHIO. Erie Co.: Castalia Prairie, Sept. 19, 1909, E. L. Moseley (US), Lucas Co.: near Toledo, Aug. 1879, J. A. Sanford, 1176 (NY). STARK Co.: Canton South Swamp, Sept. 1, 1912, Mrs. Case (G). FRANKLIN Co.: Columbus, W. S., 64 (G). INDIANA. Srev- BEN Co.: in a prairie condition, 44 mi. n. of Clear Lake, Aug. 21, 1904, C. C. Deam (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. Nieuwlandii f. versicolor Lunell) ((G, 12 sheets) NY); Sept. 11, 1904 (M, type of Lacinzaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. Niewwlandii f. gracillima Lunell) ((G, 2 sheets) NY); without stated locality, Aug. 21, 1904, C. C. Deam (US 494351); in sandy woods, near 326 Rhodora [OCTOBER Cedar Lake, Sept. 9, 1903, C. C. Deam (US 440343); without stated locality, Sept. 11, 1904, C. C. Deam (US 494350); gravelly roadside, on the e. side of Tamarack Lake, Aug. 19, 1916, C. C. Deam, 20918 (US); n. e. of Clear Lake, Aug. 18, 1916, C. C. Deam, 20900 (US); e. of Hog Bog Lake, C. C. Deam, 20934 (US). La GRANGE Co.: on high bank of Pigeon R., 2 mis. e. of Ontario, Aug. 30, 1914, C. C. Deam, 15075 (US). Porter Co.: sandy soil along Erie Rwy. just w. of Kouts, Sept. 12, 1942, R. C. Friesner, 17471 (G). Noste Co.: dry white-black oak woods, 14% mis. s. w. of Rome City, Aug. 26, 1914, C. C. Deam, 14776 (G, US). Kosciusko Co.: in a gravel pit, n. side of Winona Assembly Grounds, Aug. 17, 1906, C. C. Deam, 1496 (G); in sandy woods, w. side of Pike Lake, near Warsaw, Aug. 17, 1906, C. C. Deam, 1524 (NY, US); w. side of Pike Lake, Sept. 16, 1906, C. C. Deam (US). MansHALL Co.: outlet of Lake Maxinkuckee, Sept. 5, 1909, H. W. Clark (US). ALLEN Co.: prairie, 34 mi. s. of Fort Wayne, Aug. 19, 1900, C. C. Deam (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa (L. Hill var. N?ewwland?i Lunell). Cass Co.: sandy prairie patches along rwy. L$ mi. e. of L. Cicott, Sept. 26, 1936, R. Friesner, 10136 (NY). Warren Co.: stone bluffs of Pine Creek, 2 mis. above Mudlavia, Sept. 11, 1911, C. C. Deam, 9986 (M, type of Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hill var. praesignis Lunell). WISCONSIN. Watworts Co.: Lauderdale Lakes, Aug. 1890. M. S. Bebb (G): without stated locality, 1872, M. S. Bebb (US). Rock Co.: oak openings along the Chicago N. W. Rwy., Clinton, Sept. 1, 1909, E. S. Steele, 97a (G, US) 97b (G, US) 97e, 97d (US). ILLINOIS. Coox Co.: pebbly clay of Valparaioso moraine, vicinity of Palos Park, Sept. 6-7, 1909, E. S. Steele, 134a (G) 135 (G, US) 135e (G, US); dry hills, Palos Park, Sept. 6, 1900, L. M. Umbach (US); thickets, Palos Park, Sept. 17, 1907, L. M. Umbach, 2119 (US). Hancock Co.: Augusta, Aug. 1844, S. B. Mead (NY). Mernarp Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1872, M. M. Milligan (US). MISSOURI. Prix Co.: McCune, Aug. 28, 1915, J. Davis, 249 (US). (To be continued) A SECOND STATION FOR CORYDALIS FLAVULA IN CONNECTICUT. —Corydalis flavula (syn. Capnoides flavulum) is not recorded in Gray's Manual, 7th Edition, or in Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora, 2nd Edition, as found in New England. In 1925 Mr. Hugh S. Clark of Lancaster, Massachusetts, then a student at Wesleyan, found the plant on a stony ledge on Higby Mountain, a trap ridge in the western part of Middletown and Middlefield, Connecticut. He recorded the find in a note published in 1946] Fernald,— Does Bartonia verna grow in Virginia? 327 Ruopona, 28: 68. The present writer was for a number of years active in trail work on Higby Mountain and other trap ridges in central Connecticut, and as an amateur botanist became fairly familiar with the plants on them. In or about 1932, while work- ing on the Mattabessett Trail on Lamentation Mountain, which is the next ridge north of Higby Mountain and which lies partly in the towns of Meriden, Berlin, and Middletown, but chiefly in Meriden, he discovered a specimen of the plant. This fact was noted in his flower-book and mentioned to Mr. Arthur E. Blewitt of Waterbury, Connecticut. Subsequent search for the plant was unsuccessful until April 28, 1946, when it was redis- covered by the writer when on a hike of the Connecticut Chapter of the Appalachian Mountain Club. It was found in several places, but especially in a large patch near the south end of the main ridge at an elevation of about 720 ft. Unlike C. semper- virens, which grows on and about exposed ledges and blossoms all summer and which grows in this same area, C. flavula is found in rich leaf-mold in the woods, which grow quite close to the edge of the escarpment. The plant is weak and sprawling and its blossoming period is from April into June. As its name indicates, the flowers are pale yellow. The species is only sparingly found in New York State. The counties listed for it in House's Anno- tated List of the Ferns and Flowering Plants of New York State are Ulster, Dutchess, Orange, Westchester, and Rockland. It has also been found on Manhasset Neck, Long Island.—FnEp- ERICK W. KILBOURNE, Cheshire, Connecticut. Dors BARTONIA VERNA GROW IN VrRGINIA?—[In 1803 Michaux described and illustrated his CENTAURELLA VERNA Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 98, t. 12, fig. 2 (1803), from sphagnous habitats in South Carolina (in sphagnosis Carolinae inferioris). In 1814 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 99 (1814), changed the name to C. vernalis and on p. 100 described C. vernalis 8. uniflora "caule unifloro’’, giving for the two plants the range “In mossy swamps: Virginia to Georgia. © May-July . . . Var. B. v. s. in Herb. Lyon." Bartonia verna (Michx.) Muhl., based on Centaurella verna Michx., has subsequently been regularly treated as coming north into Virginia. Nevertheless, painstaking search (always with 328 Rhodora [OcroBER this “spook” in mind) through 14 seasons in hundreds of proper habitats in southeastern Virginia has failed to bring the plant to light, although B. virginica (L.) BSP. is there abundant and the often larger-flowered B. paniculata (Michx.) Muhl. especially so. In the Gray Herbarium the most northern definite station represented for B. verna is Wilmington in southeastern North Carolina. The flowering dates on the labels of B. verna range from December 26 (Florida) to April 3 (South Carolina), which would lead one to expect it in southeastern Virginia in late March and April. Small says *"Winter-spring". It is, consequently, significant that Pursh said for his Cent- aurella vernalis *May-July" and that he did not differentiate the very characteristic C. paniculata Michx. (Bartonia paniculata (Michx.) Muhl.) from B. virginica (L.) BSP. (Sagina virginica L., Bartonia tenella Muhl.), Pursh merging these two species as his Centaurella autumnalis. In view of the abundance “In mossy swamps" of southeastern Virginia of Bartonia paniculata and B. virginica, which begin flowering in July, it seems not improbable that Pursh's “July” and his Virginia record were not based on actual B. verna. If any actual evidence of the truly vernal B. verna in Virginia exists I shall welcome the information.—M. L. FERNALD. Volume 48, no. 573, including pages 201-264 and plates 1049 and 1050, was issued 12 September, 1946. NOV 13 1946 Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ALBERT FREDERICK HILL > Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 48. November, 1946. No. 575. CONTENTS: Vegetation of Artificial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas. J.B. Moyle, E. L. Nielsen and O. R. Younge. ...... ........ 329 Senecio tomentosus, forma alabamensis. M. L. Fernald. ....... 330 The Genus Liatris. L.O. Gaiser (continued). .............. wee 33l Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa. M. L. Fernald. .... 383 Some trivial American Forms of the Lady-fern. M. L. Fernald. 389 Centaurea maculosa in Indiana. Edwin D. Hull. .............. 391 Setaria Faberii in North Carolina. Carroll E. Wood, Jr. ...... 301 The New England Botanical Club, Ince. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher prices (see 3rd cover- page). Volumes 1-9 can be supplied at $4.00, 10-34 at $3.00, and volumes 35-46 at $4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be supplied only at ad- vanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof. Extracted reprints, if ordered in ad. vance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA by Merritt LYNDON FERNALD and ALFRED CHARLES KINSEY Practical discussion of edibility and directions for recognition and prepara- tion of more than 1000 wild plants. 422 pp., introd. and detailed index, 124 line drawings, 25 half-tone plates. $3.00, postpaid. Tue IpLewitp Press, Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York, or Librarian, Gray Hersartum, Cambridge 38, Mass. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately No. I. A Monograph of the Genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson. 150 pp. 96 fig. 1917. $3.00. No. Hl. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932 $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. No. V. The Old World Species of the Celastraceous Genus Microtropis Wallich, by E. D. Merrill and F. L. Freeman. 40 pp. 1940. $1.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 48 November, 1946. No. 575. VEGETATION OF ARTIFICIAL LAKES IN NORTHWESTERN ARKANSAS J. B. Movrz, E. L. Nersen AND O. R. Younce! During recent years several artificial lakes or water reservoirs have been created in northwestern Arkansas. Aquatic and marsh vegetation has rapidly invaded these newly flooded areas which were formerly farm and forest land. In 1939, extensive collecting was done at four of these reservoirs to determine the nature and extent of natural revegetation. The reservoirs con- sidered include Lake Wedington, near Fayetteville in Washington County; Lake Atalanta, near Rogers in Benton County; the reservoir at Cave Springs in Benton County and that in Devil’s Den State Park, Washington County. Lake Wedington and Lake Atalanta each cover about 80 acres and have a maximum depth of about 40 feet. The reservoirs at Cave Springs and Devil’s Den have areas of about 3 and 5 acres, respectively, and a depth of about 15 feet. Two years after Lake Wedington began to fill, 39 species of aquatic and wet soil plants had established themselves. The commonest submerged species were Chara Braunii Gmel., Najas guadalupensis (Spreng. Morong and Potamogeton Berchtold: Fieber var. tenuissimus (Mert. & Koch) Fern. The most com- 1 Aquatic Biologist, Bureau Fisheries Research, Minnesota Department of Con- servation, St. Paul; Associate Agronomist, Division of Forage Crops and Diseases, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Soils and Agricultural Engineering, Madison, Wis. and Lancaster, Ky., respectively. The collections were made by Nielsen and Younge and the specific determinations by Moyle. Specimens are deposited in the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota. 330 Rhodora [NOVEMBER mon shoreline species was Eleocharis obtusa (Willd.) Schult. Other species collected include Typha latifolia L., Potamogeton nodosus Poiret, P. natans L., Alisma Plantago-aquatica L., Lopho- tocarpus calycinus (Engelm.) J. G. Smith, Sagittaria ambigua J. G. Smith, S. graminea Michx., S. latifolia Willd., S. rigida Pursh, Anacharis occidentalis (Pursh) Victorin, Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) BSP., Echinochloa pungens (Poiret) Rydberg, E. colonum (L.) Link, Leersia oryzoides (L.) Swartz, Carex gynandra Schwein., Cyperus acuminatus Torr. & Hook., C. esculentus L., C. ovularis (Michx.) Torr., C. odoratus L., Commelina hirtella Vahl, Juncus diffusissimus Buckley, J. effusus L., J. interior Wiegand, J. nodatus Coville, Polygonum coccineum Muhl., P. Persicaria L., P. punctatum Ell., Ceratophyllum demersum L., Nelumbo penta- petala Walt., Ludwigia alternifolia L., Nymphoides peltatum (Gmel.) Britten & Rendle, Heliotropium indicum L., Lindernia anagallidea (Michx.) Pennell, Utricularia biflora Lam. and Bidens frondosa L. A year after the filling of Lake Atalanta the following six species of aquatic and shoreline plants were present: Potamogeton foliosus Raf. var. genuinus Fern., Kyllinga pumila Michx., Cyperus esculentus L., C. strigosus L. Leersia oryzoides (L.) Swartz and Nasturtium officinale R. Br. The Devil’s Den reser- voir, two years after filling, had a sparse flora of Chara sp. and Juncus effusus L. The exact age of the reservoir at Cave Springs, which is somewhat older, was not ascertained. Eight species were collected here. These included Chara fragilis Desvaux, Typha latifolia L., Potamogeton foliosus Raf. var. genuinus Fern, Leersia oryzoides (L.) Swartz, Cyperus strigosus L., Scirpus pal- lidus (Britton) Fern., Lycopus rubellus Moench and Mentha canadensis L. SENECIO TOMENTOSUS Michx., forma alabamensis (Britton) stat. nov. S. alabamensis Britton ex Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 1305 (1903). Several collections from eastern Virginia, such as Grimes, no. 3552 from James City County, Heller, no. 850 from Isle of Wight County, and Fernald & Moore, nos. 15,162 and 15,163 from Nansemond County, show that S. alabamensis is at best an ex- treme glabrous or glabrescent form of the generally tomentose 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 331 S. tomentosus. Its stout caudex, coarse fistulous and soon very brittle and fractured stems, its leaf-outline and toothing, inflores- cence, and hirtellous columnar achenes are inseparable from those of the much commoner typical S. tomentosus.—M. L. FERNALD. THE GENUS LIATRIS L. O. GAISER (Continued from page 263) With L. ligulistylis (Nels.) K. Sch. abundant in the prairie provinces and the states immediately adjacent (Wisconsin, Minnesota, North and South Dakota) and thence southwestward through Wyoming, Colorado and northern New Mexico, there are found in Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Ohio, (a geographi- cally central region for the series Scariosae), what may be intermediates between L. ligulistylis and another species. Lunell described Laciniaria scariosa var. Niewwlandii as having stem not unusually 1 m. high, simple or even branched (then with few-headed branches), with a few-headed, short-pedicelled, narrow short inflorescence to ample many-headed, long-pedi- celled or long-branched one with an ample green foliage . involueral braets bright green over the whole surface or with narrow almost entire purple margins. Examination of the type sbowed a striking similarity in the nine large heads to a robust form of L. ligulistylis with herbaceous phyllaries. That modifica- tions of the type are easily found was recognized by Lunell since he described 3 forms: f. borealis (renamed septentrionalis (Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 264 (1912)), f. versicolor and f. gracillima. In the note regarding f. borealis, Lunell made this remark: the “short stem and short, few-headed raceme bespeak its northern origin". The type of forma borealis Nov. 13, 1911, J. H. Nieuwland, no. 1680, from 7 Mile Road, Detroit, Michigan (N. D.) has 10 heads, and a few buds, with erect, suborbicular, only slightly scarious- margined phyllaries, and again resembles L. ligulistylis in general habit, though the leaves are numerous and linear-lanceolate, sug- gesting possibly a blending with L. borealis of the New England States. Other specimens seen have given a similar suggestion, as Dr. Crossman, without locality, Michigan (G). However, 332 Rhodora . [NOVEMBER mostly the specimens, especially those from Michigan, have broadly lanceolate basal leaves and large few-headed inflores- cences with erect phyllaries that at least associate them with L. ligulistylis. We regard them as a hybrid of L. ligulistylis and possibly L. borealis. Examination of the corolla-tubes of the type specimens of all three formae showed occasional hairs inside rather than the very definite non-pilose condition in L. liguli- stylis and thus too gave evidence of hybridity. In the two complete plants on the type sheet of Lunell’s Laciniaria scariosa var. praesignis (of C. C. Deam, no. 9986, from stone bluffs of Pine Creek above Mudlavia, Warren Co., Ind. (M)) there seem to be clearly combined the leaf-characters and few heads in an almost strict spike of L. ligulistylis with erect phyllaries having finely ciliolate margins and though they appear to be somewhat depauperate specimens we place this variety here in synonymy. A third incomplete plant on the sheet with an inflorescence of more numerous (19) heads, having phyllaries that are pubescent on the surface could be an inter- mediate of L. scabra and L. aspera (see no. 19). 21. LIATRIS BOREALIS Nutt. ex MacNab. Stem glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed hairs, somewhat striate, 4-6 dm. high from a rounded corm up to 5 em. in diameter: leaves numerous, often twisted, glabrous or with sparse distribution of hairs along the midrib beneath or on the lower surface and ciliate along the margin, the basal lanceolate, 1-1.5 dm. long and 1 em. wide, merely narrowed to a clasping base, hardly petiolate; upper cauline leaves numerous, linear-lanceolate, sessile, gradually reduced in length to bracts 2-3 cm. long, subtending the flower- heads: inflorescence with rachis pubescent, 1-3 dm. long, of 5-30 short- or longer-pedicelled heads, of 35-60 flowers, broadly campanulate to hemispherical in form because of the loosely appressed but erect, non-recurved, rounded to oblong phyllaries; basal herbaceous outer phyllaries ovate to rounded, sometimes slightly pubescent like the pedicels, with ciliolate, rarely colored margins; middle and inner phyllaries rounded to linear, thinner, often marginally colored, though varying from narrowly to hardly at all petaloid, with a finely ciliolate margin (where the phyllaries are more petaloid the fine ciliolae practically disap- pear); corolla purple, rarely white, tube scantily pilose within, 9-10 mm. long; pappus ca. 8 mm. long; achene 6-7 mm. long.— L. borealis Nutt. ex MacNab, Edinb. New Phil. Jour. xix. 60 (1835). L. scariosa Q intermedia Ell. Sk. ii. 281 (1824). L. scariosa of Edwards, Bot. Reg. t. 590 (1821) and Lindley, Bot. 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 333 Reg. t. 156 (1835), not (L.) Willd. Liatris squarrosa sensu Sweet, Br. Fl. Gard. t. 44 (1824), not (L.) Willd. Laciniaria scariosa var. novae-angliae Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 172, 177 (1912). Liatris novae-angliae (Lunell) Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 29 (1943). L. novae-angliae f. albiflora Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 29 (1943). Southwestern Maine to Pennsylvania.—M AINE. Without stated locality, Aug. 21, 1927, E. E. Perkins (US). Yorx Co.: North Berwick, Sept. 5, 1891, J. C. Parlin (G). NEW HAMP- SHIRE. Without stated locality, Aug.-Sept., Little (P). MAS- SACHUSETTS. Essex Co.: Ipswich, Oakes (G, NY, P); in the fields, Ipswich, 1816, Dr. Boott, 1353 (US); Salem, Nuttall (P, type); roadside, Boxford, Sept. 2, 1887, G. G. Kennedy (G, P); Boxford, Aug. 1893, F. H. Peabody (G); Boxford (albino), Sept. 10, 1909, A. L. Page (G). MippLEsEx Co.: Tewksbury, Sept. 24, 1899, E. F. Williams, 2 (G); Westford, E. F. Fletcher (G); Con- cord, Aug. 30, 1888, C. E. Faxon (G); old graveyard, Malden, C. E. Faxon (G). Worcester Co.: border of Wachusett Reservoir, Boylston, 1930, E. W. Bemis (G); Rutland, Sept. 6, 1926, R. H. Piper, 283 (O). FRANKLIN Co.: New Salem, Aug. 21, 1929, A. S. Goodale, W. Markert & R. H. Piper, 55731 (G). NonroLk Co.: Dedham, Islington Junction, Aug. 22, 1897, E. F. Williams, 1 (G). HaAMPrsHinE Co.: Prescott, Aug. 26, 1929, R. H. Piper, 517 (O). HaMPDEN Co.: sparsely wooded, sandy plain, Southwick, Sept. 14, 1914, F. C. Seymour, 279 (NY). BARNSTABLE Co.: dry, sandy field,s. of Blueberry Pond, Brewster, Sept. 12, 1927, M. L. Fernald, 490 (G, NY, P, O); dry soil, near mouth of Red River, Harwich, Aug. 25, 1918, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 17455 (G, P); dry argillaceous fields, n. of No Bottom Pond, Brewster, Sept. 7, 1918, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 17456 (G, NY, P); Chatham, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 19175, 10505 (P); Quissett Harbour, Sept. 6, 1923, M. L. Fernald, B. Long & J. M. Fogg (P), Sept. 20, 1918, M. L. Fernald & C. A. Weatherby, 17457 (G); Oyster Pond, Falmouth, F. W. Pennell, 3497 (P); s. w. of Barnstable, Sept. 16-17, 1916, R. C. Bean, F. W. Bird & C. H. Knowlton (P); North Falmouth, F. W. Pennell, L. A. Kenoyer, 3466 (P); dry soil, W. Falmouth, Aug. 27, 1906, J. A. Cushman (Q); Hyannis Point, Sept. 5, 1898, J. M. Greenman, 441 (G). PrLvMwourH Co.: sandy woods and thickets, near Rickard's Pond, Carver, Aug. 30, 1913, M. L. Fernald, F. W. Hunnewell & B. Long, 10503 (G, P); Plymouth, Sept. 17, 1889, J. H. Redfied (P), Mr. Gilbert (G); Marion, Sept. 1888, Miss A. M. Vail (NY); Brockton, Sept. 27, 1901, C. B. Blomberg (US). NANTUCKET Co.: Wauwinet, Sept. 8, 1894, E. F. Williams (P); moorland, F. W. Pennell, 11002 (P); dry roadside, Sept. 4, 1913, Miss E. M. Moody (G); roadsides, Aug. 30, 1897, Miss F. N. Vasey (US); without stated locality, Sept. 14, 1899, E. P. Bicknell 334 Rhodora [NOVEMBER (NY). Duxe Co.: Chappaquiddick Isl., Aug. 1898, A. Hollick (G, NY). RHODE ISLAND. Proviprencr Co.: Cumberland (Manville), 1880, G. Hunt & W. W. Bailey, 175 (US); Warwick Twsp., Sept. 5, 1875, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (NY). Kent Co.: Johnston Twsp., Aug. 8, 1878, G. C. Capron (NY); Coventry, Aug. 1895, J. F. Smith (US). Newport Co.: dry hillside, near New Shoreham Center, Block Isl., Sept. 15, 1913, M. L. Fernald, B. Long & G. S. Torrey, 10506 (G, NY, P); Block Isl., 1916, Gravatt (US). CONNECTICUT. | WiNpHAM Co.: dry grav- elly soil, Putnam, Sept. 5, 1908, C. H. Bissell & C. A. Weatherby (G). New Lonpon Co.: sandy soil, s. of Westchester Sta., Colchester, Sept. 23, 1904, C. B. Graves (G). New Haven Co.: dry soil, near coast, Guilford, Sept. 16, 1906, G. H. Bartlett (G); Stratford, Sept. 9, 1895, E. H. Eames (G); Stratford (albino), Oct. 5, 1927, E. H. Eames, 10402 (G); New Haven, Sept., 1874, A. H. Young, 23 (ND, type of Laciniaria scariosa var. novae- angliae Lunell); in sandy waste, near New Haven, Nov. 9, 1879, J. A. Allen (P). FarnrrELD Co.: Fairfield, Sept. 9, 1893, E. H. Eames (US). NEW JERSEY. Monmouts Co.: Middletown, Sept. 1838, Torr. & Gray (G). NEW YORK. Co. undeter- mined: Long Isl., J. Torrey (P). ArnBANY Co.: sandy soil, near Londonville, Sept. 15, 1932, H. D. House, 20173 (G, NY). QuEENS Co.: Old Mill Yacht Club (albino), Sept. 8, 1940, H. N. Moldenke, 11606 (NY). New York Co.: Harlem River, Sept. 23, 1865, W. H. Leggett (NY). Surronk Co.: Greenport, Sept. 1870, W. G. Farlow (G); Aquebogue, Sept. 1873, H. M. Young (US); in wet pockets, among sand dunes, Easthampton, Long Isl., Aug. 18, 1938, W. C. Muenscher & O. F. Curtis, 6603 (G, NY); sandy pine woods, East Islip, Aug. 31, 1938, W. C. Muen- scher & O. F. Curtis, 6602 (US); near MacKay Radio Sta., Aug. 18, 1938, W. C. Muenscher & O. F. Curtis, 6603 (G), 6602 (P). Nassau Co.: near Flushing, Sept. 17, 1936, J. Monachino, 175 (O); Locust Grove, Sept. 3, 1936, S. A. Cain (NY). PENNSYL- VANIA. Centre Co.: dry, rocky, grassy bank in Half Moon Valley, 2 mis. n. of State College, Aug. 18, 1938, H. A. Wahl, 226 (G). MacNab (Edin. New Phil. Jour. xix. 60 (1835)) in publishing Liatris borealis stated: ** While looking through the herbarium of Nuttall when at Philadelphia, I found that the species was marked L. borealis but no description of it has yet been pub- lished”. Presumably the type specimen is at the British Museum in London where Nuttall’s Herbarium is, but Mr. Weatherby did not find it when obtaining photographs of others of Nuttall’s types in the summer of 1939. There is a specimen in the Her- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 335 barium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences from Salem, Mass., named Liatris borealis in Nuttall’s handwriting. The name borealis has been crossed out, but Dr. Pennell' stated: * the width of the line made, makes me think it was not Nuttall himself". This specimen may then be the type. The plant in Philadelphia, though incomplete, shows there had been 7 heads on pedicels about equal in length to the one remain- ing head, 2 cm. long, with generally erect phyllaries. The outer ones are hardly at all scarious, finely ciliolate; the inner linear- oblong ones becoming a little more scarious but still having a fine ciliolate margin. The few remaining cauline leaves are narrowly linear and sessile having a few hairs scattered over the surface. From MacNab's description, Liatris borealis had a simple pubescent stem; ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, long-petiolate radical leaves; stem-leaves sessile, narrowed toward both ends and rough on the margins; outer phyllaries obovate with colored margins; inner ones linear, equal in length to the heads; heads on rather long pedicels, remote, alternating in two rows. ‘Habitat: dry woods and rocky places throughout the Alleghany moun- tains". Having omitted mention of the character of the phyl- laries in this description, he however adds the note: ‘‘ This species is readily distinguished from L. scar/osa (which by some is supposed to be only a variety), by its being very much smoother, having fewer leaves and flowers and reflected bracteas; also by its short styles which scarcely exceed the corolla, whereas in L. scariosa the styles are long and the leaves, flowers and bracts are all upright”. The phyllaries (“bracteas”) of Nuttall’s plant from Salem are clearly not reflexed, whereas those of Liatris scariosa, as seen in the Linnaean type (see no. 17), certainly are. Paxton, (Paxt. Mag. v. t. 27 (1838)) so briefly described Liatris borealis, accompanied by a plate, from a plant cultivated in a nursery at Epsom, Scotland, received in 1836 from the Glasgow Botanical Garden, where it was presumed to have been introduced by Mr. Drummond, that it is not determinative. Torr. & Gray (Fl. N. Am. ii. 75 (1841)) referred Liatris borealis of Paxton to L. scariosa, and Gray (Synop. Fl. 1?, 110 (1884)) did the same. I do not find any reference in either work to L. borealis MacNab. ‘That 1 By private communication, 336 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Paxton’s plant was identical with Nuttall’s is doubtful. His de- scription and accompanying plate seem to be nearer L. scariosa var. typica, but in any case MacNab’s description is earlier and hence must have precedence. Whether MacNab wrote his de- scription from brief notes made on Nuttall’s plant or whether there was another plant is not known, but the essential character which he emphasizes in his discussion of L. borealis, that differs from the plant we have seen in the Philadelphia Academy, labelled in Nuttall’s handwriting, is the reflexed rather than erect phyllaries. The description above embodies the writer’s ideas of Liatris borealis Nutt. Examination of the type specimen of La- ciniaria scariosa var. novae-angliae Lunell (Amer. Mid. Nat. ii. 172, 177 (1912)) showed it to be the same species as Nuttall’s plant from Salem, Mass. 22. Liatris EARLEI (Greene) K. Sch. Corm small, subglo- bose, ca. 2 cm. in diameter: stem usually single, 4-9 dm. high, often somewhat virgate, softly and densely pubescent, or asperous with short white hairs, or even almost glabrous: leaves glabrous, softly pubescent and rough on the margins only, or more rarely scabrous, the basal sharply lanceolate, 10-20 cm. long, 5-15 cm. wide, subpetiolate, narrowing to a short- or longer-winged petiole from one third to one half the length of the blade, the upper rigid, sharp-pointed, narrowly lanceolate or linear, reduced from 6-8 cm. long to narrow bracts less than 1 cm. subtending the heads: inflorescence narrowly racemose, of 20-50 subsessile heads on erect or depressed pedicels about as long as the heads, or more rarely becoming branched and paniculate by the elongation of the pedicels into slender peduncles bearing several heads each; heads of 15-25 flowers, somewhat turbinate or campanulate, 1-1.5 cm. long and ca. 1 em. wide when flowers are open: phyl- laries appressed or sometimes recurved, herbaceous, green and softly pubescent, with ciliolate but almost non-scarious margins; outer phyllaries subovate; middle and inner ones oblong-spatu- late, 7-8 mm. long and 2-3 mm. wide, herbaceous and usually finely pubescent, sometimes . with purplish ciliolate margin; corolla-tube 7-9 mm. long, scantily to moderately pilose at the base of the tube: mature achene 3-4 mm. long; pappus about 6 mm. long, barbellate.—Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxix!. 569 (1903). Laciniaria Earlei Greene, Pittonia, iv. 316 (1901). Laciniaria Tracyi Alex. ex Small, Man. S. E. Fl. 1335 (1933). Laciniaria Ruthii Alex. l. c., not Lacinaria Ruthii Bush, Amer. Midl. Nat. xii. 316 (1931). Liatris squarrulosa sensu Shinners, Amer. Mid]. Nat. xxix. 33 (1943), not Michx. Occasional from North Carolina to Florida, abundant from 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 337 Tennessee to Alabama, and again occasional westward to Indiana, Louisiana and Texas—NORTH CAROLINA. Co. undetermined: s. slopes of Joanna Bald, Sept. 20, 1900, 22 (NY). Haywoop Co.: Waynesville, 1897, T. G. Harbison (G). CHERO- KEE Co.: 3-4 mis. e. of Andrews, Sept. 20, 1900, 21 (NY). SOUTH CAROLINA. BravronT Co.: sandy soil, Sept. 6, 1904, Biltmore Herb., 2670k (US). GEORGIA. RICHMOND Co.: oakwoods, Augusta, Sept. 25, Oct. 10, 1898, A. Cuthbert (NY). FLORIDA. Without stated locality: in rich soil, Chapman (G). INDIANA. Harrison Co.: s. slope of Elisa- beth Hill, 3 mis. e. of Elisabeth, Oct. 13, 1916, C. C. Deam, 22429 (US). KENTUCKY. Logan Co.: rocky hill near Rus- sellville, Sept. 17, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 2670h (US). TENNES- SEE. Co. undetermined: Hiwassee Valley, Oct. 1896, A. Ruth, 34 (NY, type of Laciniaria Ruthii Alex.); sandy ground, Hiwas- see Valley, Oct. 1896, A. Ruth (US); mts., E. Tennessee, Smoky Range, Sept. 1897, A. Ruth, 3767 (NY); dry soil, White Cliff Springs, E. Tennessee, Aug. 1879, G. Andrews (US); sandy soil, Higdon, E. Tennessee, Oct. 1895, A. Ruth (US). Knox Co.: thickets, Knoxville, June 1897 (no. 3766), Aug. 1896 (no. 36), A. Ruth (NY); copses, Knoxville, June 1898, A. Ruth, 657 (US); open woods, Knoxville, July 1891, A. Ruth (US, 694398); dry woods, 5 mis. from Knoxville, Oct. 5, 1897, A. Ruth, 205 (US). Cocks Co.: dry rock banks, Wolf Creek, Sept. 24, 1897, Biltmore Herb., 2670a (G, US). BrouwT Co.: mountainsides, July 8, 1898, A. Ruth 674 (NY). Mownok Co.: 10 mis. n. w. of Tapoco, Sept. 21, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett & S. D. Pearson (NY); Tapoco, Sept. 21, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett & S. D. Pearson (NY). Grunpy Co.: near Monteagle, Sept. 23, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett & S. D. Pearson (NY). Pork Co.: near Archville, Sept. 25, 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett & S. D. Pearson (NY). HawirroN Co.: Lookout Mt., 1878, G. R. Vasey (US, 63440). ALABAMA. Mapison Co.: on Monte Sano, near Huntsville, Autumn, 1937, Mrs. N. G. Stevens (NY). CuLLMAN Co.: without stated locality, Oct. 5, 1901, Biltmore Herb., 2670m (US). TALLADEGA Co.: slopes of Lookout Mt., near Childersburg, Oct. 2, 1899, Biltmore Herb., 9537 (US). JEFFERSON Co.: dry hills, Avondale, Oct. 9, 1900, Biltmore Herb., 3402 (G, US). Tuscatoosa Co.: dry hills, Tuscaloosa, Oct. 4, 1898, W. M. Canby, 67 (G). GREENE Co.: shalk prairie, 2 mis. n. w. of Greene, Nov. 5, 1933, R. M. Harper, 3137 (G, NY, US). Lez Co.: Auburn, Sept. 27, 1896, F. S. Earle (ND, type). BarpwiN Co.: Gateswood, Oct. 31, 1903, S. M. Tracy, 8558 (G (NY, type of Laciniaria Tracyi Alex.) US, ND). Mosie Co.: Mobile, Sept. 24, 1912, H. H. Bartlett, 3217 (G, US); mixed woods, s. of Mobile, Sept. 24, 1912; H. H. Bart- lett, 3223 (US); dry woods, Mobile, Oct. 14, 1898, C. Mohr (US); 338 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Mobile, Aug. C. Mohr (US); dry pine woods, Mobile, Oct. 20, 1896, Herb. Geol. Surv. Ala. (US); pine woods, n. e. of Whistler, Oct. 1919, E. W. Graves, 1370 (US); barrens, w. of Spring Hill, Oct. 1918, E. W. Graves, 587 (US); sandy scrubby pineland, Hollander's Isl., Sept. 3, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4505 (US). MIS- SISSIPPI. ArrALA Co.: Ethel, W. W. McBride (US). LAUDER- DALE Co.: Meridian, Oct. 10, 1896, C. Schuchert (US). JACKSON Co.: Ocean Springs, Oct. 17, 1898, S. M. Tracy 4871 (US). Harrison Co.: Biloxi, Aug. 23, 1898, S. M. Tracy, 4334 (NY); grassy barrens, near Mississippi City, Sept. 14, 1885, J. D. Smith, 425 (US). LOUISIANA. CarcasrEU Co.: Jacksonville, T. Drummond, 66 (G). TEXAS. Without stated locality: C. Wrignt (G). Harris Co.: Houston, Sept. 24, 1937, G. L. Fisher (US). Since L. squarrulosa came to be recognized as a variety of L. scariosa with small heads, all such specimens were watched for and carefully compared. Though we have found a near match for Michaux’s type in H. W. Ravenel’s specimens from Santee Canal, S. C. (G), and those of H. H. Bartlett, no. 2420, from pine barrens near Thomson, McDuffie Co., Ga. (G, US), they are nevertheless comparatively rare in herbarium collections. Greene (Pittonia, iv. 316 (1901)) described a plant collected Sept. 27, 1896, by F. S. Earle, at Auburn, Lee Co., Ala. (ND), as Laciniaria Earlei, with a racemose inflorescence of small cam- panulate heads on a tall, somewhat virgate stem, having ap- pressed, non-scarious, purple, ciliolate-margined phyllaries, and narrowly lanceolate and linear leaves “glabrous . . . except for a few bristly marginal hairs at bases of some leaves”. Laciniaria Tracyi Alex. (Man. S. E. Fl. 1335 (1933)) was also described from an Alabama plant (Oct. 31, 1903, S. M. Tracy, no. 8558, from Gateswood, Baldwin Co. (NY)) as having somewhat rounded, spatulate, pubescent phyllaries and linear, very scabrous lower leaves. Examination of the two type specimens showed no further marked differences in heads, flowers or leaf-shape and, as in other species of the genus there occurs the entire range from glabrous to scabrous leaves. it seemed these two were very simi- lar, especially, since in a specimen like E. W. Graves, no. 587, from the barrens w. of Spring Hill, Mobile Co., Ala. Oct., 1918 (US), there is to be seen a very close parallel to Tracy’s plant with, in addition, two very basal leaves that are long and lanceo- late. The description of L. Ruthii Alex. for a plant collected 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 339 Oct. 1896, A. Ruth, no. 34, from the Hiwassee Valley, E. Tennes- see (NY), with glabrous linear-lanceolate leaves and slightly larger heads, would seem to suggest a plant slightly more robust, but with heads having similarly somewhat spatulate, pubescent (though longer) phyllaries and glabrous rather than scabrous leaves. Examination of the types and comparison of a number of specimens, having smaller heads, from North Carolina to Florida and from Tennessee to Mississippi show that it is an easy step from Michaux’s South Carolina plant (the type of L. squar- rulosa) to the Alabama plants of Earle and Tracy and another easy step to the glabrous one of Ruth from Tennessee. All have 15-25-flowered heads with the narrower herbaceous phyllaries and, though Michaux described those of his plant as squarrose and in the others they were stated to be erect, it is found that they are sometimes squarrose in heads of the narrow-leaved plants from Alabama. Thus, though it 1s difficult to draw sharp lines, the prevalence of linear or sharply pointed, narrowly lanceolate-linear, upper cauline leaves with lanceolate lower ones in the type plants of Earle, Tracy and Ruth, represents the trend in these smaller-headed relatives of L. scariosa from the region around the Gulf of Mexico in Alabama and Mississippi and northward. Specimens from the middle and northern coun- ties of Alabama, as Talladega, Jefferson and Cullman, foretell by their lanceolate basal leaves the material from Tennessee. Since none of these specimens have the broadly obovate basal and narrower but still oblanceolate upper leaves of Michaux's plants of L. squarrulosa we are including them under Liatris Earlei. As in all species of this series, plants of intermediate characters between two species of the same geographic range can be recognized. In Tennessee, from which the lanceolate-leaved specimen of Ruth came, other specimens show, in combination with broadly lanceolate basal leaves quite scarious-margined and slightly crisped elongate phyllaries, thus suggesting a blending with L. aspera var. intermedia. Biltmore Herb., no. 2670, from dry soil, Lookout Mt., Hamilton Co., Aug. 24, 1897 (US, 332418) is such a specimen while another sheet, also Biltmore Herb., 2670 (US, 957890) of the same date and locality, is clearly L. aspera var. intermedia. Similar to the above intermediate are Biltmore 340 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Herb. No. 2670b, from dry soil, near Hendersonville, Henderson Co., N. C., Sept. 14, 1898 (US) and Biltmore Herb. No. 26701, from Chickamauga Park, Ga., Sept. 21, 1899 (US). So also collections from Illinois of Sept. 13, 14, and 23, 1914, R. Ridgway, nos. 90, 88, and 87 respectively, from Calhoun prairie, from near Olney and from Sugar Creek prairie, seem to present intermedi- ates between the very asperous form of L. Earlei and L. scabra. Series VII. ELEGANTES. Distinctive species with plume- like inflorescence due to long heads (2.5-3 cm. long) in loose spicate to paniculate arrangement with prolonged, colorful, scarious, reflexed phyllaries; corolla as frequently white as purple. nonpilose within; achene 4-6 mm. long; pappus 9-11 mm. long and manifestly plumose. From South Carolina and Florida and westward into Texas and south-west Arkansas. 23. LIATRIS ELEGANS (Walt.) Michx. Rootstock commonly relatively small, globose, 1-3 cm. in diameter, though in one variety elongate, tapering, up to 3 cm. in diameter and 15 cm. long; stems one or two, 3-12 dm. high, finely pubescent and leafy: leaves sessile, glabrous, punctate, linear to linear-lanceolate, reduced upwards from basal ones not more than 10 em. long and 5 mm. wide to bracts subtending the long heads; upper leaves commonly soon deflexed; inflorescence 3-5 dm. high, cylindrical to pyramidal according to amount of elongation basally of usually short pedicels of subsessile heads into longer sub-branched peduncles; heads usually 5-flowered, 2.5-3 cm. long; outer phyllaries short, lanceolate, herbaceous: inner ones pro- longed into dilated, lanceolate and reflexed or truncate and rounded, petaloid, serrulate tips, phlox-pink or white and sur- passing the flowers and pappus; corolla 9-11 mm. long, as fre- quently white as purple, or of intermediate mauve shades (yellow in the singular f. Fisher’), nonpilose within; stamens usually purple even within the white flowers, though sometimes white also; achene 4-6 mm. long; pappus long-plumose, 9-11 mm. long.—Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 91 (1803); Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1635 (1803)!. Staehelina elegans Walt. Fl. Car. 202 (1788). Serra- tula speciosa Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 138 (1789). Eupatorium speci- osum Vent. Hort. Cels. 79 (1802). Liatris radians Bertol. Misc. v. 9. t. 1 (1846). 1 See Schubert in Ruopora xliv. 147—150 (1942) for comparative dates of publication. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 341 KEY TO VARIETIES a. Inner phyllaries dilated into lanceolate, reflexed serrulate petaloid tips... .b. b. Rootstock small, rounded; common over the range of the SDecles te pee esr COMM Ere a Meee Serie .var. typica. b. Rootstock elongate, tapering; found only in the Carizzo BANCO hexagon MN uc i ak NE gs a! var. carizzana, a. Inner phyllaries dilated into truncate, rounded, irregularly serrate, scarious tips; found only on St. Helena Isl., South Garoliria etre) ne oe E i, ee Oc tt var. flabellata. Var. typica. Rootstock small, globose, as found commonly over the range of the species: inner phyllaries with lanceclate- acuminate, dilated, petaloid apices showing the midrib extended at the tip, ca. 2 cm. long; corolla-tube 9-11 mm. long; achene 4-5 mm. long; pappus 8-11 mm. long.—Liatris elegans (Walt.) Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii. 91 (1803) sens. strict.; Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1635 (1803); Edwards Bot. Reg. t. 267 (1818); DC. Prodr. v. 129 (1836); Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 68 (1841); Gray Synop. Fl. i. 109 (1884). Laciniaria elegans O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 349 (1891); Small, Man. 8. E. Fl. 1332, with fig. (1933). From South Carolina, south to Florida and west through Alabama, Louisiana, into Texas and again northward into south- west Arkansas.—SOU TH CAROLINA. Without stated locali- ty: Chapman (G). Co. undetermined: low country of South Carolina, L. R. Gibbes (NY). GEORGETOWN Co.: pine barrens, 5 mis. s. of Georgetown, Sept. 9, 1939, R. K. Godfrey, 8135 (G, NY). BEAUFORT Co.: Beaufort District, 1882 (no. 377), 1888, Dr. J. H. Mellichamp (US); Bluffton, Dr. J. H. Mellichamp (NY); in woods, St. Helena Isl., Sept., A. Cuthbert (NY); dry woods, St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1883, A. Cuthbert (F); dry barrens, St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1884, Sept. 1894, A. Cuthbert (F); dry woods, St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1900, A. Cuthbert (NY, US); St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1900, A. Cuthbert (US); dry open woods, St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1894, A. Cuthbert (US); Sept. 21, 1902, Oct. 12, 1902, A. Cuthbert (F). GEORGIA. Without stated locality: 1839, Dr. Torrey (G, NY); Dr. Boykin (NY). Co. undetermined: along Flint River, Ez. Herb. Chapman (US). RicuMmonp Co.: barrens, Augusta, Sept. 1896, A. Cuthbert (NY). Briss Co.: sandy ridges, 5 mis. e. of Macon, Sept. 4, 1883, J. D. Smith, 2004 (US). Tay- LoR Co.: dry sand hills, Anthony’s Mill, 4 mis. w. of Reynolds, Sept. 14, 1936, J. H. Pyron & R. McVaugh, 1300 (US). CHATTA- HOOCHEE Co.: dry soil, near Columbus, Sept. 17, 1902, ex Biltmore Herb., 2668h (NY); sandy banks, 4 mis. e. of Columbus, Sept. 7, 1883, J. D. Smith, 1981 (US); Chattahoochee, Aug. 23, 1897, S. M. Tracy 3423 (NY). Sumter Co.: dry sandy soil, south of Americus, Aug. 29, 1900, R. M. Harper, 532 (G, NY, US). CHARLTON Co.: St. Mary’s River Swamp, below Trader’s Hill, July 24-26, 1895, J. K. Small (NY). FLORIDA. Without 342 Rhodora [NOVEMBER stated locality: 1842-49, F. Rugel, 471 (US). Co. UNDETER- MINED: southern Florida, ex Chapman Herb. (NY); in dry, grav- elly oakwoods, ex Chapman Herb. (G). Duvar Co.: dry pine barrens, Jacksonville, Oct. 22, 1894, A. H. Curtiss, 5309 (G, NY, US); vicinity of Jacksonville, A. H. Curtiss, 1877 (ND); near Jacksonville, Oct. 21, 1893, A. H. Curtiss, 4445 (US); dry pine barrens, near Jacksonville, Oct. 1888, A. H. Curtiss, 1170 (G, NY, US, ND); St. Nicholas, July 28, 1896, L. H. Lighthipe, 335 (NY). CoruwnBiA Co.: in high pine-turkey-oak woods n. of Camp Oleno, Oct. 6, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). HAMILTON Co.: banks of Suwannee R., White Springs, Sept. 30, 1941, E. West & Miss L. Arnold (F). GapspEN Co.: Quincy, Sept. 4, 1895, G. V. Nash, 2570 (G, NY, US, ND, F); Tallahassee, N. K. Berg (NY); open pinelands, western part of county, Aug. 30, 1936, H. Foster, 116 (F). WakULLA Co.: without locality, Nov. 1891, W. G. Farlow (G). Jackson Co.: Sneads, Aug. 19, 1942, R. A. Knight (F). WasuiNGTON Co.: s. of Chipley, Aug. 23, 1942, M. Senner (F). OkaLoosA Co.: Crestview, Oct. 21, 1936, Miss M. Hodges (F). Satnt JonNs Co.: dry pine barrens, St. Augustine, Oct. 1875, Miss M. C. Reynolds (NY, US, ND); pine barrens, Oct. Miss M. C. Reynolds, 306 (US). ArAcnHuA Co.: roadside, Hawthorne Rd., Oct. 31, 1931, Miss L. Arnold (F). 'TAvLoR Co.: high pine-oak woods, 9 mis. s. of Perry, Oct. 8, 1940, W. A. Murrill (F). Marion Co.: Citra, Nov. 10, 1941, R. A. Knight (F); high pineland, Belleview, Sept. 15, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F). Cirrus Co.: sandy dry oak-pine woods, on U. S. Hwy. 41, 2 mis. s. of Holder, Oct. 16, 1945, H. H. Hume (F). Pasco Co.: dry woods, Lacoochee, Sept. 15, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F). HinrsBonovGH Co.: Tampa Bay, G. Thurber (G). ALABAMA. Without stated locality: Mr. Lea (G); 1840, ex Herb. Meisner (NY); Gates (G, NY, B, isotypes of L. radians Bertol.); Oct. 1820, S. B. Buckley (G). Co. undeter- mined: pine woods, Sept., S. B. Buckley (NY, US). Lee Co.: open pine woods, 6 mis. s. of Auburn, Sept. 23, 1899, F. S. Earle & E. S. Earle, 94 (G, NY, US, ND); Auburn, Sept. 11, 1898, F. S. Earle & C. F. Baker (NY, US), C. F. Baker (NY), Sept. 9, 1897, F. S. Earle & C. F. Baker, 1341 (N Y), Sept. 1900, F. E. Lloyd & F. S. Earle (NY). AvmAvGA Co.: sandy old field, between Autaugaville and Booth, Sept. 24, 1934, R. M. Harper, 3264 (G, NY, US). Barsour Co.: sandy roadside, between Cottonton & Eufaula, Aug. 12, 1927, K. M. Wiegand & W. E. Manning, 3172 (G); around Eufaula, Aug. 1888, G. Mc- Carthy (US). Escamsra Co.: in high pineland, Canoe, Oct. 25, 1932, F. S. Blanton, 7071 (US); in low pineland, Atmore, Aug. 3, 1933, O. Blanton, 152 (G); in high hammock, 3 mis. n. of Canoe, Oct. 17, 1929, H. O'Neill, 6171 (US, F). BarpwiN Co.: Gates- wood, Oct. 30, 1903, S. M. Tracy, 8568 (G, NY, US, T). Mo- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 343 BILE Co.: dry exposed banks, Mobile, Oct. 16, 1896, C. Mohr (US); dry pine woods, Mobile, Sept. 28, 1878 (US); Mobile, Oct., C. Mohr (US); Mobile, 1868, C. Mohr (US); dry close soil, copses and thickets, Mobile, Oct. 16, 1886, C. Mohr (US); dry pine barrens, Mobile, Sept. 1, 1862, C. Mohr (Q); pine barrens, w. of Spring Hill, Aug. 1918, E. W. Graves, 691 (US). ARKAN- SAS. Without stated locality: Drummond, 141 (G); Leaven- worth (NY). GARLAND Co.: dry woods, Glenwood Rd., 8 mis. from Hot Springs, Aug. 11, 1935, F. J. Scully, 434 (G); open field, Glenwood Rd., 8 mis. from Hot Springs, Aug. 8, 1935, F. J. Scully, 499 (G); Hot Springs, Aug. 1879, G. W. Letterman (US). Hor Sprines Co.: dry sandy ground, Malvern, Sept. 4, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 8453 (US). Prge Co.: dry, rocky, oak-hickory woods, between New Hope & Langley, Oct. 5, 1932, D. Demaree, 9501 (G, NY). Crank Co.: Gurdon, C. Mohr (US). BRADLEY Co.: rich open wood, Jersey, Sept. 18, 1938, D. Demaree, 18325 (O). HEMPsTEAD Co.: banks of Yellow Creek, near McNab, Oct. 5, 1923, J. M. Greenman, 4427 (G); sandy pine woods, Fulton, Oct. 15, 1914, E. J. Palmer, 6844 (US). MILLER Co.: near Texarkana, Aug. 20, 1898, A. A. Heller & E. G. Heller, 4124 (G, NY, US). LOUISIANA. Without stated locality: ez. Torrey Herb., C. W. Short (NY). Co. undetermined: Red River, no collector, no date (G). NarcnirocHes Co.: sandy open woods, Natchitoches, Sept. 30, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 8753 (US). RarrpES Co.: Levins, Alexandria, Nov. 8, 1893, C. Mohr (NY); Alexandria, 1842, Hale ((G, without stated locality), NY, US); Glenmora, Sept. 30, 1913, F. W. Pennell, 5634 (NY); open dry hillside, n. edge of Pineville, July 30, 1938, D. S. Correll & H. B. Correll, 9931 (G, NY). TEXAS. Without stated locality: Sept. 1850, G. Thurber (G); Wright (G). 1843, Lindheimer, 71 (G). Co. undetermined: Shawnee villages, Canadian R.,! Aug. 1853, Lieut. A. W. Whipple Exped., J. M. Bigelow, 1853-4, (NY, US); between Indianola & San Antonio, Oct. 9, 1891, A. Schott (NY); without stated locality: Mexican boundary survey of Major Emory, C. C. Parry, J. M. Bigelow, C. Wright & A. Schott, 451 (NY). Bower Co.: sandy soil, near Texarkana, Oct. 7, 1903, ex Biltmore Herb. 2668k (NY); Texarkana, G. Letterman, Oct. 15, 1894 (NY, US), Oct. 19, 1894 (US), Sept. 27, 1927, B. C. Tharp (G); oak-hickory w. of Texarkana, Sept. 27, 1927, B. C. Tharp, 2519b (G); Texarkana, 1896, E. N. Plank (NY), Sept. 21, 1877, L. F. Ward (US); dry open woods, Texarkana, Oct. 27, 1925, E. J. Palmer, 29412 (G). Rep River Co.: sandy loam, near Detroit, Sept. 15, 1937, E. Adams, 35 (US). Grayson Co.: Denison, Sept. 12, 13, 1906, F. L. Tyler (US). Cass Co.: Gallo- 1 According to Bigelow, Report on Lieut. Whipple's Expedition, p. 96, Sec. 4. L. elegans was collected on this trip from Shawnee villages along the Canadian River, in August. 344 Rhodora [NovEMBER way, near Atlanta, Oct. 9, 1895, E. Seler, 1007 (G); Bivins, Oct. 15, 1940, O. McGinnis, 28011 (G). Dexron Co.: prairies, on Houston clay, between Benton & Aubrey, Sept. 22, 1937, W. L. McCart (US). Upsuur Co.: open ground, deep fine sands, Big Sandy, Sept. 27, 1926, E. J. Palmer, 31749 (G, NY). DALLAS Co.: Dallas, Aug. 1876, J. Reverchon (NY). Tarrant Co.: in deep woods, Riverside, Sept. 12, 1926, A. Ruth, 1435 (US). GnEGG Co.: without stated locality, Autumn, 1939, C. L. York (G). SwrrH Co.: sandy fields and open places, in pine-oak woods, s. e. of Camp Fannin, 8 mis. n. e. of Tyler, Oct. 12, 1943, H. E. Moore, 556 (G). San AvausriNE Co.: San Augustine, G. L. Crockett (US). HovsroN Co.: deep sands, open woods, Grapeland, Sept. 22, 1917, E. J. Palmer, 12842 (G). WALKER Co.: 834 mis. n. of Huntsville, Sept. 29, 1934, V. L. Cory, 10469 (G); in an old graveyard, vicinity of Huntsville, July 9-12, 1909, R. A. Dixon, 332 (G, NY); Timberline, 1414 mis. s. w. of Hunts- ville, Sept. 28, 1934, H. B. Parks & V. L. Cory, 10254 (T). Mr- LAM Co.: sandy woods, 4 mis. east of Cameron, Aug. 4, 1929, S. E. Wolff, 11026 (US). Harprn Co.: 5 mi. south of Silsbee, Oct. 15, 1936, V. L. Cory, 20035 (G). Jnrrerson Co.: Nome, Sept. 2, 1937, G. L. Fisher, 37159 (US). Harris Co.: 10144 mis. west of Laporte, Oct. 8, 1934, Cory, 11415 (G), Houston, Aug. 19, 1923, G. L. Fisher, 56 (US). Austin Co.: Industry, 1894, H. Wurzlow, 30 (US). GowzaLEs Co.: Palmetto State Park, Aug. 1, 1941, B. C. Tharp, 145 (G); without locality, Oct. 10, 1940, Tharp (G). Victoria Co.: Aloe, Sept. 18, 1913, F. W. Pennell (NY). ATas- cosa Co.: sandy open ground, Pleasanton, Sept. 23, 1916, E. J. Palmer 10794 (US). Nuerces Co.: Flour Bluff, 12 mis. south of Corpus Christi, Sept. 27, 1936, S. G. & J. A. Drushel, 10396, (NY). Brooxs Co.: Santa Fe Ranch, June 26, 1941, Tharp (G). KLEBERG or KENNEDY Co.: shell bank on Padre Island, Sept. 3, 1927, Tharp (G). OKLAHOMA. McCurtain Co.: deep, rich coastal plain woods, near entrance to cypress swamp 5 (a southeast of Broken Bow, Oct. 2, 1940, M. Hopkins, 5566 ). Var. TypicA forma FisuERi Standl. Differing from var. typica only in having the corolla, as well as the tips of the phyl- laries, lemon-yellow.—Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xi. 276 (1936).— Known only from the type specimen, collected Aug. 26, 1934 by G. L. Fisher on hillsides near and on the highway, Copperas Cove, Coryell, Texas (Chicago). Var. carizzana, var. nov., planta robusta ad 9 dm. alta, a var. typica rhizomate elongato conico 2.5 cm. diametro ad 15 cm. longo, phyllariis paullo longioribus (2.5 cm.), achaeniis 6 mm. longis, pappo 11-12 mm. longo diversa.—Medina, Wilson, Atascosa and Hudspeth counties, Texas.— TEXAS. MEDINA Co.: 3 mi. southwest of Devine, Oct. 12, 1934, V. L. Cory, 11726 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 345 (G, type); 234 mi. southwest of Derby, May 8, 1935, H. B. Parks & Cory, 12778 (T). WirsoN Co.: Kicaster School, Oct. 22, 1934, Parks & Cory, 11877 (T), June 24, 1935, Parks & Cory, 15136 (T); post-oak woods, July 21, 1925, Tharp (G). Atascosa Co.:9 mi. east of Poteet, Nov. 12, 1934, Cory, 11721 (G). Houps- PETH Co.: Sierra Blanca, Sept. 7, 1925, Tharp, 3772 (US). Var. flabellata (Small), n. comb. Differing from var. typica only in having inner phyllaries with rounded, dilated, toothed, petaloid tips.—Laciniaria flabellata Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxv. 472 (1898). Liatris flabellata (Small) K. Sch. Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxvi. pt. 1, 378 (1900). SOUTH CAROLINA. Beav- FORT Co.: dry, open woods, St. Helena Isl., Sept. 1894, A. Cuth- bert (NY, type, US). . As stated in the introduction, plants growing [in the out- cropping of the Eocene] in the Carrizzo sands of Medina, Bexar and Wilson counties of Texas are all said to have deeply pene- trating root systems. As all specimens of Liatris elegans I have seen from these counties, as well as one from Poteet, Atascosa Co., where there is the same formation, have such very long underground systems, really remarkable in a species which has usually a relatively small globose corm, it has seemed advisable to make of these a variety, here called var. carizzana. The only other specimen of L. elegans, not coming from this region, with an elongate rootstock is one of Sept. 7, 1925, B. C. Tharp, no. 3772, from Sierra Blanca, Hudspeth Co., Texas (US), and con- cerning the soil in which it grew, Prof. B. C. Tharp! has written “deep sand and in that respect it resembles the Carizzo sand very much". The type collection of Laciniaria flabellata Small provides the only examples of specimens with dilated, truncate, petaloid, inner phyllaries. Several other collections in successive years by the same collector from that island are quite like Liatris elegans var. typica, although the acuminate phyllaries are always quite conspicuous and somewhat serrate. On the sheet of a col- lection made on Sept. 21, 1902 (F), is the collector's observation “note gradation from typical acuminate bracts of elegans to- wards flabellata.” Though the modification has seemingly been a very rare one, it is here given varietal rank under L. elegans. A hybrid of this species and L. tenuifolia Nutt. was discussed under that species (see no. 15). 1 By private communication. 346 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Series VIII. Puncrarar. Plants mostly glabrous, with many-stemmed, generally erect, though sometimes recumbent spikes from an elongate, branching rootstock in two species and a globular one in other species; leaves numerous, mostly con- spicuously punctate, linear and narrow; inflorescences generally densely spicate (rarely loose); heads slenderly cylindrical, 8-20 mm. long, 4-8-flowered (10-14 flowers in one species) with herbaceous appressed phyllaries; corolla-tube quite pilose within; achene 5-12 mm. long; pappus distinctly plumose, 8-15 mm. long.—From northern Mexico and Texas to the prairies of south- ern Canada and west to the east side of the Rocky Mts. a. Plants with a long underground rootstock. . . . b. b. Stems moderately stiff; leaves 1.5-5 mm. wide, conspicu- ously punctate, frequently ciliate; rootstock deeply penetrating; plants of wide range.................. 24. L. punctata. b. Stems more slender and flexible; leaves 1-2 mm. wide, punctate, not ciliate; rootstock horizontal; in sandy prairies in Minnesota... .......0...00.000 00000. 25. L. densispicata. a. Plants with a somewhat globular corm... .c. c. Heads 4-6-flowered. . . .d. d. Leaves 1.5-5 mm. wide, punctate, stiff; phyllaries mucronate-tipped; heads numerous or rarely few and distant... es 26. L. mucronata. d. Leaves 1-3 mm. wide, almost epunctate, soft; phyllaries acuminate; heads numerous.................. 27. L. angustifolia, c. Heads 10-14-flowered, few, very distant on few-branched stems; leaves narrow, rather channelled and bract-like.28. L. bracteata. 24. Liarris PUNCTATA Hook. Stems numerous, glabrous, striate, 1.5-8 dm. long, from a crown above an elongate, mostly branched rootstock, often penetrating long distances: leaves numerous, glabrous, rigid, linear, conspicuously punctate (but not to be distinguished from other species by this punctate character which is common to most); basal leaves 8-15 cm. long, 1.5-6 mm. wide, with cutinous margin bearing prominent cilia or only scantily so provided, gradually diminishing, below the beginning of a short spike or through the spike in the case of a longer one, to bracts shorter than the heads they subtend: inflorescence generally densely, sometimes loosely spicate, 6-30 em. in length and 2-3 cm. in width when flowers are open, of usually crowded heads 1.5-2 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, containing 4-8 flowers; phyllaries herbaceous, thick, punctate and closely appressed except for the free tips, the outer short, rigid, ovate- acuminate or cuspidate, the inner oblong with acute or mucronate to lanceolate-acuminate tips, 10-14 mm. long and 1.5-2 mm. wide, prominently ciliate-margined in individuals having cilia on the margin of the leaves and correspondingly less ciliate to merely membranous-margined in others; corolla purple (rarely white) 9-12 mm. long, with the tube inside and filaments of stamens quite pilose; pappus distinctly plumose, 9-11 mm. long, 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 347 usually slightly exceeded in length by the corolla; achene 6-7 mm. long, ribbed and hairy.— Fl. Bor.-Amer. 1. 306, t. 305 (1834). Laciniaria punctata (Hook.) O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 349 (1891). L. cylindrica Torr., Ann. N. Y. Lyceum, ii. 210 (1824), as to plant described. Laciniaria punctata var. turgida Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. v. 241 (1918). Laciniaria punctata f. corymbosa Sheldon, Quart. Bull. Univ. Minn. i. 27 (1892) and f. albiflora Sheldon ibid. 26. KEY TO VARIETIES a. Inflorescence dense... .b. b. Stems stiff and short, 1.5-3 dm. tall; leaves 3-5 mm. wide, ciliate-margined; phyllaries prominently ciliate; of more northern plains and western mountains................. var. typica. b. Stems more slender, 4-8 dm. tall; leaves narrower, 2-3 mm. wide, and longer than in var. typica; leaves and phyllaries without prominent ciliate margins; Minnesota and Dako- ta, southward to the plains of Texas................ var. nebraskana. a. Inflorescence lax; stems tall; leaves few and larger than in var. typica, 12.5-15 cm. long and 4-6 mm. wide, almost glabrous; heads fewer and scattered; mountains of Trans-Pecos Texas and northern Coahuila, Mexico....................... var. mexicana. Var. typica. Stems 1.5-3 dm. long and stiff: basal leaves 8-10 em. long and 3-5 mm. wide with prominent cilia along the cutinized margin: inflorescence a short spike 6-20 cm. in length, of crowded heads ca. 2 em. long, containing 5-8 flowers: phyl- laries prominently margined by long white cilia, inner ones lanceolate-acuminate or oblong with acute or mucronate tips.— L. punctata Hook. Fl. Bor.-Amer. 1. 306 t. 305 (1834), sens. strict. Liatris punctata var. y, Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 69 (1841). From Manitoba and Saskatchewan south to Iowa and Kansas, and from Alberta southward along the eastern Rockies into New Mexico and Trans-Pecos Texas.—MANITOBA. 62 H 14: dry gravelly knolls, Fort Garry (Winnipeg), Aug. 5, 1872, J. Macoun, - 9851 (stem to right) (Ot). 62 G 3: on the open prairie, Chater, July 25, 1896, J. Macoun, 12227 (Ot). 62 G 4: on the hill s. of the lake, Killarney, Aug. 3, 1896, J. Macoun, 12196 (Ot). 62 G 16: Portage la-Prairie, Aug., 1896, J. K. McMorine (Q); 62 K 1: Rivers, Aug. 7, 1933, H. H. Brown (HB). MINNESOTA. WASHINGTON Co.: St. Paul & St. Anthony, 1861, 7. J. Hale (G). OTTER Tart Co.: dry prairies, Perham, Aug. 14, 1910, Z. L. Chandonnet (US). HENNEPIN Co.: dry rocky hillside, Fort Snelling, Sept. 1, 1888, E. A. Mearns, 140 (N Y, US); Fort Snelling to rivers of north, Dr. Jarvis (G). Noses Co.: dry hills, Adrian, Aug. 22, 1895, F. W. Hunnewell (GE IOWA. PLYMOUTH Co.: Akron, Sept. 1909, Mrs. E. Bredall (US). Woopsury Co.: Sioux City, Aug. 29, 1896, L. H. Pammel, 39 (NY, US). NORTH 1 Localities in Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta are indicated by standard nota- tion with reference to sheets of the National Topographical Series, Dept. Mines & Resources, Ottawa, Canada. 348 Rhodora [NOVEMBER DAKOTA. BorriNEAU Co.: Bottineau, Aug. 24, 1890, C. B. Wal- dron (NY). Warp Co.: on roadside, Minot, Aug. 18, 1931, Miss R. Weikert, 1 (NY). Benson Co.: prairies, Leeds, Aug. 28, 1899, J. Lunell (G); in dry prairies, Leeds, Sept. 8, 1909, J. Lunell (US); Butte, J. Lunell, Oct. 21, 1908 (US), Oct. 2, 1908 (NY). Bur- LEIGH Co.: along Missouri R., near Bismarck, Aug. 26, 1917, F. P. Metcalf, 369 (G). Starx Co.: Dickinson, Sept. 8, 1908, W. R. Hol- gate (G). SOUTH DAKOTA. Co. undetermined: western part of State, Aug. 1891, T. A. Williams (US). RosBEnrS Co.: clay banks, Big Stone Lake, Aug. 1922, W. H. Over, 14351 (US). Grant Co.: virgin prairie, "Troy, near Big Stone Lake, Aug. 4, 1940, P. Johnson, 68 (G, NY). Day Co.!: sandy, arid prairie heights, around the Sioux, lower St. Peter R., near Fort Pierre, Missouri Hills, dividing ridges between Missouri & Mississippi waters, Aug. 20, 1839, Nicollet’s N. W. Exped., 272 (*var. y”) (US); (without stated locality), Nicollet’s N. W. Exped., C. A. Geyer (G “var. Y" (NY “var.’’)); probably Day Co.: Oak Gulch, Sept. 5, 1896, L. W. Carter (NY). Burre Co.: Belle Fourche, July 30, 1926, H. E. Hayward, 31 (NY). Brooxines Co.: White, Aug. 29, 1906, Miss F. N. Vasey (US). KiwasBunRY Co.: Iroquois, Aug. 9, 1894, J. J. Thornber (G). WasHABAUGH Co.: Pine Ridge Reservation, Aug. 1911, S. S. Visher, 2340 (NY). SHANNON Co.: Wolf Creek, near Pine Ridge Agency, Aug. 9, 1911, S. S. Vasher, 2207 (NY). Farı River Co.: Hot Springs, Sept. 1893, Lieut. W. E. Safford (US); Hot Springs (alt. 3500’), Aug. 3, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, 754 (US). NEBRASKA. "TnuoMas Co.: Thedford (excepting tall stem to right), Aug. 7, 1889, H. I. Webber (NY); on sandhills, on Middle Loup R., near Thedford Aug. 19, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1706 (US). Apams Co.: Hastings, Sept. 16, 1886, Prof. Thompson (G). KANSAS. CHEYENNE Co.: near Catholic Church, St. Francis, Sept. 7, 1936, Mrs. J. M. Steller, 91 (NY). Doveras Co.: Lawrence, W. C. Stevens (US). WarLAcE Co.: Wallace, Aug. 22, 1884, G. W. Letterman (NY). HawirTOÓN Co.: vicinity of Syracuse, Sept. 14, 1912, J. N. Rose & W. R. Fitch, 17013 (NY, US). STEVENS Co.: "Moonlight, Aug. 15, 1893, C. H. Thompson, 174 (NY, US). Morton Co.: without stated locality, July 28, 1891, M. A. Carleton, 353 (US). SASKATCHEWAN. Without stated lo- cality: 1858, Palliser’s Br. N. Amer. Expl. Exped., E. Bourgeau (G, NY); ex Herb. Musei Brit. Douglas, 9849 (Ot). Exact ! From Senate Report intended to illustrate a map of the H ydrographical Basin of the Upper Mississippi River made by I. N. Nicollet, Feb. 16, 1841, Washington, 1843, p. 53: “I was at St. Peter's when I made up my mind to visit the sources of the Mississippi''— "Left St. Peter's on July 26, 1836''—‘‘on July 29, I was ascending the Mississippi’’. No dates are given in the further description of travel but from the map they were, on Aug. 19, west of Big Stone Lake near what is called Cold Spring Lake—mouth of the Sioux River. 'This would seem to be about Day County, S. Dakota (see also following discussion). 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 349 region undetermined, Saskatchewan plains, Aug. 3, 1872, J. Macoun (US without no.), 821 (NY). 72 P 14-13: Little Lake Manito, July 21, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot, 77087 (G, Ot). 73 B 2: along the G. T. Rwy., 15 mis. w. of Saskatoon, July 29, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot, 77086 (NY, Ot). 62 L 12: gravelly knolls in prairies, Indian Head, Sept. 16, 1891, J. Macoun, 9848 (Ot); 72 I 6: prairies, Moosejaw, July 31, 1904, F. W. Johnson, 972 (US). 72J 16: prairies, Brownlee, Aug. 7, 1913, F. W. John- son, 1259 (NY). 62 E 16: Moose Mountain, Aug. 1884, J. Macoun (US). 72 K 2: prairies, Sidewood, Assiniboine, Aug. 26, 1892, F. E. Floyd (NY). 62 F 12: Redvers, Aug. 19, 1909, G. E. Copeland (Q). 62 M I: Yorkton, Aug. 19, 1908, W. Crawford (Q. ALBERTA. Without stated locality: prairies, Aug. 21, 1913, F. W. Johnson, 1065 (US). 83 A 4: Red Deer, Aug. 2, 1917, C. H. Young, 92730 (Ot). 74 M 11: rwy. track, Scotfield, Aug. 10, 1926, A. H. Brinkman 2541 (US); 82 P: dry soil, prairie hills (alt. 2200’-2500’), Rosedale Coulee, Aug. 6, 1915, Miss M. E. Moodie, 1170 (G, NY, US). 82 O 1: dry hills, Calgary, Aug. 19, 1913, Miss M. E. Moodie (US); dry ground & prairies, vic. of Calgary, Elbow R. Valley (alt. 3400'-3600') Aug. 6, 1913, Miss M. E. Moodie, 28 (NY); grassy hills ca. 13 mis. s. of Cal- gary, Aug. 1, 1941, C. L. Hitchcock & J. S. Martin, 7853 (NY). ca. 82 H 11: middle fork of Old Man R., Rocky Mts., Aug. 14, 1883, Dawson, 9850 (Ot). 82 H 11: near irrigation ditch, s. of Standoff (s. of MacLeod), Aug. 15, 1929, E. H. Moss, 410 (G). 82 H 12: in the valley of Old Man R., Fort MeLeod, Aug. 24, 1897, J. Macoun, 22766 (Ot); prairies, Fort McLeod, Aug. 5, 1895, J. Macoun, 10829 (Ot); MacLeod, Aug. 1923, R. H. Dixon, 432 (NY); dry slope of gravelly ridge, w. of Pincher Creek, July 26, 1939, E. H. Moss, 62 (G); Oldham R., n. of Pincher, Aug. 2, 1939, E. H. Moss, 250 (G). MONTANA. Without stated locality: 1883, L. F. Ward (US). Co. undetermined: prairie, upper Missouri, Aug. 19, 1864, T. M. Rothammer, 477 (US); Mountain Sheep Buttes, Aug. 11, 1909, V. L. Bailey (US); without stated locality, Aug. 10, 1890, J. W. Blankinship, 131 (US); upper Missouri, Aug. 27, 1864, T. M. Rothammer, 490 (US). SurnipAN Co.: Westby, Aug. 12, 1928, Miss E. Larsen, 211 (US). Dawson Co.: Colgate, near Glendive, Sept. 6, 1892, J. H. Sandberg, 1020 (US); Seven. Mile Creek, 15 mis. above Glendive, Aug. 11, 1883, L. F. Ward (US). CascapE Co.: Belt Creek, July 1883, F. W. Anderson (US); (albino) Great Falls, Aug. 24, 1891, R. S. Williams, 76 (US). Lewis & CLARK Co,: in vacant lots, Helena, Sept. 2, 1908, B. T. Butler, 649 (NY); White's Gulch, near Helena, Aug. 22, 1882, W. M. Canby (G); 6 mis. s. e. of Helena, Aug. 12, 1931, J. T. Howell, 7897 (NY). TREASURE Co.: dry ground near Custer, Aug. 9, 1912, H. D. House, 4900 (US). MussELSHELL Co.: plains of Musselshell R., 350 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Sept. 2, 1896, J. H. Flodman, 817 (NY, US). Jrrrerson Co.: rocky slopes, above Jefferson R., 10 mis. e. of Whitehall, Aug. 5, 1941, J. F. Brenckle & L. H. Shinners, 41-061 (G). Pank Co.: Livingston, Yellowstone National Park, Mrs. E. W. Scheuber, Aug. 2, 1901 (US), 1901, 20 (NY). GarrArIN Co.: Bozeman, Aug. 17, 1900, E. J. Moore (G), Sept. 2, 1902, W. W. Jones (US); dry uplands, Bozeman, Aug. 24, 1905, J. W. Blankinship, 284 (US); Cinnabar, Yellowstone River, July, 1884, F. Tweedy (US). WYOMING. Without stated locality: July 25-30, 1870, Hayden’s U. S. Geol. Survey (US). Co. undetermined: sources of the Platte, Dr. James! (NY); Aurora, July 30, 1900, W. Granger (NY). SHERIDAN Co.: Dayton (alt. 4000’), Sept. 1899, F. Tweedy 2072 (NY). Park Co.: Clark's Fork R., Aug. 1881, W. H. Forwood, 21 (G). Weston Co.: Cambria Canon, July 22, 1896, A. Nelson, 2529 (NY). JomuwsoN Co.: dry plains near Rock Creek (alt. 6500’), Aug. 1, 1934, R. C. Rollins, 712 (G, NY); Buffalo (alt. 4000'-5000^), Sept. 1900, F. Tweedy, 3146 (NY). NrioBRARA Co.: dry plains, near Kirtly (alt. 5000’), Aug. 3, 1931, R. C. Rollins, 36 (NY). PrATTE Co.: Cottonwood Canon, Aug. 4, 1895, A. Nelson, 1564 (G, NY, US); North Fork of the Platte Hiver, 1843-44, Fremont's Exped. to California (G, NY, US). ArnaaxY Co.: Dale Creek, Aug. 24, 1908, Mrs. J. Clemens (G); 15 mis. s. w. of Laramie, Aug. 22, 1901, E. D. Merrill & E. N. Wilcox, 1169 (G, US); dry bench lands, Centen- nial, Aug. 5, 1900, A. Nelson, 7952 (G, NY, US); Bear Creek, ca. 2 mis. from Eagle Rock & 4 mis. from Laramie Peak, Aug. 22, 1891, C. Schuchert (US). COLORADO. Without stated lo- cality: 1870, E. L. Greene (G), 1878, P. J. Mohr (US 720072), L. F. Ward (US 134488). Co. undetermined: meadow at foot- hills of Colorado (alt. 6500’), Aug. 9, 1890, C. S. Crandall, 272 (US); Stanley's Ranch, Mrs. C. N. S. Horner (G). LARIMER Co.: Estes Park, Aug. 11, 1906, E. L. Johnston, 218 (US); Livermore, Aug. 22, 1900, G. E. Osterhout, 2231 (NY). Bour- DER Co.: mts., Boulder, Sept. 3, 1895, C. L. Shear, 4456 (US); near Boulder, Oct. 1, 1900, F. Ramaley, A201 (US); Boulder, Aug. 1891, Dr. E. Penard, 265 (NY); mts. between Sunshine and Ward (alt. 8000'-9500^), Aug. 1902, F. Tweedy, 4936 (NY). ARAPAHOE Co.: North Denver (plant to left), Aug. 16, 1910, 1! This specimen, though without locality of collection on the Herbarium sheet, would seem to be that cited as Liatris cylindrica Torr. Ann. N. Y. Lyceum ii. 210 (1827) No. 204, for which is given, ‘‘sources of the Platte". (See also following discussion.) ? From report of Fremont's Expedition, Washington, 1845, the date is Aug. 29, and place of collection, Black Hills of the Platte. Following the account of the itinerary “Aug. 27, on their return they halted where they had taken dinner on July 27". By the map this was where Deer Creek enters the Platte, and is where Glenrock, Converse Co., Wyo. now is. Since they reached Fort Laramie on the last day of August the collection of L. punctata would be between Glenrock and Fort Laramie, possibly Platte Co.. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 351 Miss A. Eastwood, 44 (US); near Denver, Dec. 1, 1874, C. Mohr, ` (US); dry plains, n. w. of Denver (alt. 1500 m.), Sept. 17, 1901, L. M. Underwood & A. D. Selby, 529 (NY). JEFFERSON Co.: Golden, Oct. 8, 1882, N. L. Britton (NY); Golden (alt. 5500^), Aug. 21, 1884, C. S. Sheldon, 297 (NY); Morrison (alt. 6500’), Aug. 7, 1878, M. E. Jones, 546 (NY, US). Dovucras Co.: Buffalo Creek Canon, Sept. 14, 1909, H. H. Rusby (NY). EL Paso Co.: near Colorado Springs (alt. 6000^, Sept. 22, 1895, S. L. Clarke, 7 (NY); Colorado Springs (alt. 6000’), Sept. 19-21, 1895, Mrs. S. L. Clarke (NY). Gunnison Co.: Gunnison, 1896, F. Clements, 229 (NY). CusrER Co.: West Cliff, Aug. 13, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3458 (NY). Orero Co.: vicinity of La Junta, Sept. 16, 1912, J. N. Rose & W. R. Fitch, 17064 (NY, US). Hurrrano Co.: Cucharas Valley, near La Veta (alt. 7000’), Sept. 26, 1900, F. K. Vreeland, 683 (NY). Las Animas Co.: Raton Mts., Sept. 1, 1898, E. O. Wooton (US); Wootton, Sept. 11, 1909, H. H. Rusby (NY). NEW MEXICO. |. UuroN Co.: Folsom, Aug. 30, 1903, A. H. Howell, 165 (US). Corrax Co.: Colfax, Aug. 13, 1910, E. O. Wooton (US); open, pine-oak woods top of Raton Pass, alt. 7800 ft., Aug. 18, 1941, U. T. Waterfall, 3502 (G); vicinity of Raton, Oct. 27, 1913, J. N. Rose & W. R. Fitch, 17546 (NY, US); Bartlett Ranch, Aug. 31, 1913, Wooton (NY); Vermejo Park (alt. 7600 Ft.), Aug. 31, 1913, Wooton (US), July-Aug., 1894, Mrs. O. St. John, 100 (G); vicinity of Ute Park, alt. 2200- 2900 m., Sept. 21, 1916, P. C. Standley, 14240 (G). San MIGUEL Co.: 15 mi. northwest of Las Vegas, Aug. 30, 1934, G. J. Good- man, 2322 (G, NY, O); near Bernal, alt. 6300 ft., Aug. 27, 1903, V. L. Bailey, 546 (US). BERNALILLO Co.: among rocks and on hillsides, Canyon Media, Sandia Mts., Miss C. C. Ellis, 284 (US); dry flats, east slope Sandia Mts., alt. 7500 ft., Ellis, 284 (US). LixcoLN Co.: Block Ranch, north of Capitans, Aug. 31, 1900, F. S. & E. S. Earle, 384 (NY, US); El Capitan Mts., alt. 8000 ft., July 7, 1928, Earle (NY). Var. TYPICA forma coloradensis, f. nov., phyllariis mucronatis purpurascentibus, foliis plerumque angustioribus.—Chiefly Colo- rado and New Mexico.—COLORADO. Without stated locality: 1862, E. Hall (US), C. Mohr (US, 783573). Co. undetermined: sterile plains (alt. 5700’), Aug. 20, 1884, C. S. Sheldon, 297 (US). Warp Co.: New Windsor, Aug. 20, 1901, G. E. Osterhout, 2339 (NY, US); Greeley, Aug. 11, 1881, L. F. Ward (US); Dent, Aug. 31, 1917, W. W. Jones, 535 (G). Larimer Co.: Fort Collins (alt. 5000’), July 29, 1891, J. M. Cowan (NY); Fort Collins, Aug. 25, 1896, C. F. Baker (NY); College Farm, Col. Agric. College, July 29, 1892, C. S. Crandall (US); along rwy., s. of Agric. College, Aug. 23, 1898, State Agric. College, 2975 (NY, US); Estes Park, Aug. 1894, Mrs. J. M. Milligan (US). BourpER Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1882, H. N. Patterson & F. 352 Rhodora [NOVEMBER ‘Beatty, 58 (US). ARapaHoE Co.: Melvin, Aug. 13, 1890, E. L. Hughes, 13 (G); plains, Denver, Sept. 12, 1888, W. G. Smith (US); North Denver, Aug. 16, 1910, Miss A. Eastwood, 44 (G, US plant to right); dry soil, Denver, Aug. 29, 1916, I. W. Clokey, 2682 (G, NY). JxrrEnsoN Co.: Golden, road up to Lookout Mt., Aug. 28, 1916, E. L. Johnston, 218B (G). Lincoun Co.: Hugo, July 28, C. D. Marsh (US). Er Paso Co.: moist meadow among hills, 4 mis. s. of Palmer Lake, Aug. 7, 1941, U. T. Water- fall, 3203 (G); Colorado Springs, Aug. 20, 1889, B. W. Evermann (US, 310558 & 617864), Oct. 15, 1903, W. C. Sturgis (G, US), Oet. 1903, Mrs. J. M. Milligan (US); Colorado Springs (alt. 1900 m.), Sept. 22, 1915, W. W. Eggleston, 12031 (US); dry plains, Colorado Springs, Aug. 6, 1892, C. S. Sheldon, 473 (NY, US); Pike's Peak, Cheyenne Mt., north slope, July 28, 1896, E. A. Bessey (NY); Pike's Peak, Aug. 23, 1887, S. M. Tracy & Evans, 801 (stem to right) (NY); Garden of the Gods, Aug. 8, 1908, C. E. Bessey (US); dry hillsides, Colorado Springs, Aug. 3, 1939, J. H. Ehlers, 7785 (G); dry plains, near foothills, Aug. 11, 1897, C. S. Crandall, 2974 (G); “The Mesa", 3.5 mis. n. w. of Colorado Springs, Aug. 7, 1924, R. Bacigalupi, 678 (G); Manitou (alt. 2100 m.), Aug. 16, 1901, F. E. Clements & E. S. Clements 72 (G, NY, US). Cuarrer Co.: Salida, Aug. 28, 1892, Miss I. Mulford (G, NY). PuzrzLo Co.: on plains about Pueblo, 1883, R. W. Woodward (G). HvrmraNo Co.: St. Mary's, Mrs. C. N. S. Horner (G). OKLAHOMA. Cimarron Co. (near New Mexi- co line): s. of Black Mesa 114 mis. w. of Kenton, Aug. 6, 1941, U. T. Waterfall, 3176 (G). NEW MEXICO: Co. undetermined: from Cottonwood Creek! of Ark. to San Miguel, Aug. 1847, A. Fendler, 299 (G). San Dovar Co.: hard clay soil, Nara Visa, Sept. 8, 1910, G. L. Fisher, 68 (US); dry open grassy ridges, Jemez Springs area, Aug. 24, 1931, A. Nelson, 11704 (G). SAN MIGvuEL Co.: Las Vegas, June, 1920, Bro. Anect, 1 (NY); Pecos, S. S. Holman (US); near Pecos (alt. 6700’), Aug. 15, 1908, P. C. Standley, 4958 (US). Quay Co.: Llano Estacado, Sept. 16, 1853, Whipple Exped. J. M. Bigelow (NY (US 2 stems to left)); Guadalupe Mts. (alt. 6000'-7000^, Sept. 3-6, 1915, A. S. Hitch- cock (US); hard clay, Nara Visa, Sept. 8, 1910, G. L. Fisher, 68 (US). Dona Ana Co.*: valley of Rio Grande, Mexican Boundary Survey, 450 (NY, US). 1 Plant. Fendl. gives this region for the collection of the specimen no. 299, L. punctata. 2 According to Bigelow,—Report on Lieut. Whipple's Expedition (1857), p. 96, Sec. 4, L. punctata was collected in rocky prairies from the Canadian River, Aug. 26, to the Llano Estacado, August to September. On p. 3, Llano Estacado is described as "the space in our route between Valley River and Fossil Creek, near Tucumari hills. This is a dry and generally timberless tract of country extending over a distance of about one hundred and ninety miles". The region now would probably be included in Quay Co., New Mexico. 3 Plant. Nov. Thurb. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. Ser. 2, v. 297-328 (1855), ex- plains the route followed. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 353 Var. nebraskana, var. nov., varietatem typicam simulans caudice subterraneo ad 4 dm. longo caulibus multis, plerumque minus rigidis et altioribus (2.5-5 dm. maturitate, 1-5 dm. juventute); foliis plerumque angustioribus, 2-3 mm. latis, flexilioribus marginibus aut haud aut leviter ciliatis; inflores- centia 10-25 cm. longa; capitulis densis ca. 1.5 cm. longis 4-6 floris; phyllariis plerumque submembranaceis rariter marginibus breviciliatis, interioribus lanceolato-acuminatis vel oblongis apice acuto.—L. punctata Hook. var. 6. Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 69 (1841). L. resinosa sensu DC. Prodr. v. 129 (1836), not Nutt. Type: on north hillsides, south of Chadron, Dawes Co., Nebraska, Sept. 1, 1936, W. L. Tolstead (G). Wisconsin, Illinois and Arkansas, west to South Dakota, Colorado, and New Mexico.—WISCONSIN. Sr. Crorx Co.: prairie hillside, 2 mis. w. of Robert, Aug. 6, 1934, N. C. Fassett, 16969 (G). ILLINOIS. DuPace Co.: Rwy. Lisle, July 8, 1925, A. J. Prisc, 26 (US). MINNESOTA. Pope Co.: dry prairies, Montevideo, Aug. 11, 1897, L. R. Moyer (NY). HENNE- PIN Co.: St. Paul, 1861, T. J. Hale (G); sandy soil, Aug. 1890, J. H. Sandberg (NY); Minneapolis, Aug. 1868, W. M. Canby, 542 (US), Sept. 15, 1891, J. H. Sandberg (US). Martin Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 10, 1892, R. I. Cratty (G). IOWA. Without stated locality: R. I. Cratty (US). Emmer Co.: dry sandy knolls, Aug.-Sept. R. I. Cratty (NY). Cra Co.: gravelly prairie, cemetery in Dickens, Freeman T wsp., Sect. 17, Aug. 4, 1934, Miss A. Hayden, 10528 (NY). WoopnpBunv Co.: Sioux City, Aug. 29, 1896, L. H. Pammel, 39 (G). MISSOURI. SHANNON Co.: broad slopes & bald tops of loess hills, near Montier, Sept. 3, 1920, E. J. Palmer, 18944 (G). Taney Co.: limestone ledge, Malva, Sept. 17, 1924, E. J. Palmer, 26190 (NY). ARKANSAS. Without stated locality: 1839, Latrobe (NY). CannorL Co.: limestone ledges, Eureka Springs, Sept. 28, 1913, E. J. Palmer, 4514 (US). SOUTH DAKOTA. With- out stated locality :! Nicollet’s N. W. Exped. C. S. Geyer “var. B" (NY). Custer Co.: Custer (alt. 5500’), Aug. 1, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, 754 (NY). Probably BENNETT oR WASHABAUGH Co.: Bear Creek (albino), Aug. 1891, T. A. Williams (US). NE- BRASKA. Cuerry Co.: on hardlands, Fish Hatcheries, Valen- tine, Aug. 15, 1936, W. L. Tolstead, 702 (G). Dawes Co.:on north hillsides, s. of Chadron, Sept. 1,1936, W. L. Tolstead, 800 (G, type). Tuomas Co.: on sandhills, on Middle Loup R., near Thedford, Sept. 13, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1761 (NY); Thedford (1 tall stem to right), Aug. 7, 1889, H. I. Webber (NY). BurrALo Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1922, W. E. B. (O). Apams Co.: Ayr, Aug. 31, 1905, J. M. Bates (G). KANSAS. Without stated locality: 1 See also following discussion. 354 Rhodora [NOVEMBER latitude 39°, 1868, E. Hall (US). RuürEv Co.: prairie, Sept. 12, 1895, J. B. Norton, 213 (G, NY, US); prairie, Sept. 12, 1895, J. B. Norton, 212 (G, US). Jouwsow Co.: s. of Holliday, Aug. 23, 1895, C. Rowe, 980 (NY). LiNN Co.: prairie, Parker, Oct. 21, 1916, G. W. Stevens, 4346 (NY). SEpawick Co.: Wichita, Sept. 1905, S. F. Poole, 226 (G); high prairies, Wichita, Sept. 9, 1890, B. B. Smyth, 254 (US). Nrosno Co.: near Chanute, Sept. 23, 1896, L. F. Ward (US); Brookville, Sept. 1888, R. G. Eccles (NY). Prarr Co.: vicinity of Pratt, Sept. 23, 1912, J. N. Rose & W. R. Fitch, 17149 (US). MowTraoMEny Co.: dry prairies, Cherryvale, Sept. 16, 1900, F. W. Johnson (NY). CowrkEv Co.: Winfield, Aug. 1911, Miss F. N. Vasey (US). BARBER Co.: Medicine Lodge, 1906, C. R. Ball, 1081 (US). OKLAHOMA. Co. undetermined: open rocky hills, Sansbois Mts., Aug. 1891, C. S. Sheldon, 293 (US). CREEK Co.: Sapulpa, Sept. 19, 1894, B. F. Bush, 216 (G, NY, US). Loaaw Co.: near Guthrie, Oct. 21, 1916, R. Keyser, 6087 (NY). KiwarisHER Co.: Huntsville, Sept. 20, 1895, Miss L. A. Blankinship (US). OkranoMa Co.: sandstone hillside, Oklahoma City, Aug. 29, 1937, U. T. Water- fall (NY). CrEvELAND Co.: Norman, Sept. 25, 1914, W. H. Emig, 347 (US); 10 mis. e. of Norman, Aug. 20, 1903, A. H. Van Fleet (US); 2 mis. e. of Norman, W. E. Bruner (US). Murray Co.: Platt National Park, Sulphur, July 24, 1935, G. M. Merrill, 979 (NY). COLORADO. Co. undetermined: dry plains, C. Mohr (US, 783573). Larimer Co.: Estes Park, Aug. 11, 1905, E. L. Johnston, 218A (NY). BovurpEn Co.: Boulder, Sept. 1895, P. A. Rydberg (NY). Denver Co.: Denver, Sept. 23, 1887, S. M. Tracy & Evans, 902 (NY). Er Paso Co.: Colorado Springs (alt. 1900 m), Sept. 22, 1915, W. W. Eggleston, 19027 (US); Colorado Springs, 1903, H. L. Shantz, 585 (US); Pike’s Peak (plant to left), Aug. 23, 1887, S. M. Tracy & Evans, 80 (NY). NEW MEXICO. Co. undetermined: from Cotton- wood Creek of the Arkansas to San Miguel, Aug. 1847, A. Fendler (328)! (G). Corrax Co.: Johnson's Mesa, Aug. 16, 1910, E. O. Wooton (US). SAN Miauet Co.: vicinity of Las Vegas, Sept. 11, 1895, E. N. Plank (NY). Quay Co.: Llano Estacado, Sept. 16, 1853, Whipple Exped., J. M. Bigelow (US, stem to right). Var. mexicana, var. nov. a varietate typica differt plantis altissimis 5-8.5 dm. altis, plerumque caulibus paucis e caudice crasso subterraneo vel ovato vel subelongato; foliis paucis plerumque omnino glabrescentibus nitidis distantibus et maiori- bus 12.5-15 em. longis 4-6 mm. latis; inflorescentia laxa, inter- nodiis 1-2 cm. longis; capitulis 1.5-2 cm. altis, 5-6-floris; phyl- lariis vel ovato-acuminatis vel mucronatis, marginibus ciliatis aut sine ciliis. ! Plant Fendl. gives this date and region for the collection of L. punctata (328), which bracketed number is the one under which it was distributed. 1946] Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 355 Type: dry, gravelly places, among clumps of scrub oak, end of road from T. Armendaiz north into Sierra del Pino, Coahuila, Aug. 20-26, 1940, I. M. Johnston & C. H. Mueller, 457 (G). Known from southwestern Texas, and from Coahuila, San Luis Potosí and Tamaulipas, Mexico.— TEXAS. SCHLEICHER Co.: s. of Eldorado, Nov. 1, 1942, H. R. Reed, 40902, 40903 (G). Epwarps Co.: Ranch Expt. Sta., pasture G, V. L. Cory, 5010 (G), Oct. 16, 1932, V. L. Cory 5011! (G). Er Paso Co.: Guadalupe Mts., Sept. 1881, V. Havard (US, 134404), 1881, V. Havard, 56 (US 220338). Jerr Davis Co.: side of hills, pass of the Limpia,? Aug. 24, 1849, Exped. from West Texas to El Paso, C. Wright, 246 (G, US); dry exposed slopes (alt. 1800 m.) Mt. Locke, Davis Mts., Sept. 1936, L. C. Hinckley (G); foothill on s. w. of Mt. Locke, Davis Mts., on road up to Observatory (alt. 1850 m.), Sept. 1936, L. C. Hinckley, 884 (NY). BREWSTER Co.: Pine Canyon (5000’), Chisos Mts., Sept. 5, 1937, E. Marsh, 330 (G); Chisos Mts., July 28, 1931, C. H. Mueller, 8176 (G, NY); Blue Creek, Chisos Mts., June 19, 1931, C. H. Mueller, 8176 (G); dry soil, in wide valleys, Chisos Mts., Aug. 20, 1915, M. S. Young (G); grassy slope of College Hill, Alpine, Sept. 20, 1935, O. E. Sperry, T. 354 (US); frequent on College Hill, Alpine, Aug. 20, 1936, B. A. Warnock, 1179 (G). NEW MEXICO. BERNALILLO Co.: dry flats, w. slope of Sandia Mts., near Allen's Ranch (alt. 7000^), Aug. 10, 1914, Miss C. C. Ellis, 284 (NY, US). MEXICO. CoaHviILA: dry gravelly places among clumps of scrub oak, end of road from T. Armendaiz, north into Sierra del Pino, Aug. 20-26, 1940, I. M. Johnston & C. H. Mueller, 457 (G, type); Monclova, Feb.-Oct. 1880, E. Palmer, 419 (G); 100 mis. n. of Monclova, Feb.-Oct. 1880, E. Palmer, 420 (G, US); valle de los Guajes, e. of the Sierra de la Encantada, 10 mis. s. of Rancho Buena Vista, Sept. 3, 1941, R. M. Stewart, 1354 (G). TAMAULIPAS: in dry broad arroyo, 19 km. s. w. of Misquihuana, rd. to Palmillas, Aug. 11, 1941, L. R. Stanford, K. L. Rether- ford & R. D. Northcroft, 900 (G (3 stems to left), NY). SAN Luis Porosi: Sierra Mts., en route San Luis Potosi to Tampico, Dec. 1878-Feb. 1879, E. Palmer, 1085 (G); Bagre, Minas de San Rafael, July 1911, C. A. Purpus, 5144 (G, US). Liatris punctata has probably the widest geographic range of any species of the genus, extending from about the 53rd parallel of latitude in the western Canadian provinces, south ward into northern Mexico, though not east of the Mississippi. Hooker's description covers Drummond's specimen from the plains of Saskatchewan and that of Douglas from the Red River and 1 This specimen is fasciated, probably as the result of some injury. ? In Gray, Plant. Wright. p. 83 (1852), no. 246, is stated to be from Pass of the Limpia, which is in Jeff Davis Co., Texas. 356 Rhodora [NovEMBER Eagle Hills, Sask., Aug. 4, 1827 (Kew), of which photographs have been seen. This plant, as it occurs in Canada from Mani- toba to Alberta and for the most part in those states just south of the border (North Dakota, Montana and Wyoming) and southward along the eastern Rockies to New Mexico, closely re- sembles the type and is here called var. typica. A variety of more slender and often taller habit, with narrower leaves, and slightly smaller heads, occurs more generally in the plains states from the southern border of the Dakotas to the Oklahoma-Texas border-region, and is here separated as var. nebraskana. Torrey and Gray (Fl. N. Amer. ii. 69 (1841)) recognized two varieties of which y, described as having "leaves conspicuously ciliate with hispid hairs; inner scales of the involucre purplish above", probably belongs with var. typica, though the involucre is not necessarily colored. In contrast to var. y, they recognized as var. 8, plants with “leaves nearly all very narrowly linear; the margins remotely ciliate or naked; scales of the involucre nar- rower, tapering somewhat gradually into a cuspidate-acuminate point, at least the inner ones; spike usually short; stem often slender". Since the writers referred to collections of the Nicollet N. W. Expedition, by Charles A. Geyer (NY “var. 8"), it is pos- sible to recognize as this latter variety the one that occurs more generally in the central plains-states and we are calling it var. nebraskana. In the National Herbarium are two specimens of which one, of Aug. 20, 1839, Nicollet's N. W. Exped., no. 272, *var. Y", from the sandy and prairie heights, around the Sioux, lower St. Peter R., near “Fort Pierre" is apparently var. typica, as are also those at the Gray and New York Herbaria, without local- ity, labelled “var. y” and “var. " respectively. Another speci- men, with the rootstock 10 cm. long (of Aug. 20, 1839, Nicollet's N. W. Exped., no. 272, "fere var. @ T. & G.", from sandy arid prairie heights, around the Sioux, Upper St. Peter R., near Fort Pierre (US)), as well as one “fere 6” (G), represent the more slender variety in the character of the narrow leaves. However, by the size of the heads, and ciliate-margined phyllaries, they match var. typica of the western Canadian prairies. Thus the "fere var. Q", may be translated as an intermediate between the two varieties. By the report and maps of this expedition (see footnote to citation), these specimens would have been collected 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 357 about Day Co., South Dakota. Thus it seems evident that both var. typica and var. nebraskana are represented in the collections of that expedition which reached a region where the range of the varieties overlap, and they had also apparently collected at that time an intermediate that was recognized by Torrey and Gray as "fere B”. Certainly many specimens now justify considering variations from the type as a second variety. In numerous specimens examined, wherever the subterranean stem is present, it is a long, often divided rootstock. Though not preserved on the specimens of Drummond and Douglas and there- fore not mentioned by Hooker, it is quite characteristic of L. punctata from western Canada and southward, whether variety typica or nebraskana. This we believe helps to distinguish the species from the more southern ones with which it has been con- fused, namely L. mucronata and L. angustifolia, for they have somewhat globular corms. In the prairie provinces of Canada specimens are readily identi- fied as var. typica as they agree well with the type specimens of Hooker who described the phyllaries ‘margine ciliato, lanatis mucronato-acuminatis". Specimens from near the south end of the mountain range, as in Colorado and New Mexico, have very frequently phyllaries that are markedly mucronate and might, from observation of this character alone, suggest relationship to L. mucronata. However, some of them have leaves 2-4 mm. wide, with ciliate margin, and an elongate ramifying rootstock, belong to L. punctata and are definitely var. typica. Others are more nearly like var. typica than var. nebraskana, but are dis- tinctive in having mucronate and short-ciliate, colorful phyllaries. Since specimen for specimen seen, punctata var. typica from western Canada shows lanceolate-acuminate phyllaries and from Colorado and New Mexico more frequently these mucronate ones, we are calling these latter, forma coloradensis. In the central plains-states of Nebraska, Kansas, and Okla- homa, the great majority of specimens seen are var. nebraskana. For example, only three specimens of var. typica have been seen from Nebraska, and in Kansas only from the counties on the western border along Colorado. The counties listed for speci- mens examined from this state are curiously enough classified as follows: 6 (of which 5 are from the western border) for var. typica, 358 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 9 (all from the central to the eastern part of the state) for var. nebraskana, and 5 (Riley, Graham, Ellis, Ellsworth, and Kiowa) rather central, for questionable intermediates. J. N. Rose and W. R. Fitch, crossing the state, seem to have collected on Sept. 14, 1912, in the vicinity of Syracuse, Hamilton Co. (US) (i. e. on the Colorado border), var. typica and on Sept. 23, 1912, in the vicinity of Pratt, Pratt Co. (US) (i. e. along the central southern border of the state) var. nebraskana, or an intermediate. There are, however, many specimens which are not readily placed varietally. As frequently happens where the range of two species or varieties overlap, there are apparent intermediates. Thus in the states marginal to the range of each variety of L. punctata the number of doubtful specimens increases, and a list of these, A, is given below. Frequently it is difficult also to allocate speci- mens because they seem to be just intermediate between two species. From a region like Oklamona, where the range of L. mucronata overlaps that of L. punctata, and the plains variety nebraskana and forma coloradensis of var. typica of the latter species meet, come more specimens that are puzzling intermedi- ates. Often specimens of the same collector’s number and date in different herbaria will favor different interpretations. While it is impossible to make definite decisions when the rootstock is not present, as is often the case in herbarium specimens, still, though lacking the association of rounded or elongate rootstock with other recognized specific characters, there is evidence that this is a region of much hybridization. List A & B below give some of the intergradations. A. Intermediates of Liatris punctata Hook var. typica & var. nebraskana. MICHIGAN. Katamazoo Co.: prairie roadside, L6 mi. n. e. of Schoolcraft, Aug. 14, 1936, C. R. Hanes, 3646 (G); V6 mi. n. e. of Schoolcraft, Aug. 7, 1937, C. R. Hanes, 3887 (NY); prairie along roadside, 14 mi. n. e. of Schoolcraft, Aug. 1, 1938, C. R. Hanes, 308 (NY). MINNESOTA. Cuay Co.: Moorhead, Aug. 15, 1901, C. A. Ballard, 3154 (G). Orrer Tatu Co.: Battle Lake, Aug. 1892, E. P. Sheldon (G, US); dry hills and sandy soils, Fish Lake, Sept. 2, 1907, Z. L. Chandonnet (US). HENNEPIN Co.: Fort Snelling, Aug. 22, 1883, W. H. Manning (G), Sept. 21, 1890, E. A. Mearns, 140 (US). Wasasna Co.: Lake City, Aug. 29, 1883, W. H. Manning (G); Liberty, Aug. 29, 1883, W. H. Manning (G). IOWA. Co. undetermined: western Iowa, 1872, H. H. Babcock (US). Emer Co.: prairies, Herb. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 359 M. Bebb, R. I. Cratty (G). Paro Auro Co.: gravelly prairie knoll, Lost Island Twsp., Sect. 20, Aug. 27, 1934, Miss A. Hayden, 10530 (G, NY); gravelly prairie in cemetery at Dickens, Aug. 4, 1934, Miss A. Hayden, 10528a (G). NORTH DAKOTA. Benson Co.: Butte, Aug. 26, Sept. 29, 1907, J. Lunell (NY). SrARK Co.: Dickinson, Sept. 18, 1908, W. R. Holgate (NY). Morton Co.: Mandan, 1915, J. T. Jarvis, 160 (US). Ricn- LAND Co.: prairie, Hankinson, Aug. 25, 1902, C. O. Rosendahl, 1147 (NY). SOUTH DAKOTA. Without stated locality, probably Day Co.: sandy, arid prairie heights, around the Sioux, upper St. Peter R., near Fort Pierre, dividing ridges between Missouri & Mississippi waters, 1839, Nicollet’s N. W. Exped. “fere 8" (G); Aug. 20, 1839, Nicollet’s N. W. Exped. C. A. Geyer, 272 ("fere 8 T & G” (US)). Meane Co.: Black Hills, near Fort Meade, Aug. 10, 1887, W. J. Forwood (US); Park, near mouth of Gimlet Creek, Aug. 4, 1910, J. Murdock (G, NY). FALL River Co.: on prairie in canyon bottom, n. w. of Hot Springs, Aug. 6, 1941, G. J. Goodman, 3300 (G, NY). .Yanxron Co.: on high unbroken prairies, Jamesville, Aug. 24, 1899, L. A. Bruce (US). NEBRASKA. Keyapana Co.: Carns, Aug. 24, 1893, F. Clements, 2902 (G, US). Tuomas Co.: on sandhills, Middle Loup R., near Thedford, Sept. 13, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1761 (G, P); near Plummer Ford, Dismal R., Aug. 22, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1761 (US). Deve. Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1890, P. A. Rydberg, 138 (NY). Kearney Co.: Minden, Sept. 5, 1920, Dr. Hapeman (G). KANSAS. Ruivey Co.: Manhattan, Sept. 1, 1892, S. Norton (NY); Fort Riley, Sept. 1892, E. E. Gayle, 603 (NY). Granam Co.: Bogue, Sept. 8, R. H. Imler (US). Euuis Co.: rocky prairie soil, w. of Hays, June 20, 1927, E. Bondy (G,US,O). ErrswonTH Co.: Kanapolis, Aug. 27, 1891, E.O. Woo- ton (US). Kriowa Co.: Belvedere, Sept. 5, 1898, M. White (US). B. Intermediates of Liatris punctata Hook & Liatris mucronata DC. KANSAS. McPuerson Co.: McPherson, Sept. 5, 1890, W. A. Kellerman (US). OKLAHOMA. Woops Co.: Alva, Oct. 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2866 (G); prairie, Alva, Sept. 28, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2851 (G, NY, US, O); Augusta, Oct. 12, 1896, U. S. Geol. Survey, L. F. Ward, 51 (US). Tursa Co.: prairie, near Tulsa, Oct. 30, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2082 (G). PAwNEE Co.: Pawnee, Aug. 30, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G). OKLAHOMA Co.: near Oklahoma City, Sept. 16-17, 1938, S. S. White, 1156 (G). BrecxuaM Co.: 6 mis. s. of Elk City, Oct. 17, 1936, C. T. Eskew, 1505 (US). Comancue Co.: Fort Sill, Aug. 28, 1916, Mrs. J. Clemens (G); prairie, w. of Wichita National Forest, Oct. 10, 1936, C. T. Eskew, 1429 (G, NY, US, O). Harmon Co.: bad lands, eroded sand-stone & gypsum desert, Oct. 24, 1936, M. Hopkins, 1055 (G, NY, O). TEXAS. HUTCHINSON Co.: 5.9 mis. n. of Borger, Sept. 29, 1936, H. B. Parks & V. L. Cory, 360 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 16338 (T). Cray Co.: 13 mis. n. e. of Henrietta, Oct. 20, 1940, V. L. Cory, 40761 (G, US). Lusszock Co.: vicinity of Lubbock, E. L. Reed, 3162 (US); vicinity of Lubbock, E. L. Reed, 3178 (US). Er Paso Co.: Guadalupe Mts., Aug. 22, 1901, V. Bailey, 700 (US). Allowing for the modification to mucronate phyllaries in south- ern L. punctata var. typica forma coloradensis, specimens from the mountains of New Mexico are predominantly typica. Of all the specimens I have seen from New Mexico, none show a markedly interrupted spike with long internodes between larger heads, al- though there is a suggestion of it in one collection by Miss C. C. Ellis, no. 284, from the Sandia mountains (NY, US). This character is noticeable in specimens from the Guadalupe and Davis mountains of the Trans-Pecos region of western Texas where slightly varying plants of L. punctata are of tall habit with lax spike of fewer distant heads and with fewer leaves. Gray (Pl. Wright. 83 (1852)) refers to one of Wright’s specimens as follows: “no. 246 Liatris punctata Hook . . . This is one of the narrower-leaved forms with the scales of the involucre very ob- tuse and abruptly mucronate. L. mucronata DC. (founded on Berlandier’s no. 1926) is a similar but more depauperate state of the same species." Examination of this collection, from Pass of the Limpia, Jeff Davis Co., Texas (G), shows one rather better specimen to have about 25 heads distributed over 30 cm. giving quite an interrupted spike. From the Chisos mountains of Brewster county and the adjoining northwestern region of Co- ahuila, Mexico, come specimens with interrupted spike and broader, almost glabrous leaves and an obese, oval rootstock. Until further collections have been made we group these speci- mens from the southernmost mountain localities as L. punctata, var. mexicana. Not to be confused with these, however, though also showing loose interrupted spikes, are plants from the more eastern plains of Mexico, in Tamaulipas, and northeastern Coahuila. These are tall, more slender plants with narrow leaves and mucronate phyl- laries and shorter corolla-tubes and pappus that associate them with L. mucronata, as it is seen from Frio, San Patricio and Duval counties of the Rio Grande plains of Texas. The rootstock is generally globular as seen in typical L. mucronata DC. but may be ovoid, suggesting that there may here too be intermediates be- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 361 tween the two species reaching their southern limit of range. We have placed this material as L. mucronata var. interrupta. L. punctata has established as good a foothold, if not a better one, in the northern and mountainous latitudes as L. ligulistylis, the only other species in Western Canada. Then, abounding along the eastern Rockies, it occurs southward in New Mexico, E] Paso, Jeff Davis and Brewster counties, Texas, at a height of 5000 feet or more and ''peters out" in northern Mexico in the varietal form (var. mexicana). What Kearney and Peebles state in Arizona Flowering Plants and Ferns (1942, p. 9) would per- haps be expected of Liatris punctata: *Many species of this cate- gory [i. e. of Rocky Mt. distribution] range from the Canadian Rockies to the Sierra Madre in northern Mexico. . . . The higber mountains of Arizona and the elevated plateaus in the northern parts of the state offer congenial habitats for the charac- teristic plants of this category". Yet strangely no collections of this or any other species of Liatris from the state of Arizona have been found in any herbaria examined. Liatris punctata, though not crossing the Rockies, made a very successful eneroachment on their eastern slopes. Inatris cylindrica Torr. (Ann. N. Y. Lyceum ii. 210 (1827)) obviously equals Liatris cylindracea Michx. as to name (as shown by reference to Flor. Bor. Amer. and to the correct page of it) but not as to plant. The specimen of Dr. James, of Long's Ist Ex- pedition (NY), to which Torrey referred, proves to be L. punctata var. typica, but is without locality of collection. Its source then is doubtful; in the list it is given as ‘sources of the Platte?’’. This would be too far west for L. cylindracea. Torrey made the observation “Dr. James’ specimen resembles those collected by Captain Douglas in Cass' expedition except in not being above ten inches high with the leaves hairy on the margin"; that collec- tion Torrey (Am. Jour. Sci. & Arts iv. 66 (1822)) referred to L. squarrosa. This should, however, not prove too confusing since Captain Douglas! material came from the west shore of Lake Michigan and may very well have been L. cylindracea. Elliott, indeed (Sk. ii. 276 (1824)), refers to specimens of that species from that locality received from Torrey. It therefore seems clear that Torrey intended to call the James specimen L. cylin- dracea, but the locality given in the text is unlikely for that species 362 Rhodora [NOVEMBER and it does suit L. punctata, which the specimen actually is. Gray, Synop. Fl. i?. 110 (1884), also makes L. cylindrica Torr. synonymous with L. punctata. That L. punctata crosses with species of other series, as of the Scariosae, is seen in X L. Weaveri Shinners (see no. 18) and in the following hybrid. X LIATRIS FALLACIOR (Lunell) Rydb. emend. Shinners. Stems single from an elongate (over 5 cm. long), horizontal rootstock, 3.5-6 dm. tall, mostly green with scattered pubescence basally, which becomes more dense above, of long white appressed hairs; leaves linear, also softly pubescent with margins asperous due to short cilia about as in L. ligulistylis; basal leaves 8 cm. long and 3 mm. wide, gradually narrowing to become bracts subtending the heads: inflorescence an irregular spike, 8-20 cm. long, or in slender specimens reduced to but a few (2-5) heads with the terminal one in all specimens markedly larger than the axillary ones (usually 2-3 times, but in one specimen, that of Lunell no. 1016, 4—5 times as large): heads generally 14—18-flowered, and slightly turbinate, ca. 1.5 cm. wide and high, at the time of flowering; phyllaries narrow, oblong and obtuse, mostly green with narrow colorful petaloid margins fringed with distinct cilia (in the co- type there is slight evidence of a somewhat acute cusp disappear- ing behind the blunt tip); corolla 8-9 mm. long, moderately pilose within ; achene ca. 5 mm. long; pappus 7-8 mm. long and plumose though less conspicuously so than L. punctata.—Fl. Prairies and Plains, 780 (1932); Shinners, Amer. Midl. Nat. xxix. 40 (1943). Laciniaria fallacior Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. v. 38 (1917). Laciniaria fallacior var. celosioides Lunell, 1. c.—NORTH DA- KOTA. Benson Co.: on sunny, dry prairie, Leeds, Sept. 15, 1916, Lunell, 1015 (TYPE of Laciniaria fallacior), 1016 (TYPE of Laciniaria fallacior var. celosioides). Known only from the type (2 plants on sheet) and cotype (3 plants on sheet) of Lunell’s collection in North Dakota. These few specimens clearly show an intermediacy between Liatris punctata and L. ligulistylis. In the elongate, horizontal root- stock, narrow linear leaves, general spike-like inflorescence, the narrow-oblong shape of the phyllaries and the plumose (though not markedly so) pappus they resemble the former parent. In contrast the general pubescence of leaves and stem (especially that of the inflorescence-rachis), the large terminal heads and their development almost to the exclusion of others in several specimens, the obtuse tip and the slightly petaloid margin of the phyllaries and the length of the achene and pappus are more 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 363 similar to L. ligulistylis. The complete effect is that of a very marked blending of the characters of two species, belonging in the two sections Suprago and Euliatris, with barbellate and plumose pappus respectively and this is interestingly enough seen in an intermediacy in the extent of plumosity in the resultant hybrid. The type specimen of Lunell's var. celos?oides differs in no way except that it shows an unusually large congested terminal head, a result of some fasciation. 25. Liarris densispicata (Bush), comb. nov. Stems many, slender, glabrous, 3-6 dm. high, from an elongate rootstock that runs horizontally in the sand, giving off clusters of aerial stems; leaves numerous, punctate, glabrous, narrowly linear, soft and ascending, 5-10 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, gradually shortening to the bracts of the flowering spike: inflorescence 10-30 cm. long, usually of densely crowded, sessile, narrow cylindrical heads of 3-8 flowers and 8-12 mm. long; phyllaries herbaceous, oblong- lanceolate, acute- or acuminate-tipped, without or with a few marginal cilia; flowers purple, corolla 10-11 mm. long, tube pilose within; pappus 9 mm. long, plumose; achenes 8 mm. long.— Lacinaria densisipicata Bush, Amer. Mid. Nat. xii. 313 (1931). Lacinaria arenicola Bush, Amer. Mid. Nat. xii. 314 (1931). Type from Bunker prairie, Anoka Co., Minnesota. Known only from that state.—ANoOKA Co.: sand-dunes, Bunker Prairie, Aug. 26, 1927, C. O. Rosendahl, 5421b (M, TYPE), 5420 (M, type of Lacinaria arenicola). HENNEPIN Co.: Minneapolis, Aug., 1868, W. M. Canby, 541, 542 (US), Sept. 15, 1891, J. H. Sand- berg, 933 (US). This species seems distinct from L. punctata, var. typica and var. nebraskana, which are found in Minnesota, by the generally finer and more slender structure of stem, spike and leaves. In these characters it recalls L. angustifolia, which is mostly confined to Texas, though rarely collected in southern Missouri, Nebraska and Kansas. Its long, horizontal rhizome, however, indicates that the Minnesota locale is not just an isolated northern station of the latter species. Lacinaria arenicola Bush, described from plants from the same type region, collected also by C. O. Rosendahl, seems indistin- guishable in any marked character and represents probably a less vigorous and poorly nourished plant in which some heads have not developed, thus giving the irregular spike shown in the type sheet. Dr. Rosendahl, who also collected plants for the writer from the same region, was unable to make any distinctions. 364 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 26. LIATRIS MUCRONATA DC. Corm round, about 2-4 cm. in diameter, bearing a number of stems, mostly glabrous, rarely hirsute, 3-7 dm. in height, often reddish in color, with numerous narrowly linear, punctate leaves, mostly without marginal cilia (occasionally hirsute when accompanying a hirsute stem); basal leaves 5-8 cm. long and 1.5-5 mm. wide, diminishing upwards to short bracts often exceeding the heads of the lower portion of the spike-like inflorescence of usually crowded, sometimes scat- tered, heads, 8-30 cm. long; heads cylindrical, 1.2-1.8 cm. long (measured to the end of the pappus), of 4-6 flowers; phyllaries herbaceous, outermost ones short, ovate-lanceolate with mucro- nate tips, becoming longer inwards, the. innermost 9-11 mm. long by 2-3 mm. wide, oblong, with midvein prominent, abruptly mucronate to cuspidate and with margin finely ciliolate or but membranaceous; corolla purple, 9-10 mm. in length, only moderately pilose in the base of the tube; filaments sometimes pilose; pappus 6-7 mm. long, plumose; achene 5.5-7 mm. long, ribbed and hairy.—Prodr. v. 129 (1836). Var. typica. Inflorescence a dense spike of closely crowded heads 1.2-1.5 cm. long; more general throughout the species- range. L. mucronata DC. Prodr. v. 129 (1836) sens. strict.; Engelm. & Gray, Pl. Lindh. i. 10 (1845); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. ii. 69 (1841); not sensu Gray, Plant. Wright. 83 (1852). Liatris acidota var. mucronata Gray, Synop. Fl. i?. 110 (1884). ated Lacinaria leptostachya Bush, Amer. Mid. Nat. xii. 314 1931). Chiefly in Texas, from the eastern hardwood forest region westward through the Edwards plateau, with a few stations scattered northward through the plains region of Texas into Oklahoma, Kansas and Missouri.—MISSOURI. ATCHISON Co.: dry ground, Oct. 1, 1893, B. F. Bush, 198 (G, US). Barry Co.: Eagle Rock, June 22, 1897, B. F. Bush, 118 (US). KANSAS. SEWARD Co.: vicinity of Liberal, Sept. 23, 1912, J. N. Rose & W. R. Fitch, 17149 (2 stems) (NY). OKLAHOMA. kKiwac- FISHER Co.: Huntsville, Sept. 20, 1895, Miss L. A. Blankinship (G). OxLAHOMA Co.: sandy clay on sandstone hillside, 215 mi. w., % mi. n. of Spencer, Aug. 6, 1939, U. T. Waterfall, 1552 (G). BEckHaAM Co.: prairie, Cedar Twsp., Oct. 18, 1936, C. T. Eskew, 1509 (US, O). TEXAS. Co. undetermined: rocky prairies, Colorado to Guadaloupe, July, 1845, Lindheimer (G). Potrer Co.: Templin, 1927, V. L. Cory, 2521 (G). HARDE- MAN Co.: abundant on prairies, Chillicothe, Sept. 27, 1906, C. R. Ball, 1151 (NY, US). BainEv Co.: grassy hillsides, 2 mis. s. of Muleshoe, Aug. 24, 1921, R. S. Ferris & C. D. Dun- can, 3428 (NY). Grayson Co.: Denison, Oct. 15, 1932, Savage (NY); Bonham to Sherman, Aug. 28, 1939, B. C. Tharp (G). Denton Co.: prairie on Houston clay, between Denton & 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 365 Aubrey, Oct. 6, 1937, W. L. McCart, 674 (US). Kaurman Co.: vicinity of Terrell, May 8, 1904, F. J. Tyler (US). DALLAS Co.: Dallas, Aug. 15, 1875, J. Reverchon (G); dry soil, Dallas, Sept. 1877, J . Reverchon (NY); rocky bluffs, Dallas, Aug.-Sept. vi Reverchon, ex Herb. Curtiss, 1180 (G, NY); Dallas, 1875, J. Reverchon, 15 (US); Dallas, Sept. 26, 1900, B. F. Bush, 1112 (G). TARRANT Co.: without stated locality, Oct. 10, 1925, A. Ruth, 78 (NY). Parker Co.: Weatherford, Oct. 18, 1902, S. M. Tracy, 8143! (US). Hoop Co.: dry calcareous soil, Comanche Park, Sept. 15, 1914, E. J. Palmer, 6541 (US). CarrAHAN Co.: rocky open ground, Baird, Sept. 30, 1918, E. J. Palmer, 14555 (US). ANwpnEnsoN Co.: alt. 300’, Sept. 20, 1937, G. L. Fisher, 37168 (US). Brown Co.: Brownwood, Oct. 23, 1916, E. J. Palmer, 11106 (US). Lampasas Co.: 8 mis. n. w. of Lampasas, Sept. 23, 1935, H. B. Parks & V. L. Cory, 15692 (T). REAGAN Co.: 11 mi. n. w. of Stiles, Nov. 18, 1942, V. L. Cory, 40954 (G). WILLIAMSON Co.: Georgetown, Aug. 1929, M. D. Cody (F). Luano Co.: Enchanted Rock, Oct. 12, 1930, Miss E. Whitehouse (G). Travis Co.: dry calcareous soil, open ground, Austin, Sept. 21, 1916, E. J. Palmer, 10766 (US); Austin, Sept. 11, 1877, L. F. Ward (US); near Austin, Oct. 11, 1940, R. R. Innes, 105 (G). Bianco Co.: 614 mis. n. of Blanco, Sept. 23, 1935, V. L. Cory, 15691 (G). Surron Co.: Roy Hudspeth’s, Sept. 3, 1938, V. L. Cory, 2520 (G); Schoolhouse Hill, Sonora, Sept. 12, 1942 (no. 40175), Oct. 27, 1942 (no. 40828) V. L. Cory (G). Austin Co.: San Felipe (Austin) Jan. 1835, T. Drummond, 122 (G, NY). Hays Co.: San Marcos & vicinity, 1898, S. W. Stanfield (NY). Kerr Co.: Kerrville, Oct. 4, 1916, E. J. Palmer, 10896 (US). Comancheries (KERR & KENDALL Co. probably) from Boerne to Comfort, Nov.-Dec. 1828, Berlandier, 1926 (G, isotype). Ex prov. Mex. 1839, ex Herb. Musei Britanici (US). Comat Co.: Comanche Spring, New Braunfels, Sept., 1849, Lindheimer 940 (G, NY, US, P), Sept., 1850, 941 (G, NY, US, P, O), 1849-53, 942 (G, NY, US), Sept., 1850, 943 (G, NY, US, O). Bexar Co.: 3 mi. southwest of Smithson Valley, Sept. 23, 1935, H. B. Parks & V. L. Cory, 15687 (T); vicinity of San Antonio, Oct. 19, 1912, J. N. Rose, 18016 (US), Sept. 3, 1921, Miss E. D. Schultz, 610 (US), G. Jeremy, 39 (G), Aug., 1937, Sister Mary C. Metz, 3030 (NY). Var. interrupta, var. nov., a varietate typica differt spicis interruptis, capitibus 1-3 cm. inter se distantibus 1.5-1.8 cm. longis.—TvPE from south of Mathis, San Patricio Co., Texas, Oct. 20, 1927, J. N. Rose & P. G. Russell, 24156 (G). Tamaulipas, San Luis Potosí, and northeastern Coahuila, Mexico, and some of the bordering counties of Texas.— TEXAS. 1 The specimens at G, NY & T. might be considered intermediates between mucro- nata and angustifolia. 366 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Without stated locality: Drummond (G). OrpnaAM Co.: Bravo, Oct. 7, 1909, C. R. Ball, 1593 (US). RaANparL Co.: Palo Duro Canyon, Sept. 2, 1907, C. R. Ball, 1217 (NY, US). Bexar Co.: San Antonio, Sept. 3, 1921, Miss E. D. Shultz, 610 (US). Uvar- DE Co.: Uvalde to Hondo, Oct. 10, 1936, B. C. Tharp (G). Frio Co.: 14 mis. s. of Pearsall, Sept. 18, 1939, F. Shreve, 9442 (G). San Parricio Co.: s. of Mathis, Oct. 20, 1927, J. N. Rose & R. G. Russell, 24156 (G, type, NY, US). Duvar Co.: San Diego, 1884-1888, Miss B. Croft, 21 (NY, US). MEXICO. Coa- HUILA: Sierra de Santa Rosa, s. of Musquiz, July 13, 1938, E. G. Marsh, 1290 (G); Palm Canyon, Musquiz, Sept. 19, 1936, E. G. Marsh, 965 (G); Del Carmen Mts., Sept. 7, 1936, E. G. Marsh, 792 (G); Rancho Aqua Dulce, Musquiz, July 1, 1936, F. L. Wynd & C. H. Mueller, 399 (G, US). TaAMaurrPAS: sierra near San Lucas, Jaumave, July, 1932, H. W. Von Rozynski, 520 (3 stems to right) (NY). Liatris mucronata has been passing as Liatris punctata or, as explained (see no. 4), has been erroneously appended to Liatris acidota as a variety. The differences between L. mucronata and L. acidota have already been noted under the latter species. The type of L. mucronata was collected Nov.—Dec. 1828, by Berlandier, no. 1926, from the Comancheries orientales, Texas (Geneva) while that of L. punctata (Kew) was collected on the plains of Saskatchewan. Though the type plant in Geneva has not been seen, a photograph of it and an isotype in the Gray Herbarium have been compared. In neither is there any root- stock present. Engelm. & Gray (PI. Lindh. i. 10 (1845)) clearly recognized the species, when describing the new species L. aci- dota, and referred to Lindheimer’s collections of both species They included in the description of L. mucronata ‘‘caudice glo- boso." Other specimens collected from Texas, similar in other characters to L. mucronata, show that a globose or rounded corm is characteristic of this species in contrast to the elongate and often branched rootstock of L. punctata. The two species in their type regions differ also in the nature of the phyllaries which are abruptly mucronate and cuspidate in this species, rather than lanceolate-acuminate as in L. punctata from the western Canadian provinces. L. mucronata has also a shorter pappus, a character in which, as in the globular rootstock, it shows resemblance to L. angustifolia. However, variations occurring in L. punctata over its great north-south range, undoubtedly help to explain some of the con- 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 367 fusion of these two species. As stated under L. punctata (see no. 24), mucronate phyllaries, rather than long lanceolate-acumi- nate ones are common in f. coloradensis from the southern end of the range in Colorado and New Mexico. In the regions between these states and Texas, there are plenty of specimens giving evidence of a blending of the characters of L. punctata and L. mucronata. "Thus from the northern plains of Texas, from Okla- homa, Nebraska and Kansas come perplexing specimens which may represent intermediates between the two. Certainly when lacking rootstocks, as frequently happens, specimens are difficult to determine. So far, in southern Texas from the eastern border through the counties of the hardwood forest, blackland prairie, Edwards plateau and Rio Grande Valley, where L. mucronata abounds, no specimens with a long ramifying rootstock have been seen. From the northern plains of Texas, only one specimen has been seen, H. B. Parks and V. L. Cory from 5.9 mi. n. of Borger, Hutchison Co. (which is close to the Oklahoma border), Sept. 29, 1935, no. 16338 (T), which has an elongated rootstock along with mucronate phyllaries that suggest L. punctata f. coloradensis. For other specimens, as in the list of intermediates, it has been less easy to make specific determinations. As quoted, in the discussion of L. punctata, Gray compared what was probably the only specimen he had from the El Paso region of Texas (Chas. Wright's no. 246 (G)) with L. mucronata because of its obtuse and abruptly mucronate bracts. No root- stock is present on the specimen. Yet it shows few heads sepa- rated by long internodes, in contrast to the quite dense spike-like arrangement in the type of L. mucronata, which Gray considered a ‘more depauperate state" of L. punctata. Gray’s opinion may have contributed further to the uncertainty of the determination of this species. Sufficient specimens have now been seen to re- fute the idea that L. mucronata DC. is just à depauperate form of L. punctata. Also such an interrupted spike as is seen in Wright's specimen of L. punctata is found in the most southern phase of L. punctata—var. mexicana. A plant that has so far been collected very rarely from the coastal plain region of Texas, with few large heads of 8-10 flowers, often singly disposed along stems that may branch, and having longer achenes and pappus, seems a greater variant, and is here given specific rank as L. bracteata. 368 Rhodora [NOVEMBER L. mucronata is to be distinguished from L. angustifolia, which occurs with it through Texas and casually resembles it, by the smaller heads with glabrous bracts and the softer smooth leaves, though here again there may be found intermediates, e. g., S. M. Tracy, No. 8143 from Weatherford, Parker Co., Texas, Oct. 18, 1902 (NY and T) (see discussion under L. angustifolia). 27. Liarris angustifolia (Bush), comb. nov. Stems slender, glabrous, 6-8 dm. high, often reddish in color, from a globose corm usually 2-4 cm. in diameter: leaves narrowly linear, soft, epunctate or hardly at all punctate; basal ones 5-10 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, reduced progressively in length below a short spike to short bracts subtending the heads, but in longer spikes only so shortened throughout its length: inflorescence slender, 20-60 cm. long, of densely crowded heads, 8-16 mm. long, sessile or rarely becoming pedunculate, as following injury: heads slender, cylindrical, 3—6-flowered, ca. 1.5 cm. in length; phyllaries lanceolate, outer ones broader, inner ones narrower, acuminate, thin-papery, glabrous with merely membranous or slightly ciliolate margins in exceptional cases, somewhat glutin- ous; flowers purple, corolla 9-10 mm. long, slightly pilose within on the tube and noticeably so on the filaments of the stamens; pappus ca. 7 mm. long with lateral cilia more than fifteen times the diameter of the seta though not long-plumose; achenes 5-7 mm. long.—Lacinaria angustifolia Bush, Amer. Mid. Nat. xii. 315 (1931). From the inner margin of the coastal plain region of Texas, northward and westward through the plains region into Okla- homa and occasionally Kansas, Nebraska, Arkansas and Mis- souri.—MISSOURI. Barry Co.: rocky slopes, bald knobs, along Mo.-Ark. line, Eagle Rock, July 27, 1926, E. J. Palmer, 31455 (G). NEBRASKA. Dawes Co.: Crawford, Aug. 13, 1896, E. N. Plank (NY). Cass Co.: prairies, Weeping Water, 1888, T. A. Williams (US). KANSAS. Ritey Co.: Manhat- tan, Aug. 30, 1892, S. Norton (NY). Miawr Co.: Paola, Aug. 1883, Aug. 1885, Dr. Oyster, 3503 (NY). Sumner Co.: high prairies, Caldwell, Sept. 10, 1890, B. B. Smyth, 279 (NY, US). OKLAHOMA. Creek Co.: along rwy. w. of Sapulpa, Sept. 6, 1913, F. W. Pennell, 5378 (NY). CLEVELAND Co.: 10 mis. e. of Norman, Aug. 20, 1903, A. H. Van Fleet (US); Denver, Little River, Aug. 21, 1903, A. H. Van Fleet (O). PrrrsBURG Co.: meadow, Sept. 22, 1934, J. E. McClary (O). Murray Co.: Platt National Park, G. M. Merrill & W. A. Hagan, July 16, 1935, 924 (NY, US, O); Sept. 30, 1935, 1535 (NY, O); near Sulphur, Aug. 5, 1939, H. Broadbent (O). CHocraw Co.: prairies, Fort Towson (Arkansas. Dr. Leavenworth) (G, NY). 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 369 TEXAS. Fannin Co.: (plant to right), Bonham, Sept. 21, 1877, L. F. Ward (US). Grayson Co.: Denison, Sept. 13, 1906, F. J. Tyler (US). Tarrant Co.: dry soil, Fort Worth, Sept. 5, 1912, A. Ruth, 78 (M, 211347 type); rocky lands, Fort Worth, July 30, 1909, A. Ruth, 78 (US); without stated locality, Sept. 1898, A. Ruth, 78 (US). Darras Co.: hills, Dallas, Sept. 26, 1900, B. F. Bush, 1112 (NY, US); vicinity of Dallas, June 20, 1929, Miss M. R. Stephenson, 129 (US); rocky bluffs, Dallas, 1880, J. Reverchon (US). Kaurman Co.: Preston Bend, Sept. 16, 1906, F. L. Tyler (US). SoMERvELL Co.: Paluxy valley, 6 mis. above Glen Rose, Oct. 11, 1891, L. F. Ward (US). Cory- ELL Co.: rocky hillside, near Elige, Aug. 14, 1931, S. E. Wolff, 3269 (US). San AvausrINE Co.: San Augustine, G. L. Crockett (US). Branco Co.: 10 mis. s. of Blanco, Sept. 23, 1935, V. L. Cory, 15683 (G). GirLEsPIE Co.: Half Moon, G. Jermy, 806 (US). Harris Co.: Houston, Nov. 2, 1913, G. L. Fisher, 501 (US). KENDALL Co.: Spanish Pass, Aug. 26, 1936, V. L. Cory, 19382 (G); 6 mis. n. w. of Boerne, Sept. 22, 1936, V. L. Cory, 20703 (G). Comat Co.: New Braunfels, July 1846, F. Lind- heimer (US). This species can be distinguished from L. acidota (with long basal leaves, looser, narrower spike lacking noticeable subtending bracts because of the abrupt reduction of the leaves basally to setaceous bracts leaving a strict almost naked stalk) by its spike of densely crowded heads with bracts progressively shortened from the uppermost of a gradually diminishing series of leaves. Also, the range of L. acidota is limited to the coastal plains region of Texas, whereas this species occurs back of the coastal plain. As Bush states of Lacinaria angustifolia, “This is the species, I have no doubt, that has been the basis of Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma and Arkansas being cited as part of the range of L. acidota.”’ Bush described Lacinaria angustifolia as having “involucral bracts ovate-lanceolate, pointed or cuspidate, densely pubescent on the backs, ciliate on the margins, not punctate’. Examina- tion of the type specimen (no. 211347 Minn.) from a cultivated individual, grown in the greenhouse from seeds of Texas plants, failed to show that the phyllaries are pubescent; but as they are lanceolate-acuminate and as the specimen otherwise compares well with the species here in mind, Bush’s name has been taken up. Among the citations given by Bush 1. c. for this species is A. 370 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Ruth, no. 78, Tarrant Co., Texas, Sept. 5, 1912 (Ruth Her- barium). A specimen of this collection at the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, sheet no. 211348, is the given type of Bush’s Lacinaria Ruthii (Amer. Mid. Nat. xii. 316-17 (1931)). The description of that species is not so very different from that of angustifolia though the involucral bracts are given as ‘oblong, cuspidate or pointed, slightly ciliate on the margins, glabrous". Examinations of the type specimen and duplicates thereof (G, NY) as well as other specimens seen from Texas (e. g. Oct. 25, 1917, A. Ruth, no. 736, from sandy woods, near Fort Worth, Tarrant Co. (NY), Oct. 18, 1902, S. M. Tracy, no. 8143 from Weatherford, Parke Co. (G, NY, T)) suggest an intermediate condition between Liatris mucronata and L. angustifolia. The former covers much the same range as L. angustifolia. In the characters of spike, corolla, pappus and achene it also resembles it but the phyllaries have a prominent midrib that becomes a distinct cusp.. Because the leaves of L. angustifolia are not dis- tinetly punctate and are soft and pliable, they are usually dis- tinguishable from those of equally narrow-leaved specimens of L. mucronata, which varies from a narrowly to a rather broadly (15 mm. wide) linear leaf and is occasionally hirsute. However, as the centre of range for both of these species lies in central Texas there are found confusing intermediates between them. From L. punctata var. nebraskana, L. angustifolia is especially distinguishable by the rounded rather than elongate rootstock, the shorter corolla and pappus and the shorter lateral setae of the pappus making it seem short-plumose by comparison. The dif- ference between the two is well shown on one sheet (NY) having a specimen with rootstock from Manhattan, Kansas, Aug. 30, 1892, S. Norton (NY), representing L. angustifolia, and a fasciated stem only (without rootstock) Sept. 1, 1892, representing L. punctata var. nebraskana. That the two intergrade seems quite possible. When examining a number of collections of B. F. Bush of different dates, from an isolated area like that of the mounds, Holt Co., Mo. (see list below) it seemed impossible to make definite determinations. Some, as no. 12026, and no. 12356, with their narrow leaves and reddish stems, resemble L. angustifolia, while others, as no. 12006 and no. 12009, are more like L. punctata var. nebraskana. Thus it seems possible that in this zone inter- gradations had occurred and had been successfully propagating. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 371 Probable intermediates between L. punctata Hook. var. ne- braskana and L. angustifolia Bush.—MISSOURI. Horr Co.: on the mounds, Watson, Sept. 3, 1920, B. F. Bush, 9185, 9185a (NY), Sept. 30, 1930, Bush, 12006, 12009 (NY); high mounds, Mound City, Oct. 14, 1930, Bush, 12026, 12035 (NY), Sept. 29, 1931, Bush, 12356 (NY). OKLAHOMA. CuocraAw Co: limestone prairies near Hugo, Oct. 6, 1923, E. J. Palmer, 24046 (G). 28. Liarris bracteata, sp. nov., herba pauci- vel multiramosa, laesa vel culta ramosior; caulibus glabris e cormo subgloboso ca. 4 em. diametro; foliis linearibus glabris punctatis rigidis leviter canalieulatis, basalibus 7-12 cm. longis 2-3 mm. latis demum rigidis, superioribus ad bracteas subinde capitula superantes reductis; spica laxissima; capitulis paucis magnis plerumque 8-10-floris subturbinatis 2 cm. longis summo pappo 1.5 cm. latis inter se 1-3 cm. distantibus, vel saepe capitulo solo terminali 10—14-flore; phyllariis exterioribus ovato-acuminatis, interioribus late lanceolatis plerumque cuspidatis 10-12 mm. longis 3-4 mm. latis saepe purpurascentibus marginibusque longe ciliatis; corollis purpureis 9-11 mm. longis, tubo intus sparse piloso; pappo 10-15 mm. longo plumoso; achaeniis 8-12 mm. longis.— Known only from Texas.—Harris Co.: 15 mi. north of Houston, along Hwy. no. 290, Oct. 1936, R. G. Reeves (G, TYPE). TEXAS. Without stated locality: 1857, Leybold, ex Mus. Bot. Berol. (US, 616780); C. Wright (G). Harris Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 1850!, G. Thurber (G); ca. 14 mis. n. of Houston, along Hwy. no. 290, Aug. 29, 1936, R. G. Reeves, L. O. Gaiser & P. Snure, 48 (G); road from Cypress to Houston, Oct. 11, 1897, F. W. Thurow, 1 (US); Houston, 1842, F. Lindheimer (G); vicinity of Houston, Oct. 28, 1913, J. N. Rose, 18130 (US); Houston, Oct. 9, 1918, Œ. L. Fisher, 193 (US). GarvEsTON Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 12, 1941, Mrs. A. F. Nelson (G). Maraacorpa Co.: north edge of town of Gulf, Oct. 10, 1934, V. L. Cory, 11566 (G); altitude 20', Matagorda, Oct. 14, 1936, G. L. Fisher, 3682 (US). Plants of the same population as the type had been seen and collected before the time of flowering, on Aug. 29, 1936, by the writer, along with Dr. R. G. Reeves who had seen it growing along Highway no. 290 for several years. Reports for November, 1943, are that the stand has been temporarily destroyed by fire but it is hoped that the sturdy underground rootstock may still have survived. The species has seemingly been rarely collected. It is closely ! Plant. Nov. Thurb. Gray (1855) begins only with an account of collections made in Oct.—Nov. 1850, and we are therefore unable to give the exact locality for this speci- men, dated Sept. 1850, but it is probably from between Houston and Austin. 372 Rhodora [NOVEMBER matched by a specimen of V. L. Cory from the vicinity of Gulf, Matagorda Co., Texas (G), which he described under another name in an unpublished note seen at the Gray Herbarium, in which he called attention to the terminal heads. Because the heads are not merely terminal and axial ones do occur and de- velop, even though separated by long internodes, the name bracteata is here being used. The species most closely resembles L. mucronata var. interrupta in having few heads distributed in a lax spike but is distinctive in having heads of more and larger flowers, longer achenes and pappus (which is also long-plumose) than are found in that species. Cytological evidence too has borne out the need of con- sidering it a new species. SUMMARY OF THE PUNCTATAE It seems to the writer that plants of the Punctatae series, which undoubtedly spread westward and northward from some center, as Texas, had their origin in a species with a rounded corm, such as is common to most of the genus. L. mucronata, abundant throughout most of Texas, and represented in the Rio Grande plains and a little southward in Mexico by a variety showing a lax and elongated inflorescence, could have been such a species. However there also occurs quite abundantly in Texas L. angusti- folia, having soft fine leaves and acuminate rather than mucro- nate bracts. An ancestral form of either species might have given rise to L. punctata. Plants spreading westward, on reaching the extreme south- western region of Texas and the interior of New Mexico, where the mountains make a foothold more difficult, seem to have de- veloped elongate ramifying rootstocks. This characteristic, evident in L. punctata of the Trans-Pecos region, was apparently successful enough for the species to have followed along the mountains northward, even to the Canadian prairies. In har- mony with the suggestion of such migration is the observation that, in going northward, one finds a change from the predomi- nantly mucronate phyllaries in specimens from the southern mountains to generally lanceolate ones in specimens from Canada. Or the development of a branching and spreading root- stock might have come along with a direct northward extension 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 373 from the warmer central region of Texas of such an angustifolia- like form. There are no sharp lines of demarcation between any two species except the marked characteristic of two types of root- stock. There is a general appearance common to the three species of broader and the two of more localized range which makes them, as a group, distinguishable from all other species, though it has often brought them all under the common name of L. punctata. L. acidota, when recognized, cannot be grouped with this alliance though it was wrongly associated with members of it, perhaps because some do show a rounded rootstock. SERIES IX. CYLINDRACEAE. Plants of intermediate height, 3-9 dm. tall, from loosely cymose, branched and bushy to single- stalked; heads few, 15-60-flowered, cylindrical to turbinate, approaching 2 cm. in height and 1-2 cm. in diameter; phyllaries herbaceous, appressed, obtuse to mucronate, sometimes spread- ing at the apices but never recurved; achenes 5-9 mm. long.— From southern Ontario westward to Minnesota and south to Missouri, with one species each in Florida and Texas. a. Inflorescences cymosely branched; corolla-lobes non-pilose within....b. b. Heads compact, cylindrical; phyllaries closely imbricated, Uchennneronesimucronateg d oc nes 29. L. cymosa. b. Heads loose, turbinate to hemispheric; phyllaries loosely imbricated, the inner ones obtuse..............-. 30. L. Ohlingerae. a. Inflorescence generally a short cymose raceme; corolla-lobes manifestly pilose within; heads compact, cylindrical; phyl- laries closely appressed, obtuse to mucronate........ 31. L. cylindracea. 29. Lratris cymosa (H. Ness) K. Sch. Corm rounded, up to 3 em. in diameter: stems stiff, upright, 2.5-6 dm. tall, dichoto- mously cymosely branched above: leaves mostly glabrous, punc- tate, linear-lanceolate, the radical 15-20 cm. long and 5-15 mm. wide, tapering to a clasping petiole, the cauline linear, gradually reduced upwards: inflorescence finely pubescent and bearing heads in a distributed manner in either a simple or compound cyme; heads 2-2.5 cm. high and 7-10 mm. broad, of about 20 flowers; phyllaries appressed, closely imbricated, in about 6 series, slightly hirsute, ciliate-margined; the outer almost orbicular with rounded or truncate apices, the inner oblong with mucronate tips, often colored; flowers purple; corolla 15 mm. long, inner surface of lobes and tube smooth; pappus ca. 8-10 mm. long, plumose; achenes 8 mm. long, hispid on the ribs.—Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxvii. pt. i, 528 (1901). Laciniaria cymosa H. Ness, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxvi. 21 (1899). 374 Rhodora [NOVEMBER In Brazos and Washington counties, Texas.— Without locality, 1897, A. M. Hildebrandt (US). Brazos Co.: 1 mi. southeast of A. & M. College, Oct., 1896, H. Ness (NY, type); College Station, June, 1897, R. H. Price, 9 (US), 1935, H. B. Parks, 14538 (G), 14543 (T). WasuiNGTON Co.: without locality, Aug. 15, 1938, Miss E. Brackett (G); B. C. Tharp (G). Until seeing the two collections from Washington Co., Texas (G), which, as learned from Prof. B. C. Tharp, were collected twenty to thirty miles from the type-locality, I had known this species only from the one region where it was first discovered in 1896, by Dr. H. Ness, one mile south of the Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, growing on stiff clayey soil so poor that only a few species of grass dispute the ground with it. “Differing strikingly from other species in the scattered heads borne in a loose compound cyme", it nevertheless has heads of approximate size, flower-content and phyllaries that seem to re- late it to L. cylindricacea. However, the inner surface of the corolla-lobes is glabrous rather than pilose as in that species. Thus we have again a parallel to the variation in the Scariosae series, where one species, L. ligulistylis, lacks the pilosity in the corolla-throat which other species of the series have. 30. LIATRIS OHLINGERAE (Blake) B. L. Robinson. Root elongate, tuberous, somewhat segmented or lobed, fleshy, 2.5-4.5 em. long, and about 0.7 cm. in diameter: stems 1-3, 6-9 dm. high, simple, stiff and puberulous: leaves numerous, narrow, linear, punctate, glabrous and sessile, the basal up to 5 em. long and 2 mm. wide, gradually diminishing upwards: heads several, on slender bracteolate pedicels 1-5 em. long, or more numerous (8-18) in a cymose panicle, 2.5-3 em. high and, when flowers are open, hemispherical though containing only about 25 flowers; phyllaries long, erect, loosely appressed and not greatly over- lapping laterally; the outer suborbicular to obovate, the inner up to 2.5 em. long, lanceolate, obtuse-tipped, all herbaceous with narrow scarious or ciliolate usually purplish margins; phyllaries drop away almost completely leaving an exposed honeycombed receptacle; flowers ca. 1.5-2 cm. long; corolla purple, without pilosity, with long, spreading, almost rotate lobes; pappus a little shorter than the corolla-tube, ca. 13 mm. long and plumose; achenes 7-9 mm. long.—Contrib. Gray Herb. civ. 49 (1934). Lacinaria Ohlingerae Blake, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 1. 203 t. 9 (1923). Ammopursus Ohlingerae Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, li. 393 (1924). In Polk and Highlands counties, Florida.—Pouk Co.: in scrub 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 375 formation, 9 mi. southeast of Frostproof, Nov. 1, 1922, Mrs. F. E. Ohlinger (G, US, Type); in white-sand scrub, Lake Clinch, Frostproof, Sept. 23, 1934, (G, US), Sept., 1936 (US). Ohlinger. HicHuanps Co.: sandhills near De Soto City, Aug. 31, 1922, J. K. Small, J. W. Small & J. B. DeWinkeler, 10681 (G, F); dry pineland, Lake Stearns, Nov. 4, 1927, O. F. Burger & E. West (F); serub, Avon Park, Sept. 4, 1934, J. K. Small & E. West (F); scrub, Sebring, Sept. 5, 1934, Small & West (F); palmetto scrub, 8 mi. southeast of Childs, Aug. 15, 1945, L. O. Gaiser, Mrs. E. H. Butts & Miss L. Arnold (F). 'The rare Liatris Ohlingerae, known from but few stations in the adjoining counties of Polk and Highlands, Florida, was considered by Small to constitute a new genus, Ammopursus. It is indeed a very distinctive species by reason of its somewhat segmented and lobed root, its very large heads with loose phyllaries that overlap laterally very little and long flowers having an almost rotate corolla and also by an exposed somewhat honeycombed receptacle after the phyllaries have dropped away. However, because of the similarity of the achenes, pappus and punctate leaves, as well as general flower-characters, it is here considered a species of the genus Liatris. As it seems to approach L. cymosa more closely than L. scariosa in leaves, size and number of flowers per head, as well as in lack of pilosity in the corolla-tube, it is placed next to it in the Cylindraceae series. Like L. cymosa, it has so far been found only in a very limited region. 31. LIATRIS CYLINDRACEA Michx. Stems one to several, 3-6 dm. high, mostly glabrous though sometimes scantily hirsutulous, from a rounded corm up to 3 cm. in diameter: leaves linear, rigid, punctate, mostly glossy, glabrous, sometimes ciliate at base or along margin and rarely with the lower or both surfaces covered with short white hairs; radical leaves often 20 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, the cauline few and shorter along a lax inflorescence of usually 5-20 elongate heads of 30-60 flowers (sometimes only a single terminal head develops but undeveloped buds in lower axils appear in such plants); involucre herbaceous, appressed, making the large heads, 2-3 cm. long, and 1-1.5 em. in diameter, appear ovoid, before anthesis; phyllaries mostly glossy, rigid, ovate and rounded at summit with abrupt mucronate to acumi- nate tips, the outer sometimes spreading in older heads but never recurved or squarrose; corolla purple or rarely white, 12-14 mm. long, with the inner surface of the spreading lobes distinctly hairy; achene 5-6 mm. long; pappus 1 em. long and plumose.— Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 93 (1803); Ell. Sk. ii. 275 (1822?); DC. Prodr. 376 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 30 (1836); Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 69 (1841), excl. syn. Willd. ; Gray Synop. Fl. i?. 109-110 (1884). L. intermedia Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 948 (1825). Liatris stricta Macnab, Edinb. New Phil. Jour. xix. 60 (1835). Liatris flexuosa Thomas, Amer. Jour. Sci. xxvii. 338 (1839). Liatris squarrosa 8 intermedia DC., Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 68 (1841); Gray Synop. Fl. i?. 109 (1884). Liatris squarrosa sensu Torr. in Am. Jour. Sci. iv. 66 (1827), non (L.) Willd. Laciniaria squarrosa var. intermedia Mac Millan, Metasp. Minn. Valley, 506 (1892). Liatris marginata Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvi. 236 (1823). Liatris monocephala Cass. ibid. 237. Laciniaria nervata Greene, Pittonia iv. 317 (1901). Liatris cylindracea var. solitaria MacM. Bot. Gaz. xv. 333 (1890). Laciniaria cylindracea f. solitaria MacM. Metasp. Minn. Valley, 506 (1892). Laciniaria cylindracea var. solitaria Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xvii. 171 (1916). From southern Ontario and western New York westward to Minnesota and Missouri.—ON'TARIO. | MaurrOoULIN Co.: limy soil, La Cloche Peninsula, July 11, 1937, A. S. Pease & R. C. Bean, 26205 (G); thin soil on limestone, Cloche Bluff, MeGregor Bay, July 25, 1915, F. V. Coville (US); limestone flats, Cloche Peninsula, Aug. 20, 1932, N. C. Fassett, 14885 (G); Strawberry Island, Aug. 9, 1892, W. Herriot (WH). WATERLOO Co.: dry ground near Galt, Sept. 5, 1905, J. E. Kerr (G, WH). YORK Co.: High Park, Toronto, Aug. 5, 1901, J. M. Macoun (G, NY); east Toronto, Aug. 7, 1892, C. W. Armstrong (US); on vacant lot, Babys Point, Toronto, Aug. 14, 1942, W. C. Mansell, 6453 (HB); Humber plains, near Toronto, July 28, 1898, W. Scott, 22770 (Ot); sandy soil, High Park, Toronto, Aug. 26, 1938, G. D. Darker (G); High Park, Toronto, Aug. 24, 1927, Sept. 15, 1929, Aug. 9, 1930, H. H. Brown (HB). PEEL Co.: sandy soil, Port Credit, Aug. 11, 1891, J. White, 965 (Ot). Brant Co.: moor- land ground e. of Brantford, Aug. 11, 1834, J. MacNab (P, probably isotype of Liatris stricta MacNab). Nomrorkx Co.: moist sandy meadow, Long Point, L. Erie, Aug. 25, 1938, H. A. Senn & J. H. Soper, 552 (G, NY); Turkey Point, Sept. 4, 1927, F. L. Davis (NY); Silver Hill, Aug. 3, 1936, H. H. Brown, 5261 (HB). Muippiesex Co.: dry sandy woods, London, July 29, 1879, Burgess (Ot); sandy woodland, London, July 29, 1879, Sept. 30, 1882, T. Millman (To). Lampton Co.: near Sarnia, C. K. Dodge, Aug. 22, 1892, 11586 (Ot), 1896 (To); Port Francis, Sauble R., Sept. 1, 1883, Burgess (Ot): sandy dunes along L. Huron near Port Franks, Sept. 2, 1929, E. J. Palmer, 36258 (G); Grand Bend, Aug. 22, 1932, H. H. Brown (HB). Kent Co.: dry soil in open woods, Rondeau Park, Aug. 14, 1934, R. F. Cain, 1246 (To. NEW YORK. NracanaA Co.: whirlpool woods, July 1877, D. F. Day (NY); Niagara Falls, G. W. Clinton (NY); bluffs of Niagara R., Aug. 19, 1875, Morong (NY). Erw Co.: 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 377 Buffalo, ex Herb. G. W. Clinton (Q). MICHIGAN. Cuer- BOYGAN Co.: jack-pine plains, s. of Burt Lake, Aug. 22, 1920, J. H. Ehlers, 1263 (G), July 30, 1928, F. C. Gates, 15388 (US); s. of Indian R., Aug. 21, 1981, H. A. Gleason (NY). CRAWFORD Co.: vic. of Grayling, July 1922, C. V. Piper (G, US). Iosco Co.: Oscoda, Aug. 23, 1906, H. H. Rusby (NY). Sm. Cuarr Co.: Fort Gratiot (Port Huron), 1829, Dr. Pitcher (N Y). WASHTENAW Co.: bank of Huron R., 14 mi. n. e. of Cedar Bend, Aug. 19, 1935, F. J. Hermann, 6989 (NY); open oak slope, Cedar Bend, 1 mi. n. e. of Ann Arbor, Aug. 5, 1937, F. J. Hermann, 9131 (G, US); dry bank, Ypsilanti, Sept. 16, 1917, B. F. Chandler (US). Kara- MAZOO Co.: n. w. part of Texas Twsp., July 16, 1938, C. R. Hanes, 288 (NY). OHIO. FRANKLIN Co.: Georgesville, Aug. 29, 1892, W.C. Werner (NY). Apams Co.: Buzzard Rock, Sept. 11, 1937, F. Bartley & L. L. Pontius, 611 (NY). INDIANA. La PonTrE Co.: sandhills, s. shore of L. Michigan, Michigan City, Aug. 12, 1909, G. L. Fisher, 14 (US). PonrEÉR Co.: Dune Park, Sept. 25, 1914, F. W. Johnson, 1567 (NY); open sandy woods, Portchester, Aug. 29, 1915, F. W. Johnson, 2122 (US). LAKE Co.: sandy knolls, Edgmoor, Aug. 31, 1889, L. N. Johnson (G); Whiting, Aug. 29, 1893, N. L. Britton (NY); Pine, Aug. 22, 1915, F. W. Pennell (NY); Gibson, O. E. Lansing, Jr., 3914 (G). STARKE Co.: dry gravelly hillside, e. of Bass Lake, July 24, 1906, C. C. Deam, 1243 (NY). Nerwron Co.: prairie area along Pa. Rwy. & road 24, 1 mi. w. of Goodland, Aug. 14, 1943, R. C. Friesner, 17895 (G). Crank Co.; dry sands, Clarke, Aug. 4, 1896, L. M. Umbach (US). WISCONSIN. Co. undetermined: sandy pine barrens around Thunder Lake, Aug. 1884, D. H. Hasse (NY). Price Co.: bluffs of Mississippi R., Aug. 9, 1926, P. A. Rydberg, 9671 (NY). 'TREMPEAULEAU Co.: Blair, 1889, F. F. Wood (US). Apams Co.: July, J. R. (US). Juneau Co.: Camp Douglas, E. A. Mearns, Aug. 22, 1890, 139 (US), July 16, 1890, 130 (G). CorvuwnBia Co.: Dells of Wisconsin, D. H. Hasse (NY). Savk Co.: pine sand barrens, Delton, Aug. 6, 1892, R. H. True (G); sandy bluffs of Wisconsin R., vic. of Kilbourn, Aug. 25-6, 1909 (no. 12), Aug. 28, 1909 (no. 56) E. S. Steele (US). MILWAUKEE Co.: Milwaukee, J. A. Lapham (G, NY). JEFFER- son Co.: Busseyville (F. Atkinson) 1872, T. Kumlien (Q). Dane Co.: s. of Madison, Aug. 30, 1893, J. R. Churchill (G). WarwonTH Co.: Delavan, Sept. 1887, Mrs. J. M. Milligan (US). Rock Co.: Beloit, Sept. 1882, L. H. Bailey, Jr. (G); along the Chicago & N. W. Rwy., Clinton, Sept. 1, 1909, E. S. Steele, 101 (US). LaravETTE Co.: Fayette, Aug. 21, 1889, L. S. Cheney (G). ILLINOIS. Without stated locality: Chapman (NY), Babcock (G), Aug. 1872, H. H. Babcock (US), Mead, ex Herb. H. P. Sartwell (G), Dr. Mead (G), Vasey, 1873 (US), Vasey (G). Co. undetermined: prairies, Sept. 1837, C. W. Short (G, US). 378 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Laxe Co.: dry sandy ridges, along lake shore, Waukegan, 1906, H.A. Gleason & F. D. Shobe, 376 (G); Waukegan, Sept. 3, 1877, R. E. Earle (US). McHenry Co.: Cary, H. C. Benke, Nov. 18, 1932, 5615 (G, US), Aug. 11, 1928, 4808 (US). WiNNEBAGO Co.: prairies, Aug. 1859, M. S. Bebb (G); Fountaindale, M. S. Bebb (NY, US). SmEPHENSON Co.: hilltops, along cliffs, Freeport, Sept. 1, 1901, C. F. Johnson (US). Cook Co.: Riverside, Aug. 1911, J. M. Greenman (G); Chicago, H. H. Babcock (G, NY, US), Nov. 1887, ex Herb. W. Boott (G). Dv Pace Co.: Banks, Aug. 11, 1891, W. S. Moffatt, 350 (US); Pine Hills, Aug. 16, 1878, F. S. Earle (ND). Kane Co.: Aurora, Sept. 1884, T. E. Boyce, 1172 (G). Henry Co.: Galva, 1883, Mrs. C. N. S. Horner (G). Peoria Co.: dry prairies, Peoria, F. E. Macdonald, Sept. 1903 (G), Aug. 1903 (NY). HkNpnERsoN Co.: prairies near Oquawka, Sept. 1875 & 1880, H. N. Patterson (NY); rocky hillsides, near Oquawka, 1883 (no. 15), Sept. & Oct. (no. 533), Sept. 1887 (no. 534) H. N. Patterson (US); Oquawka, Sept. 1876, H. N. Patterson (ND, Q). CnaAMPArGN Co.: dry ground, Champaign, Aug. 2, 1899, H. A. Gleason, 886 (G); cutting on I. C. R. R. Sept. 11, 1909, A. S. Pease, 12402 (G). Cass Co.: dry prairies, Beardstown, Aug. 1842, C. A. Geyer (G, NY). MapnisoN Co.: meadows e. of St. Louis, Aug. 1836, Diehl (NY). MINNESOTA. Porr Co.: Glenwood, Aug. 1891, B. C. Taylor (NY, US). Henv- NEPIN Co.: Fort Snelling, Aug. 7, 1909, C. O. Rosendahl, 2346 (G); copses, Aug. 1889, J. H. Sandberg (US). Kanpryonr Co.: Spicer, Aug. 1892, W. D. Frost (US). WABASHA Co.: Lake City, Aug. 1883 (NY), Sept. 1883 (G), W. H. Manning. Goopnur Co.: Featherstone, Aug. 1893, A. P. Anderson (G, US); Zumbrota, Aug. 1892, C. A. Ballard (US). WiNoNA Co.: dry open bluffs, Sept. 1905, J. M. Holzinger (NY); Winona, Sept. 1889, J. M. Holzinger (US). Nostes Co.: dry hills, Adrian, Aug. 29, 1895, Miss J. B. Patten (G). IOWA. Co. undetermined: prairies, Aug. 1815, W. W. Denslow (NY). FavETTE Co.: dry prairies, Aug. 1894, B. Fink (G), Aug. 3, 1894, B. Fink, 328 (US), Aug. 26, 1897, J. R. Garraner, 727 (NY). DusuaqurE Co.: prairies, Dubuque, Aug. A. Morr (G). Harpin Co.: vicinity of Iowa Falls, Aug. 1928, M. E. Peck, 132 (G). MISSOURI. Sr. Lovis Co.: Meramec Highlands, Aug. 22, 1917, J. M. Greenman, 3833 (G, NY); St. Louis, Drummond (G); St. Louis prairies, July 1833, Engelmann (G); rocky hills, St. Louis, Aug. 30, 1875, H. Eggert, 143 (US); St. Louis, Aug. 30, 1875, H. Eggert (G, NY, US); Allenton, Aug. 25, 1883, G. W. Letterman (NY, US). SHANNON Co.: dry rocky woods, near Montier, Oct. 5, 1920, E. J. Palmer, 19295 (G); rocky woods, Montier, B. F. Bush, Oct. 8, 1905, 3596 (G, US), Sept. 10, 1908, 5127 (G, US), Aug. 5, 1910, 6109 (US); common in woods, Montier, Aug. 2, 1899, B. F. Bush, 221 (NY, ND, type of Laciniaria nervata Greene); 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 379 rocky woods, Montier, Aug. 4, 1927, B. F. Bush, 11421 (US). Wriaut Co.: 2 mis. s. e. of Cedar Gap, July 28, 1937, J. A. Steyer- mark, 23737 (NY). GREENE Co.: dry ground, Sept. 4, 1893, B. F. Bush, 197 (G); thin woods, vicinity of Strafford, Aug. 27, 1912, P. C. Standley, 9497. (US). Ozank Co.: rocky glades above river bluffs, near Tecumseh, Oct. 8, 1927, E. J. Palmer, 32958 (G); Tecumseh, Oct. 9, 1927, E. J. Palmer, 33036 (NY). AR- KANSAS. Baxter Co.: limestone ridges, hillsides, Cotter, Oct. 28, 1913, E. J. Palmer, 4770 (US); dry rocky woods, Cotter, Aug. 31, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 8398 (US). Liatris cylindracea was described by Michaux, from the mead- ows of Illinois as “tota hirsutula". Elliott (Sk. ii. 275-6 (1822?)) though including this species in his list of plants for South Caro- lina and Georgia “on the somewhat questionable authority of Pursh . . . questionable as regards the habitat of his species", de- scribed a glabrous plant which he had received from Dr. Torrey and which had been collected on the shores of Lake Michigan. He pointed out that: “although by a many flowered involucrum, and the want of pubescence, it varies from the description of Michaux, it yet resembles his plant in too many respects to be easily separated from it". By 1841, Torrey and Gray (Fl. ii. 69), having seen more specimens, described it as: “glabrous or slightly hairy", and reported it from Missouri to Upper Canada and Michigan. Specimens at present available from various herbaria indicate that this species 1s to be found mostly in the states lying along the upper part of the Mississippi River: on the west side in those ap- proximately north of the Missouri-Arkansas state-line, and on the east side in those north of the Ohio River, including Indiana, Michigan and the southern peninsula of Ontario, and in Niagara County of New York. The specimens from Manitoulin Island in Georgian Bay, which is north of its general range in Ontario, suggest that the species had come there by way of the narrow straits from northern Michigan since it is found in Cheboygan County. It appears northward from about where L. squarrosa leaves off. Where the range of the two overlap, as in Missouri and southern Illinois, specimens are more frequently hirsute than in Ontario where they are generally glabrous, and this would explain Michaux’s descriptive term “hirsutula’’, since he did not travel farther west or north than southern Illinois (see no. 6). It is also probable that intermediate forms showing a blending of 380 Rhodora [NOVEMBER the hirsute character of L. squarrosa and the nonrecurved bracts of cylindracea occur. The two species have a common character in the pilosity on the inside of the corolla-lobes which was first noted by Nuttall, under his description of L. squarrosa (Gen. ii. 132 (1818)). Intermediates between the two varieties glabrata and hirsuta of L. squarrosa have been mistaken for L. cylindracea but such specimens can be recognized by the recurved bracts. Throughout the range of L. cylindracea there is a diversity in the outer phyllaries, which may be less mucronate-tipped, ap- pearing acute and more elongate. This additional varying char- acter may have been responsible for the description by Lindley of a new species, Liatris intermedia, grown from roots collected in Ontario by Mr. Goldie (see discussion under no. 32), since Michaux’s description of L. cylindracea as being “tota hirsutula” and few-flowered would indicate a different plant. From the plate, showing cylindrical buds with appressed phyllaries, there seems little doubt that L. intermedia is correctly placed, with humerous other Ontario collections, under L. cylindracea. The fact that MacNab (Edin. Phil. Jour. xix. 60 (1835)) also described under the new name L. stricta a plant collected in Ontario from the roadsides for several miles through the pine barrens east of Brantford, Aug., 1834 (an isotype, if not the type, was seen at Philadelphia), and that again, Thomas (Amer. Jour. Sci. xxxvii. 338 (1839)) gave a new name, L. flexuosa, to a specimen from the east bank of the Niagara River, seems to indicate that Michaux’s phrase had limited extremely the application of his description by other authors. By comparison with a photograph of Mi- chaux’s type, seen at the Gray Herbarium, the descriptions and figures of all of these Ontario plants fit into the concept of his species as seen more frequently at the northern end of its range. Being a species of shorter inflorescence with fewer large heads (as is L. squarrosa in the Squarrosae series and L. ligulistylis in the Scariosae series), specimens are frequently found having but one well developed terminal head. In the axils of the upper leaves of such plants, however, one or more small aborted buds are often discovered, evidence perhaps of some unsatisfactory conditions for full development of the plant and a consequent reduction in the number of heads developing, for the corm in some such specimens has been found to be partly rotted, as in 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 381 H. C. Benke, no. 5616, from Cary, McHenry Co., Ill., Nov. 18, 1932 (G, US). Also in a plant of several stems a single stem might be one-headed. Thus it seems hardly necessary to recog- nize the plant with a single terminal head as a variety, as did Farwell in Lacinaria cylindracea var. solitaria (Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xvii. 171 (1916)), or even as a form, as did MacMillan in Laciniaria cylindracea forma solitaria (Metasp. Minn. Valley 506 (1892)). Though no report in the literature has been found of white- flowered plants of this species, one large plant was found, Aug. 21, 1940, by the writer, no. 213, at Turkey Point, Oxford Co., Ont. (G), adding one more species to the list in which albinos exist. As was frequently experienced after transplantation, the albino died at the end of the next flowering season, though other individuals persisted several years longer. X Liarris Guapewirzi (Farwell) Shinners (L. aspera or sphaeroidea X cylindracea). Corm irregular or globose, 3-4 cm. in diameter: stems to a dozen, 4-9 dm. high, glabrous and striate below and pubescent above: leaves linear-lanceolate, punctate, glabrous to but scantily pubescent beneath, the lower up to 25 em. long and 0.7-1.4 em. wide, the upper reduced, narrowly linear and acute: inflorescence an open raceme, 10-30 cm. long, of ca. 6-9 heads 1—4 cm. distant: heads 20-30-flowered, on short pedicels 0.5-1 cm. long, cylindrical to slightly turbinate, 1.8 cm. long and 1-1.2 cm. wide; phyllaries glabrous, punctate, obtuse and quite closely appressed, herbaceous with a scarious purplish margin, the outer ca. 0.3 cm. in diameter, almost orbicular or ovate, erose on the margin, the middle and inner oblong, 1-1.3 em. long and 0.5 cm. wide with more colorful and more erose margins but not becoming crisped; corolla purple, 1-1.3 cm. long, with the lobes conspicuously hairy and the tube pilose within; pappus 9-10 mm. long, short-plumose, thus rather intermediate between barbellate and plumose; achene 6-7 mm. long and blackish Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 37 (1943) (L. cylindracea X sphaeroidea). Lacinaria Gladewitzii Farwell, Amer. Mid. Nat. x. 48 (1926) (Lacinaria cylindracea X scariosa var. sphaeroidea). Reported only from southern Ontario, Michigan and Wiscon- sin. —ONTARIO. Kenr Co.: sandy ground, Rondeau, Sept. 5, 1931, N. C. Fassett, 15026 (W). LAMBTON Co.: sandy ground, pine-oak scrub, ca. 5 mi. south of Grand Bend, Sept. 6, 1942, L. O. & W. H. Gaiser, 243 (G). MICHIGAN. Oak.Lanp Co.: dry hills, Rochester, July 26, 1926, O. A. Farwell, 7584 (Herb. Cranbrook Inst., type). WISCONSIN. Crawrorp Co.: dry 382 Rhodora [NOVEMBER summit of limestone bluff, Prairie du Chien, Aug. 20, 1927, N. C. Fassett, 4478 (W). Farwell found his type of Lacinaria Gladewitzii growing in association with what he called “L. scariosa and its variety sphaeroidea and L. cylindracea” and he stated it was an “exact intermediate between the last two”. Though neither the type specimen of L. Gladewitzii nor any material of what Farwell called Lacinaria scariosa var. sphaero- idea are available for examination at this time, two other collec- tions by Dr. N. C. Fassett, referred to Liatris Gladewitzii by Shinners have been seen. One of these, from sandy ground at Rondeau Park, on Lake Erie in Southern Ontario (W), was re- ported to be growing with L. sphaeroidea and the other came from limestone bluffs, in Crawford Co., Wise. (W). Also the writer has found one plant growing with a population of L. cylindracea south of Grand Bend, on the south-east shore of Lake Huron, where along the sandy stretch of pine-oak woods are also to be found L. aspera Michx. and X L. sphaeroidea Michx. These different collections seem to bring confirmation to the occurrence of this hybrid. The specimens resemble L. cylindra- cea in the narrow, rigid, almost glabrous leaves, the open raceme- like inflorescence of comparatively few short-pedicelled heads, the appressed phyllaries and especially the conspicuous hairs on the inside of the corolla-lobes. In the characters of the stem, pubescent above, and the phyllaries, narrowly scarious and a little colorful but not at all bullate, and the pilose corolla-tube, they bear resemblances to L. aspera or X L. sphaeroidea. The latter, as here interpreted and abounding around the Great Lakes, has become a very stabilized hybrid showing less crisped phyllaries and thus less globular and more campanulate heads than L. aspera (see no. 18). (To be continued) 1946] Fernald,—Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa 383 THE PRESUMABLE IDENTITY OF CHEILANTHES LANOSA M. L. FERNALD In 1803 Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 270 (1803), described from the mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina his Nephrodium lanosum: LANOSUM. N. parvulum; elegans; totum lanosis- simum: fronde oblonga, bipinnatifida; pinnis distantibus; pinnulis pinnatifi- dis; lobulis subrotundo-ovalibus, integris: punctis demum contiguis. OBS. Habitus quodammodo Po typ. fontani; paulo majus. HAB. in montibus saxosis Tennassée et Carolinae septentrionalis. Certainly Michaux's “totum lanosissimum”’ and his description of the frond and especially its pinnules are promptly matched by the extremely lanate fern of the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee which was described thirty years later as Cheilanthes tomentosa Link, Hort. Berol. ii. 42 (1833), . . . "stipes tomento- sus... , pinnae . . infra dense tomentosae", which in his full description D. C. Eaton, Ferns N. Am. i. 346, 347, rendered, "stalks . . . covered with . . . soft woolly hairs . . . The fronds . . . of a grayish color from the abundance of fine en- tangled tomentum." Are not these descriptions very close to Michaux's “totum lanosissimum’’? Michaux saw in his Nephrodium lanosum the habit of Poly- podium fontanum of Europe, i. e. Asplenium fontanum (L.) Bernh., but the new American species was “a little larger". Hegi describes Asplenium fontanum as “Bis 25 cm hoch", 4. e. 10 inches. Eaton, l. c., says of C. tomentosa: “The fronds vary from a few inches to over a foot in length". On the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee there is another species of Cheilanthes, which was described only one year after Nephrodium lanosum of Michaux. This is Adiantum vestitum of Sprengel, Anleitung, iii. 122 (1804). Adiantum vestitum nenne ich eine Art, die Bose d’Antic in Karolina fand. Sie hat einen dreyfach gefiederten Wedel, der iiber und über mit feinen woltichten Haaren bedeckt ist. Die Blattchen 384 Rhodora [NOVEMBER der ersten und zweyten Ordnung sind ey-lanzetförmig; die der letzten Ordnung sind linienförmig, gekerbt und schlagen sich um die Saamen- häufchen zurück. Bosc nannte dies Farrenkraut Acrostichum hispidum. Adiantum vestitum Spreng. (1804) from Carolina soon became Cheilanthes vestita (Spreng.) Swartz, Syn. Fil. 128 (1806) and under this name it was generally recognized in practically all works up to and through the 6th edition of Gray’s Manual (1890), the Pteridophyta by D. C. Eaton, there (p. 681) properly described as “hirsute” and with the same characteristic illustration (pl. xvii) as had appeared in earlier editions, although these treat- ments may have had other species mixed with C. vestita. That Cheilanthes vestita and C. tomentosa are wholly distinct species no one questions; but that C. vestita is at all the plant clearly described as Nephrodium lanosum Michx., “totum lanosissimum", I can not believe. Neither did the earliest students of the group, who had the Michaux material before them. Thus, in 1804, Poiret, writing at Paris with Michaux’s herbarium at hand, gave a more detailed account of the Michaux plant in Lamarck’s Encyclopédie, v. 538 (1804), as Polypodium lanosum, although Poiret, with true French courtesy, ascribed P. lanosum to Mi- chaux, a natural enough treatment since at the beginning of his long treatment of Nephrodium Michaux had entered *'Porx- PODIUM. L.". It is not necessary here to repeat Poiret’s tran- scription of the text of Michaux (already quoted); Poiret’s own additions, based obviously on the material before him, were as follows: 105. Potypope laineux. Polypodium lanosum. Michaux. Polypodium pumilum, lanuginosum, fronde bi- pinnatá; foliolis oblongis; pinnulis linearibus, loba- tis, obtusis; stipite subcylindrico, ruffo. (N.) ave es. 48 e's ee R & 4 4- 9 4.9 y» M E. 9 - W 8. €-9 * 9* 5 5.9 ‘l 5. €.» AR. C'est une plant peu élevée, d'un port agréa- ble, lanugineuse sur toutes ses parties, dont les pétioles sont droits, roides, d'un brun foncé, cylindrique; un peu comprimés, garnis de folio- les alternes, distantes les unes des autres, munies de pinnules opposées, presque pinnatifides, fort petites, linéaires, divisées en lobes ovales, arron- dis, trés-entiers. La fructification consiste en pe- tits points épars, trés-rapprochés. 1946] Fernald,—Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa 385 Cette plante croft sur les rochers pierreux de la Caroline & dans quelques autres endroits de l'Amérique septentrionale. (V. s. Comm. Bosc.) Elle a beaucoup de rapports avec le polypodium fragrans, Desfont. It can hardly be affirmed that Poiret was describing something different and imagining characters not stated by Michaux, especially when the Michaux Herbarium was at his elbow. "The facts that Swartz, Syn. Fil. 58 (1806), in transferring Nephro- dium lanosum to Aspidium as A. lanosum, said "fronde tota lanosissima", while, on p. 128, in changing Adiantum vestitum Spreng. to Cheilanthes vestita, he said “frond . . . hispidulis", were corroborative, although they were somewhat literal tran- scripts of the original diagnoses. But, after many experiences with Michaux's species, my faith in the accuracy of André Michaux, his editor, L. C. Richard, and Poiret, who more fully described many of Michaux's plants, is so great that I place far more weight upon their descriptions than upon the confusions apparently made in the probably subsequent placing of loose labels upon the much-handled old specimens by a presumably non-botanical mounter. A sheet in Michaux's Herbarium at Paris (a beautiful photo- graph taken by Mrs. Weatherby before me) containes 6 broken- off fronds which very clearly belong to Cheilanthes vestita, the plant with hispid or hirsute (not tomentose or lanate) fronds. This sheet has pasted on (presumably at a later date) the label of “HERB. MUS. PARIS” bearing at the bottom “Herbier de l'Amérique septentrionale d’ANDRK Mricnavx", and below that the label in the handwriting of André Michaux of Polypodium lanosum, with the “Hab. in excelsis montibus saxosis Tennessee et Carolina septentrionalis 291." "The label is that of Nephro- dium lanosum, Michaux having removed his genus Nephrodium from the inclusive Polypodium of Linnaeus subsequent to writing the label; but the sheet of 6 specimens to which it became at- tached is not at all of plants "totum lanosissimum". Whether in the Michaux Herbarium or in those of Lamarck or of Poiret there is a Michaux sheet with very lanate fronds is an academic question which may sometime be settled. Certainly the sheet of specimens with the labels does not contain the plants which Michaux (or L. C. Richard) and, afterward, Poiret described. 386 Rhodora [NovEMBER Such mixtures of labels, added to sheets which had apparently earlier been mounted, are occasional through the Michaux and other old Herbaria. In my own work with other groups I háve sometimes noted them.! Since the sheet which now bears Michaux's label “Polypodium lanosum’’, etc. has 6 fronds, it is significant that when D. C. Eaton studied Michaux's material in 1866, he stated that there were “five medium-sized fronds" (D. C. Eaton in Canadian Naturalist, v. 26 (1870)). It is evident that Michaux’s Herbarium has had more than a single sheet which has passed as Nephrodium lanosum. I can not subscribe to the argument that, when Michaux and then Poiret described a plant as “totum lanosissimum" they really meant one which is merely hispid and not at all lanate. The first few species described from eastern North America of what is now the genus Cheilanthes were hopelessly misunderstood. 'These confusions were specially concentrated in the late 50's of the last century. Thus, in his Species Filicum, ii. 98 and 99 (1852), Hooker described as “Cheilanthes ‘vestita, Sw.’?” (the interrogation indicating his doubt) and illustrated (his t. CVIII. B) a fern with “stipites . . . as well as the main rachis... laxly woolly, fronds . . . at the margins beneath and on the partial rachis, densely woolly the wool more or less tawny”. As synonyms he gave (1) Cheilanthes lanuginosa Nutt. (an herbarium-name which was later, through Nuttall's material, identified with the western C. Feei Moore, based on Myriopteris gracilis Fée, not Cheilanthes gracilis Kaulf. (1824); (2) Nephro- dium lanosum Michx. (1803), with the derived binomial As- pidium lanosum Sw., just as he had included the original Adian- tum vestitum “‘ ‘Spreng. Anleit. iii. p. 122". The latter reference was quoted and the identity of the “densely woolly” “Cheilanthes vestita" was doubted by Hooker because he had not seen and seems rather to have doubted Swartz's correct description and Schkuhr’s accurate illustration of it. Hooker said (p. 99): “What we here describe and figure as Cheilanthes vestita is . . . no doubt the Nephrodium lanosum of Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. (1803), and he properly describes the fronds as ‘lanosissimae’. Swartz, however, who adopts Sprengel's (prior?) specific name, 1 For example see plate 1045 in Ruopona, xlviii, (1946) with the label over, instead of beneath the base of the leaf. 1946] Fernald,—Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa 387 vestita, given in a work to which I have no immediate access, describes the fronds as hispidulous. Schkuhr adopts the same term, and figures a plant, the under side of which gives no idea of the really woolly nature of the frond; having, moreover, entire oblong pinnules, with a solitary terminal involucre’’. Michaux was correct in describing one plant, the lanate C. lanosa (Michx.) D. C. Eaton; Sprengel and Schkuhr were as vividly (even to the involucre as shown by Schkuhr) correct in describing another species, C. vestita (Spreng.) Swartz! It is needless for one who is not a pteridologist and who is helpless in trying to understand all those who are, to follow all the subsequent confusions, but at least one other must be noted. This was D. C. Eaton's abbreviated and rather confused para- graph, without a word of description, in Torrey's Botany of the Mexican Boundary, 234 (1859), where the combination Cheilan- thes lanosa was based on a doubted basonym, with at least two other synonyms involved, thus giving us the now supposedly sacrosanct combination which has been in vogue for half a cen- tury, C. lanosa, for a plant which is not lanate! Here is Eaton's paragraph: CHEILANTHES LANOSA. C. vestita, Hook. l. c. p. 98, t. 108, B. Nephrodium lanosum, Michz. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 270? Myriopteris gracilis, Fée, l. c. p. 150, t. 29, f. 6. Along the Rio Grande; Wright. 'The name of C. vestita unquestionably belongs to the fern described and figured by Professor Gray under that name in the Manual, (2d. ed.) p. 592, t. 10. Embarrassingly enough, the last item is the only one that was well founded. Eaton, although making the transfer, doubted the identity with the others of the Michaux plant; Myriopteris gracilis is by all students now considered a separate species, Cheilanthes Feei Moore, while the plant of Charles Wright, which inspired the paragraph, was later identified by Eaton, in his Ferns of N. Am. i. 41 (1878) as C. lanuginosa Nutt. (originally a synonym only of Hooker's confused C. vestita, but validated in 1863 by D. C. Eaton, although this was later than C. Fee; Moore (1857) which, I am told, is the same species). In his Ferns of N. Am. l. c. 13-15, Eaton got identities more straightened out, for he correctly took up the name Cheilanthes vestita for the plant with “fronds . . . hirsute . . . ; . . . the 388 Rhodora [NOVEMBER ends of the roundish or oblong lobes reflexed, and forming sep- arate herbaceous involucres". But he still kept in its synonymy the perpetually misinterpreted Nephrodium lanosum Michx. (“totum lanosissimum") with the first unequivocal name for it under Cheilanthes, ‘‘Cheilanthes lanosa, D. A. WATT, in Journal of Botany, February, 1874, p. 48: not of Moore, Index Fil., p. 245, nor of Eaton, Mex. Boundary Botany, p. 234, which synonyms belong to Ch. lanuginosa, Nuttall”. On page 15, arguing for the retention of “well known" names, he said ‘‘Michaux’s name, Nephrodium lanosum, is undoubtedly the first published of the various names for this fern [C. vestita, with the characters as originally given by Sprengel and by Swartz] . . . Usually it is well to keep the oldest specific name when it is known; but . . . to endeavor to replace well-known specific names by older, but obscurer ones, is surely reprehensible”. I have been told that it is “reprehensible” to displace the name Cheilanthes tomentosa Link (1833) by C. lanosa (Michx.) D. C. Eaton (1859), based on Nephrodium lanosum Michx. (1803), for the former name is “established”, while the name C. lanosa has (erroneously) “become established" for C. vestita which is not lanose! I can hardly subscribe to this philosophy, even though Michaux's label got affixed, probably after his death, to a sheet of specimens which lacks the characters given by him, and in more detail by Poiret, from the original and perhaps now lost lanate specimens. For quite as long a period, through the 6th edition of Gray's Manual, the name C. vestita was correctly used for the hirtellous species. When it was “reprehensibly’’ displaced, through error, by the name C. lanosa established usage of that period was certainly (and unjustifiably) upset. It seems to me that the name CHEILANTHES LANOSA (Michx.) D. C. Eaton (1859), based nomenclaturall on Nephrodium lanosum Michx. (1803), should replace C. tomentosa Link (1833), if the original descriptions mean anything. 1946] Fernald,—Some American Forms of the Lady-fern 389 SOME TRIVIAL AMERICAN FORMS OF THE LADY-FERN M. L. FERNALD Most of the so-called “varieties” of Athyrium Filix-femina (including A. angustum (Willd. Presl and A. asplenioides (Michx.) Desv.) have already been properly transferred to formal rank but the few which follow seem to require such trans- fer. My apology for so treating them will be found in the dis- cussion below. ATHYRIUM FILIx-FEMINA (L.) Roth, var. MicHauxir (Spreng.) Farwell, forma laurentianum (Butters), stat. nov. A. angustum (Willd.) Presl, var. laurentianwm Butters in RHODORA, xix. 194 (1917). A. FILIX-FEMINA, var. MicHauxu, forma confertum (Butters), comb. nov. A. angustum, forma confertum Butters, l. c. 195 (1917). A. angustum, var. confertum (Butters) C. S. & W. F. Lewis in Am. Fern. Journ. xi. 83 (1921). A. FILIx-FEMINA, var. MicHAUXII, forma laciniatum (Butters), comb. nov. A. angustum, forma laciniatum Butters, l. c. (1917). A. FILIX-FEMINA, Var. ASPLENIOIDES (Michx.) Farwell, forma subtripinnatum (Butters), comb. nov. A. asplenioides (Michx.) Desv., forma subtripinnatum Butters, l. c. 190 (1917). For once I fully agree with the late O. A. Farwell, who reduced Athyrium angustum and A. asplenioides to varietal rank under A. Filiz-femina. It seems to me quite impossible to keep apart on any stable morphological characters the circumboreal Athyrium Filix-femina and its two commoner eastern American repre- sentatives, A. angustum and A. asplenioides. Attempts to keep apart the two latter in the area where their ranges overlap are futile, this difficulty already noted by Weatherby in Am. Fern. Journ. xxvi. 134 (1936), where, considerately maintaining the three species recognized by Butters (A. Filix-femina, angustum aud asplenioides), he wrote as follows: But his three species are very closely related, often much alike in general aspect and not always easy to distinguish. The two of eastern North America [i. e. A. angustum and A. asplentoides, for A. Filiz-femina, either typical or as var. sitchense Rupr. grows on the Gaspé Peninsula and in Newfoundland as well as elsewhere in the East] are comparatively readily recognizable in the north and in the south where each is the exclusive occupant of its area; but in the region from southern New England to about the Potomac valley, where both 390 Rhodora [NOVEMBER occur, they intergrade freely and in most perplexing fashion. All three would perhaps be better treated as geographic varieties of a single species, roughly analogous to those of Cystopteris fragilis. In this connection it is significant that the indusia shown by Butters, l. c., in his plate 123 and in his figs. 3C and 5A and B, for Athyrium Filix-femina are rather extreme. The figures of European indusia given by Schkuhr in his Kryptogamische Gewüchse, t. 58, by Hooker fil. in his British Ferns, t. 35, by Britten in his European Ferns (colored plate opp. p. 131) and by many others are reminiscent of indusia of A. angustum. Further- more, when he made his study of the group, or later, in checking identifications in 1932, Butters clearly wrote on a few sheets from eastern Canada and Maine such notes as ‘‘This appears to be true European A. Filix-femina—F. K. B.", such embarrassing specimens coming from the Mingan Islands and Lake St. John, Quebec, and from Mt. Desert Island, Maine. The Mingan sheet (Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,616) had been distributed as A. angustum, var. laurentianum. The latter anomalous plant in its compact and often strongly ascending rhizome and its very short lower pinnae is superficially so close an imitation of small Euro- pean plants that it is most difficult to view it as belonging to a separate species. In fact, when real pteridologists (to which highly specialized brotherhood I hardly belong) got hold of this form they wrote (Weatherby & Adams, List Vasc. Pl. Grand Manan—Contrib. Gray Herb. no. clviii. 21 (1945)) under Athyrium angustum: Most of the specimens seen belong to the form distinguished as var. LAURENTIANUM Butters. Here they tend to be rather strongly cespitose, the stipes short and the blades conspicuously narrowed toward the base, thus approx- imating in appearance true A. Filix-femina of Europe." I fully concur, and only on very plastic characters can such plants be kept apart from European material. In 1932 Butters evidently thought so. In Europe many scores of trivial forms have been treated as “varieties”, but in Hedwigia, xlv. 119-123 (1906), Goldschmidt treated them as subvarieties and forms. This sane course is approved by Bergdolt in Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mitteleur. i. 48, he saying “Alle diese Varietäten werden noch in zahlreiche Subvarietáten und Formen aufgeteilt". In view of the great diversity of forms 1946] Wood,—Setaria Faberii in North Carolina 391 assumed by the Lady-fern, the suggestion of the late James Britten (a crusty bachelor) that, in transferring the name Filiz- femina from the bracken to the present species, Linnaeus perhaps had in mind the French proverb “Souvent femme varie”, etc., is pertinent (or impertinent)! CENTAUREA MACULOSA IN INDIANA.—According to Deam in his “Flora of Indiana", A. A. Hansen reported this species as a weed near Atlanta in Hamilton Co., near the center of the state (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 36: 251. 1927). Deam, although listing the plant in his ‘‘excluded species", states that it may become established soon if it has not already done so. Later, E. E. Sherff (RHoporA 48: 98. 1946) takes note of Deam's remarks, and states that this species seems thoroughly established in adjacent southern Michigan. September 22, 1941 I found a solitary plant on Route 20 in Porter Co., approximately 20 miles from the Michigan boundary. In a subsequent year I found another single plant on the same road, same county, about a mile west from the first. This region I looked over thoroughly in 1946, but no plants were found. August 27, 1946 I found several plants in the locality where the first was seen, apparently well established and able to compete successfully with any roadside weeds. Specimens have been sent to the Gray Herbarium.—EnpwiN D. Hutu, Gary, Indiana. SETARIA Faspert IN Norru Carouina.—In the interest of tracing the rather rapid spread of the Asiatic grass, Setaria Faberi? Herrm., in North America, it may be worth while to record this species for the first time in North Carolina. On August 5, 1946, while driving northwestward across the piedmont of North Carolina, I happened to glimpse the characteristic panicles of S. Faberii along Route 54 at Cane Creek in Orange County. Stop- ping to collect material, I found many scattered plants of the grass in a weedy roadside field with abundant Lespedeza stipu- lacea, the latter presumably planted intentionally and the former possibly introduced at that time. 392 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Dr. H. L. Blomquist, to whom I sent material of this collection, upon examination of the specimens recalled collecting a robust Setaria, the arching panicles of which had attracted his attention, along U. S. Route 70 at Cherry Point in Craven County on Au- gust 23, 1945. Since at that time he was busy with other matters, the specimens had been stored away for future study. Examina- tion proves this material also to represent S. Faberii. At least these two collections, 150 miles apart, represent the grass in North Carolina. Whether or not it is permanently established in the state remains to be seen. Dr. Blomquist writes me that he did not see the species at Cherry Point in the summer of 1946. However, if it behaves in North Carolina in the same way as it has in western Virginia and in southeastern Pennsylvania and adjacent New Jersey it will soon become a well-established weed in recently disturbed soils. As H. A. Allard pointed out in reporting the grass from northern Virginia,! it does not seem to be able to compete with other species in ground which is not repeatedly disturbed, becoming then dwarf or disappearing altogether. In favorable places, however, as in rich bottomland corn fields, the plants may often reach a height of more than six feet. The Craven County collection, Blomquist 13722, and that from Orange County, Wood 6532, are represented at the Gray Her- barium, the U. S. National Herbarium, the University of Penn- sylvania and Duke University.—Cannorr E. Woop, JR., Gray Herbarium. ! Va. Journ. of Science 2: 119. 1941. Volume 48, no. 574, containing pages 265—328, was issued 19 October, 1946. DEC 28 1946 Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED zum | ALBERT FREDERICK HILL Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 48. December, 1946, No. 576. CONTENTS: The Genus Liatris. L.O. Gaiser (concluded). ................. 393 Impatiens Roylei versus I. glandulifera. C. A. Weatherby. .... 412 Cou WE i 5 CL UMME Gk b's FF eT cn 6h 0.5 6 pee EE E paced 414 SO NY Oo a0 AE POUKA ONE IEA FIPE T i-xv The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. , RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher prices (see 3rd cover- page). Volumes 1-9 can be supplied at $4.00, 10-34 at $3.00, and volumes 35-46 at $4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be supplied only at ad. vanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof. Extracted reprints, if ordered in ad- vance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA by Merritt LYNDON FERNALD and ALFRED CHARLES KINSEY Practical discussion of edibility and directions for recognition and prepara- tion of more than 1000 wild plants. 422 pp., introd. and detailed index, 124 line drawings, 25 half-tone plates. $3.00, postpaid. THE IpLEWiLD Press, Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York, or Librarian, Gray Hersartum, Cambridge 38, Mass. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately No. I. A Monograph of the Genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson. 150 pp., 96 fig. 1917. $3.00. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. No. V. The Old World Species of the Celastraceous Genus Microtropis Wallich, by E. D. Merrill and F. L. Freeman. 40 pp. 1940. $1.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 48. December, 1946. No. 576. THE GENUS LIATRIS L. O. GAISER (Continued from page 383) SERIES X. SQvuannosaxk. Plants of intermediate height, 3—6 dm. tall, with from few racemiform to more branched cymiform inflorescence-stalks; heads large, 25-40-flowered, broadly cylin- drical to isodiametric, often with foliaceous phyllaries loosely erect and out-spreading, becoming squarrose-tipped in the majority of the varieties; achenes 5-6 mm. long. 32. L. squarrosa. From Delaware to Tennessee, south to the Gulf of Mexico and west of the Mississippi through the central and western plains states to the Kansas-Colorado border and northward into South Dakota. 32. LIATRIS sqQUARROSA (L.) Michx. Plants 3-6 dm. high from a rounded corm up to 4 cm. in diameter, with several to numerous stems, glabrous, soft-pubescent or hairy; leaves linear and rigid, punctate, glabrous or hirsute the radical sometimes very long, 15-25 cm. long, 4-7 mm. wide, the cauline 10-15 cm. long; inflorescence with one to few heads and raceme-like, or with many heads, branched and paniculate: heads almost iso- diametric or elongate, 1.5-3 cm. long, 25-40-flowered (terminal ones frequently greatly exceeding the rest, up to 60-flowered), varying in width according to the spread of the phyllaries, sessile or on short pedicels; phyllaries foliaceous, glabrous or hirsute, ciliate-membranous or callose-margined, the inner in all varieties narrowly linear with acute tips, 1.5-2 cm. long and 1-2 mm. wide; outer ones elongate, triangular-lanceolate, often like re- duced leaves, ciliate-margined; middle ones similar, acuminate and spreading, or broader, more closely appressed basally, mucronate and squarrose at the tip; corolla phlox-purple, 9-15 mm. long; inner surface of corolla-lobes conspicuously hairy; outer flowers of the head tending to be bent outwards approxi- mately at mid-corolla length, thus giving the heads a broad, flat 394 Rhodora [DECEMBER top; stigmas sometimes white; achene 5-6 mm. long; pappus 7-12 cm. long.—Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 92 (1803); Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1634 (1803); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 509 (1814); Torr. & Gray, FI. N. Am. ii. 68 (1841), excl. var. 3; Gray, Synopt. Fl. i?. 109 (1884), excl. var. intermedia. Serratula squarrosa L. Sp. Pl. 818 (1753). Pteronia caroliniana Walt. Fl. Carol. 202 (1788). Laciniaria squarrosa (L.) Hill, Veg. Syst. iv. 49, t. 46, fig. 1 (1762). KEY To VARIETIES a. Stem, leaves and phyllaries with varying degrees of pubescence. . . . b. b. Phyllaries long... .c. c. Outer phyllaries acuminate, ciliate-margined, squarrose or spreading and leafy, middle and inner ones mem- branous-margined and squarrose or merely spreading; lants hispidulous with short, whitish hairs....d. d. Plants stout and much-branched, with numerous large, almost isodiametric, thick heads; phyllaries mostly SQUAITOBB. . linh rernm dua nin a var. typica. d. Plants of one or a few slender stems, bearing few, longer, more cylindrical heads.................. var. gracilenta. b. Phyllaries short... .e. e. Outer phyllaries acute, with or without ciliate margins, middle and inner ones acute, usually callose-margined and squarrose; heads cylindrical and variable in size var. alabamensis, e. Outer phyllaries a few, short, acute bracts, not foliaceous, middle ones appressed and abruptly mucronate into a definite cusp, squarrose and long-ciliate; heads small, neatly cylindrical; plants hirsute with longer tawny hairs; leaves narrowly linear......0....0..0.0..00 0000 var. hirsuta. a. Stem, leaves, and phyllaries glabrous. . . .f. f. Head surrounded. by spreading, non-recurved, leaf-like bracts exceeding the length of the head; outer phyllaries acuminate, erect, middle and inner ones similarly elon- gate, linear, non-cuspidate, erect or spreading; heads sessile, frequently only a terminal one developing on a "lg RNC M" (acc re var. compacta. f. Heads lacking conspicuous, long, foliaceous outer bracts; outer phyllaries acute, squarrose or spreading, middle and inner ones narrow, callose-margined, cuspidate and recurved; heads on short pedicels and numerous....... . var. glabrata. Var. typica. Plants with dense, short, white hairs covering the stem and frequently both or only the lower surface of the generally 3-8-veined leaves, though leaves sometimes are quite glabrous; numerous heads on peduncles of various lengths giving the appearance often of a much-branched and *'floribund" plant; outermost phyllaries leaf-like and spreading, narrowly lan- ceolate and hardly overlapping, frequently covered by and always fringed with white hairs; middle phyllaries lanceolate, pubescent or glabrous, sometimes membranous-margined, more frequently ciliate, closely imbricated, the long acuminate or mucronate tips (that in the outer ones decrease from one half to one quarter the length of the bract) sometimes becoming somewhat involute and 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 395 squarrose so that the over-all measurements of a head are almost the dimensions of a square; heads average 1.8 x 1.6 cm., 25-40- flowered; corolla ca. 15 mm. long, pappus 12 mm. long.—4z atris squarrosa Q floribunda Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. ii. 68 (1841). Liatris squarrosa R. Sweet, Br. Fl. Gard. 2 ser. t. 44 (1823). Vernonia hirsutiflora Poiret, Encyc. Meth. Bot. viii. 502 (1808). Liatris hirsutiflora Kostel. Allg. Med. Pharm. Fl. ii. 651 (1833). Delaware to northern Florida, westward to Alabama, Illinois and Missouri.—SOUTHERN STATES. Without stated lo- cality: ex Michx. Herb. (NY). DELAWARE. NEWCASTLE Co.: Wilmington, W. M. Canby (G). DISTRICT OF COLUM- BIA. Without stated locality: July 29, 1893, L. F. Ward (US). MARYLAND. QukEN ANNEs Co.: by roadside, near Centre- ville, Aug. 11, 1935, H. A. Allard, 884 (G, NY). Prince GEonGES Co.: Brooks Sta., Aug. 2, 1885, Prof. Ward (US). CnHanLES Co.: Stump Neck, Aug. 6, 1942, J. M. Turpin, 475 (US). VIRGINIA. Without stated locality: 1878, Dr. Fore- man (US). Farrrax Co.: in a field, n. side of Accotink Bay, Aug. 8, 1893, L. F. Ward (US); wooded hills of New Alexandria, Aug. 10, 1919, E. C. Leonard, 776 (US). Prince WirLiAM Co.: Manassas, Sept. 18, 1907, E. S. Steele (US). FAUQUIER Co.: Catletts, Aug. 1, 1908, Mrs. E. S. Steele (US). Hrnrico Co.: dry sandy field, Westover Hills, July 21, 1986, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 6415 (G, NY, US); near Richmond, July 19, 1935, E. Luttrell, 5679 (G); dry open pine woods, 14 mi. w. of Elko, Aug. 8, 1921 (G), Aug. 16, 1921 (NY) E. J. Grimes, 4195 (G, NY); sandy oak and pine lands, Elko, Aug. 30, 1925, E. T. Wherry & F. W. Pennell, 12528 (NY); Whiteoak Swamp, w. of Elko, July 23, 1938, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 8872 (G). PRINCE GEORGE Co.: s. of Petersburg, July 22, 1936, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 6416 (NY). CAMPBELL Co.: without stated locality, July 1893, A. A. Heller (G); Lynchburg, July 19, 1925, W. A. Murrill (F). BEpronp Co.: roadside near Huddleston, Aug. 9, 1914, Miss J. Fauntleroy, 653 (US), Aug. 4, 1871, A. H. Curtiss ((G, plant to left), NY, Q). DiNwrippniE Co.: dry, open, border of argillaceous woods, s. of Petersburg, July 15, 1938, M. L. Fernald & B. Long, 8871 (G). Prince Epwarp Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 25, 1880, J. D. Smith (US), Sept. 1885, Prof. Blair, 317 (US). PITTSYLVANIA Co.: Fall Creek, July 20, 1893, A. A. Heller, 1111 (G, NY, US). GnEENSVILLE Co.: old fields, vicinity of Belfield, July 1, 1904, O. M. Meyncke (US); Sprouse's Corners, Aug. 17, 1936, Bartley & Pontius, 540 (NY). MECKLENBURG Co.: Finchley, Aug. 20-22, 1908, W. W. Eggleston, 4010 (G, NY, US). WEST VIRGINIA. CABELL Co.: Roland Park, near Hunting- ton, July 23, 1937, F. A. Gilbert, 988 (G, NY); dry open field near Huntington, Sept. 20, 1931, F. A. Gilbert, 198 (G); dry field in clay soil, Roland Park, near Huntington, July 24, 1940, F. A. 396 Rhodora [DECEMBER Gilbert, 132 & 156 (NY, F without no.). NORTH CAROLINA. GRANVILLE Co.: Hester, July 23, 1937, R. K. Godfrey (G). CASWELL Co.: roadside, 10 mis. n. of Yanceyville, July 31, 1938, R. K. Godfrey, 5592 (G). Gurirronp Co.: Greensboro, Aug. 14, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 580j (US). FomsvrH Co.: open woods, Winston Salem, Aug. 1, 1921, P. O. Schallert (G). MoonE Co.: Pinehurst, Aug. 1897, O. Katzenstein (G). Gaston Co.: Crowder’s Mt., July 29, 1902, Biltmore Herb., 580h (US). CLEVE- LAND Co.: King's Mt., Aug. 27-30, 1884, J. K. Small (NY): slopes of King's Mt., July 1896, J. K. Small (NY). Scornanp Co.: sandhill, 12 mis. north of Laurinburg, July 14, 1938, R. K. Godfrey, 5040 (G). New Hanover Co.: sand ridge at Carolina Beach, Aug. 7, 1938, R. K. Godfrey, 5906 (G). SOUTH CARO- LINA. LkxiNGTON Co.: Columbia, Gibbes (G). GEORGETOWN Co.: sandy woods, 31% mis. s. of Georgetown, July 21, 1939, R. K. Godfrey & R. M. Tryon, 794 (G, NY). Aiken Co.: sand hills, Aiken, July 17, 1900, Biltmore Herb. 580d (US) and July 22, 1905, Biltmore Herb., 580p (US). CHARLESTON Co.: sandy place, McClellanville, Sept. 2, 1940, P. O. Schallert (G). BEAUFORT Co.: Beaufort district, 1883, J. H. Mellichamp (US). GEOR- GIA. Watxker Co.: dry soil, open woodlands, Chickamauga Park, July 14, 1899, Biltmore Herb., 580c (US). Biss Co.: dry soil, Macon, July 31, 1901, Biltmore Herb., 580g (US). Ricn- MOND Co.: dry oak woods, Augusta, July 31, 1898, A. Cuthbert (NY, US, F). FLORIDA. GanpspEn Co.: pinelands, River Junction, Aug. 31, 1901, Biltmore Herb., 580f (US). OHIO. Without stated locality: 1834, Riddell (G, NY). Erte Co.: cemetery, Castalia, July 21, 1895, E. L. Moseley (G, US). Lucas Co.: oak openings, n. e. of Neapolis, Aug. 26, 1927, E. L. Moseley (US). Apams Co.: without stated locality, July 27, 1940, D. M. Brown (NY). INDIANA. CrankE Co.: dry open knobs, July 30, 1909, C. C. Deam, 5408 (NY). KENTUCKY. MEADE Co.: near Brandenburg, Aug. 9, 1928, W. A. Anderson (G). CaLLoway Co.: dry field, between Murray and New Concord, July 20, 1937, L. B. Smith & A. R. Hodgdon, 4089 (G, NY, US). TENNESSEE. Without stated locality: 1870, G. R. Vasey (US). GRAINGER Co.: Clinch Mt., Aug. 12, 1880, J. D. Smith (US). CnmukATHAM Co.: dry shale banks, Pegram, Aug. 20, 1940, H. K. Svenson, 10607 (B). Knox Co.: open ground, near Knoxville, July 12, 1900, A. Ruth, 41 (G); dry sandy soil, Knox- ville, June 1896, A. Ruth, 37 (NY); sandy ground, Knoxville, June 1897, A. Ruth, 3772 (NY); mt. sides, Smoky Mt. Range, Sept. 1897, A. Ruth, 3773 (NY); Knoxville, June 1898, A. Ruth, 659 (US); dry ground, Aug. 1898, A. Ruth, 676 (NY); near Young's High School, Knoxville, Aug. 2, 1934, M. B. Wilson, 2968 (NY). Roane Co.: Harriman, Aug. 18, 1909, Biltmore Herb., 580i (US). Grunpy Co.: near Monteagle, Sept. 23, 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 397 1933, E. J. Alexander, T. H. Everett, S. D. Pearson (NY). ALA- BAMA. Co. undetermined: dry sandy pine ridges (two plants to right), Sept. 1878, C. Mohr (US). Barsour Co.: dry oakwoods-border, 8 mis. s. of Eufaula, Aug. 11, 1927, K. M. Wiegand & W. E. Manning, 3177 (G). Escampra Co.: high pineland, Atmore, July 11, 1934, O. Blanton, 193 (US). MOBILE Co.: pine barrens, w. of Spring Hill, Aug. 1918, E. W. Graves, 989 (G); pine barrens, July 1918, E. W. Graves, 558b (US). ILLINOIS. Co. undetermined: south Illinois, G. Vasey, 1210 (G). RicnuraNp Co.: Olney, July 29, 1914, R. Ridgway, 91 (G); near Olney, Sept. 6, 1914, R. Ridgway (G). Marion Co.: without stated locality, M. S. Bebb (Q). Perry Co.: Du Quoin, Aug. 4, 1893, H. Eggert (NY, US); prairies, Aug. 4, 1893, H. Eggert (US). MISSOURI. Sropparp Co.: Bernie, Aug. 2, 1895, B. F. Bush, 235 (NY). Var. gracilenta, var. nov., molliter pubescens vel rarius fere glabra gracilis; caulibus singulis vel paucis raro ramosis capitula sessilia vel subsessilia plerumque 1-5 gerentibus; foliis plerumque longis angustisque, radicalibus ad 25 cm. longis 4 mm. latis; capitulis elongatis cylindricis plerumque 1.9 cm. longis 1.2 cm. latis ca. 25-floris; phyllariis longe lanceolato-acuminatis apice laxe patentibus nec recurvatis, exterioribus 1-1.5 cm. longis 2 mm. latis, medianis 2 cm. longis basi apicis subspathulati 4—5 mm. latis; corollae tubo ca. 15 mm. longo; pappo 12 mm. longo.— Verisimiliter L. squarrosa sensu Ell. Sk. ii. 282 (1822?). Tyre from Ocean Springs, Jackson Co., Mississippi, Aug. 11, 1895, J. S. Skehan (G). Mostly from south Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana.—Without stated locality: Drummond, 172 “A. & L.” (G). VIRGINIA. Beprorp Co.: without stated lo- cality: Aug. 4, 1871, A. H. Curtiss (plant to right) (G). NORTH CAROLINA. Mapison Co.: Marshall, French Broad River, Aug. 7, 1880, J. D. Smith (US); Hot Springs, Aug. 13, 1888, B. W. Evermann (US, 617885 and 310560). Buncomse Co.: dry soil, Biltmore, July 30, 1897, Biltmore Herb., 580a (G, NY, US 332424 and 959080); Biltmore, Aug. 1894, Biltmore Herb., 580 (US, 959081); Cedar Cliff Mt., Aug. 17, 1904, Biltmore Herb. 580m (US). GEORGIA. Watker Co.: dry soil, open wood- lands, Chickamauga Park, July 14, 1899, Biltmore Herb., 580c (US). FLovp Co.: Lavender Mt., Rome, Aug. Herb. Chapman (US). GwiNNETT Co.: Banks of Yellow R., July 20, 1893, J. K. Small (G). FLORIDA. Without stated locality: Chapman (NY, US). WasnuiNaTON Co.: dry rolling pine barrens, near Chipley, July 28, 1901, A. H. Curtiss 6849 (G, NY, US, Q). KENTUCKY. Co. undetermined: barrens of Kentucky, July 1 Though probably from Covington, La. (see footnote under discussion of this species). 398 Rhodora [DECEMBER 1837, C. W. Short (G). ALABAMA. Co. undetermined: dry sandy pine ridges (one plant to left), Sept. 1878, C. Mohr (G). Co. undetermined: dry sandy pine ridges (one plant to left), Sept. 1878, C. Mohr (US). WasniNGTON Co.: low pine barrens (one plant to right) June 15, 1895, C. Mohr (US). MISSIS- SIPPI. Corran Co.: 2 mis. s. of Hazelhurst, July 14, 1925, F. Cook (US). Jackson Co.: Ocean Springs, Aug. 11, 1895, J. Skehan 1358 (G, type); Ocean Springs, July 27, 1896, C. L. Pollard, 1082 (US); Biloxi, Sept. 4, 1900, S. M. Tracy, 487 (NY). Harrison Co.: sandy pineland, 1 mi. e. of Mississippi City, Aug. 27, 1912, F. W. Pennell, 4347 (NY, US); grassy pine barrens, near Mississippi City, Sept. 15, 1885, J. D. Smith 424 (US). MIS- SOURI. Buruer Co.: Malden, Aug. 21, 1894, B. F. Bush 386 (G, NY). GnEENE Co.: dry rocky woods, Aug. 6, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G). LOUISIANA. Without stated locality: ex Herb. C. W. Short, Mr. Steinhauer (G). Narcurrocuks Co.: Natchez, C. Wright (G). RarripEs Co.: pinelands, Sept. 10, 1900, Biltmore Herb., 580e (two outermost plants) (US). TANGI- PAHOA Co.: dry soil, s. of Hammond, June 20, 1938, D. S. Correll & H. B. Correll, 9255 (G, NY). Sr. Tammany Co.: vicinity of Covington, Aug. 20, 1920, Bro. G. Arséne, 12614 (US); vicinity of Covington, July 1919, Bro. G. Arséne, 11665 (US); Covington, 1832, Drummond (NY). TEXAS. Jackson Co.: 4 mis. n. of Edna, July 1935, J. A. Drushel, 10339 (NY). NeEwron Co.: without stated locality, July 23, 1939, B. C. Tharp (G). Var. alabamensis (Alex.), comb. nov. Plants that appear to be intermediate between varieties gracilenta and glabrata, with stems and leaves and outer phyllaries glabrous or softly pubes- cent; outer phyllaries spreading or slightly squarrose, triangular- lanceolate-acuminate 5-8 mm. long and 3-5 mm. wide and ciliate-margined; middle phyllaries glabrous, more sharply pointed and cellose-margined, 1-1.5 cm. long and 5 mm. wide; heads from 1.5-2 cm. long and 1-1.5 cm. wide, of about 30 flowers; corolla 10-12 mm. long; pappus ca. 1 cm. long.—La- ciniaria squarrosa alabamensis Alex. ex Small Man. S. E. FI. 1333 (1933) without indication of status. Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and eastern Texas.—ALA- BAMA. Harz Co.: dry chalk prairies, 1⁄4 mi. w. n. w. of Rose- mary, Aug. 23, 1934, R. M. Harper, 3252 (G, NY, US); chalk prairies, 5 mis. s. of Newbern, Aug. 1, 1938, H. K. Svenson & R. M. Harper 9801 (G). LEE Co.: Auburn, Aug. 11, 1897, F. S. Earle & C. F. Baker, 1344 (NY, type). EscAMBrIA Co.: high pineland, Atmore, July 11, 1934, O. Blanton, 183 (G). MISSIS- SIPPI. OxrrBBEHA Co.: Agric. College, 1896, C. L. Pollard, 1318 (G, NY (US, plant to left)). Jackson Co.: Ocean Springs, July 27, 1896, C. L. Pollard, 1082 (NY, US); Sept. 1, 1891, A. B. Seymour, 193 (G); Biloxi, S. M. Tracy, July 31, 1900, 4334 (G), 1946) Gaiser,— The Genus Liatris 399 Aug. 31, 1900, 9734 (US); Aug. 23, 1898, 4335 (NY, US). LOUI- SIANA. Without stated locality: ex Herb. G. Thurber, S. T. Olney (G). RaPrrpEs Co.: pinelands (centre plant), Sept. 10, 1900, Biltmore Herb., 580e (US). Jerrerson Davis Co.: low prairies, Welsh, Sept. 10, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 8484 (US). TEXAS. Pork Co.: dry upland woods, Livingston, Sept. 19, 1917, E. J. Palmer, 12802 (US). WarkreR Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1, 1937, B. C. Tharp (G). Brazos Co.: Bryan, Aug. 17, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 580i (US); College Station, 1888, Herb. Boston, Soc. Nat. Hist., Mr. P (G). WasniNGTON Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1, 1938, Miss E. Brackett (G). BASTROP Co.: clay banks, Bestrop, 1930, H. H. Duval, 24 (G); without stated locality, Aug. 22, 1941, B. C. Tharp, 188 (G). Harris Co.: Houston, 1842, Lindheimer (G). DrWirr Co.: without stated locality, July 5, 1942, B. C. Tharp (G); western DeWitt, July 25, 1941, Miss M. Riedel (G). FAvETTE Co.: near Schulen- berg, Aug. 2, 1935, H. B. Parks, 14559 (G). GarvEsTON Co.: Kemah, Sept. 6, 1926, G. L. Fisher, 261 (US). Var. hirsuta Rydb. Plants with hirsute stems and hirsute, narrow, 1-3-veined leaves and long-ciliate-margined phyllaries; few outermost phyllaries may be narrowly lanceolate but most are broadly oblong, narrowing abruptly into long cusp-like tips that alone are strongly reflexed giving the head of ca. 20 flowers a more compact, narrow, cylindrical appearance, averaging 1.3 x l em.; outer phyllaries 0.7-1 cm. long and 4-5 mm. wide; middle ones 1-1.3 cm. long and 3-4 mm. wide; corolla ca. 1 cm. long; pappus 8 mm. long.— Liatris hirsuta Rydb. Brittonia i. 98 (1931). L. squarrosa var. hirsuta Rydb. l. c. 99 in synon.; here accepted and validated. L. squarrosa hirsuta (Rydb.) F. C. Gates, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. xlii. 138 (1940), without indica- tion of status. Chiefly west of the Mississippi in the Ozarks of Missouri and the western mountainous regions of Arkansas; also in eastern Kansas and Oklahoma.—KENTUCKY. Co. undetermined: barrens of Kentucky, July 1871, W. M. Canby (G). MISSIS- SIPPI. Horwrs Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 10, 1893, S. M. Tracy (NY). IOWA. Pato Arro Co.: high prairie hill- top, s. of Virgin Lake, Highland Twsp., Sect. 30, Sept. 16, 1937, Miss A. Hayden, 10533 (G, NY). MISSOURI. Mercer Co.: dry open woods, 5 mis. s. w. of Linesville, July 5, 1933, E. J. Palmer & J. A. Steyermark, 41312 (NY, US). Anar Co.: dry banks, open woods, 4 mis. n. of Kirksville, July 3, 1933, E. J. Palmer & J. A. Steyermark, 41174 (NY). Jacxson Co.: prairies, Lee's Summit, July 25, 1905, B. F. Bush, 3096a (G, NY, US); Little Blue, July 22, 1896, B. F. Bush, 454 (US); dry hills, e. of Dodson, July 26, 1896, K. K. Mackenzie (NY). Cass Co.: barrens, west of Belton, Aug. 4, 1902, K. K. MacKenzie, 97 (US, 400 Rhodora [DECEMBER NY). Vernon Co.: dry banks, border of woods, along creek near Nevada, Aug. 6, 1933, E. J. Palmer & J. A. Steyermark 42138 (US, NY). Pork Co.: vicinity of Graydon Springs, Sept. 7, 1912, P. C. Standley, 9909 (US); on top of cherty lime barren, on steep slopes along Pomme de Terre R., 2 mis. n. e. of Rondo, Aug. 1, 1937, J. A. Steyermark, 24097 (NY). GREENE Co.: vieinity of Willard, Aug. 30, 1912, P. C. Standley, 9665 (US); dry ground, Sept. 4, 1893, B. F. Bush, 197 (NY); Spring- field, 1888, J. W. Blankinship (US); along Rwy., n. e. of town, vicinity of Springfield, Sept. 1, 1921, P. C. Standley, 8622 (G, US). JasPER Co.: rocky open ground, n. fork of Spring River, near Neck City, Sept. 21, 1923, E. J. Palmer, 23863 (NY); high prairies, Sarcoxie, July 15, 1914, E. J. Palmer, 6261 (US). Barry Co.: Purdy, Aug. 17, 1905, B. F. Bush, 3254 (G, NY); Shell Mound, July 11, 1927, E. J. Palmer, 3244 (NY); Hailey, Sept. 15, 1905, J. W. Phillips (US); rocky slopes, open woods, near Seligman, Oct. 24, 1925, E. J. Palmer, 29370 (Q); woods, Eagle Rock, Aug. 11, 1905, B. F. Bush, 3217 (G, NY, US). Newton Co.: along chert bluffs of Shoal Creek, near Redding’s Mill, July 14, 1927, E. J. Palmer, 32505 (NY, type); Joplin, Sept. 8, 1912, E. J. Palmer, 3836 (NY, US). TANEY Co.: rocky woods, Swan, Sept. 27, 1905, B. F. Bush, 3467 (G). McDoNarp Co.: dry ground, B. F. Bush, July 24, 1893, 200A (G), Sept. 1, 1893, 200B (US). ARKANSAS. Co. undetermined: Red River, ex Torrey Herb., Dr. Pitcher (NY); n. w. Arkansas, Sept., F. L. Harvey, 14 (G). Carrom Co.: dry hillsides, Eureka Springs, Sept. 30, 1913, E. J. Palmer, 4531 (US). Purasxr Co.: dry ledges, open woods, w. of Pulaski Heights, Little Rock, Sept. 21, 1931, D. Demaree, 8219 (G, NY); near Little Rock, G. W. Letterman (NY). Yxrr Co.: dry soil, Mt. Nebo, Aug. 4, 1903, Biltmore Herb., 580k (US). Garrano Co.: open dry woods, end of Whitington Ave., Hot Springs, Aug. 25, 1935, F. J. Scully, 461, 462 (G); open woods, Glenwood Road, 8 mis. from Hot Springs, July 21, 1935, F. J. Scully, 386 (G); near Hot Springs, 1928, R. Runyon, 1179a (NY). LOUISIANA. NATCHITOCHES Co.: dry sandy hills, 3 mis. s. of Coldwater, July 26, 1938, D. S. Correll & H. B. Correll 9811 (G, NY); sandy open woods, Oct. 9, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 8800 (US). NEBRASKA. Co. unde-. termined: prairies, Aug. 4, 1853, T. E. Hayden (NY). KANSAS. Co. undetermined: Wolf Creek to Independence Creek, July 30, 1849, A. Fendler (G). Atcuison Co.: prairie, 12 mis. w. of Atchison, July 18, 1936, Sister Jeanette, 150 (NY). RirEY Co.: Manhattan, Aug. 9, 1892, J. B. S. Norton (US). Dovaras Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 1870, L. H. Hoysradt (NY). MoNTGoMERY Co.: Caney, open dry banks, July 21, 1933, E. J. Palmer, 41795 (NY). OKLAHOMA. Co. undetermined: Sans 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 401 Bois Mts., Aug. 1891, C. S. Sheldon, 304 (US); prairies,! Aug. 26, 1853, Lieut. A. W. Whipple's Exped., J. M. Bigelow (US); Camp no. 4, N. W. Agency!, July 28, 1853, Bigelow (NY); Camp no. 4!, July 28, 1853, Bigelow, 357 (NY). Nowara Co.: on dry hill- top, Lenapah, Aug. 19, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2175 (G, US). CHEROKEE Co.: dry rocky woodlands, Aug. 18, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G, US). Le Fiore Co.: Cavanal Mt., Poteau, Oct. 28, 1915, E. J. Palmer, 9059 (US). PusHMaTAHA Co.: sandy meadow, Tuskahoma, June 20, 1937, U. T. Waterfall (NY). Var. compacta Torr. & Gray. Glabrous plants with shining narrowly linear, leaves 2-3 mm. (occasionally up to 1 em.) wide; heads of 20-40 flowers, generally sessile, generally borne singly and terminally on the stems, surrounded by long foliaceous bracts twice the length of the head, 5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide; phyllaries all completely glabrous, leaf-like, elongate, acuminate to cuspidate and spreading, but not squarrose at any time: outer ones 1-2 cm. long and 4 mm. wide; middle ones linear, 1.5-2 em. long and 2-3 mm. wide; corolla ca. 1 em. long; pappus 7-8 mm. long.—Fl. N. Am. ii. 68 (1841). Liatris compacta Rydb., Brittonia i. 98 (1931). Observed from Arkansas only.—CouNTY UNDETERMINED: Dr. Leavenworth (G, NY, type. Perhaps from Louisiana). PULASKI Co.: Little Rock, Sept. 30, 1931, D. Demaree, 8338 (US). GAR- LAND Co.: Hot Springs, novaculite outcrops, slopes of Hot Springs Mt., Oct. 9, 1925, E. J. Palmer, 29057 (NY), rocky top of West Mt., June 4, 1923, Palmer 23061, grassy patches on novaculite rubble slope, June 18, 1933, H. R. Gregg, 38 (US), 1931, R. Runyon, 1442 (US), dry sandstone hills, July, 1880, F. L. Harvey, 42 (G), dry, rocky ground, slopes of West Mt., Oct. 15, 1925, Palmer, 29230 (NY); rocky bluff, Camp Charlton, Crystal Springs, June 14, 1942, Demaree, 23215 (G). Hor Sprina Co.: rocky bluffs, Magnet Cove, May 1, 1938, Demaree, 17252 (G, NY). Var. glabrata (Rydb.), comb. nov. Plants entirely glabrous with rigid narrow 1—3-veined leaves and phyllaries narrower than in var. hirsuta, short, acuminate, or cuspidate, callose-margined, and recurved after flowers have opened though they may be quite erect before that time; outer ones triangular-lanceolate, 0.7-1 cm. long; middle ones 1-1.5 cm. long and 4 mm. wide: heads trim, without the long foliaceous outermost bracts of vars. compacta and typica, averaging 1.3x 1 cm., of 20-30 flowers; corolla ca. 1 cm. long; pappus 7-8 mm. long.—Liatris glabrata Rydb. Brittonia i. 98 (1931). L. squarrosa glabrata (Rydb.) F. C. 1 According to Bigelow—Report on Lieut. Whipple's Expedition (1857) p. 96, Sect. 4, L. squarrosa was said to have been found on the prairies, August 26. From the map and notes the party followed the Canadian River, practically all of which lies in Oklahoma. 402 Rhodora [DECEMBER Gates, Trans. Kans. Sci. xlii. 138 (1940) without indication of status. In the plains-states, South Dakota to Texas, west to the Colorado border of Kansas and east to Missouri—MISSOURI. GREENE Co.: dry rocky woods, Aug. 7, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G); prairies, n. e. of Springfield, Aug. 21, 1912, P. C. Standley, 9113 (US). ARKANSAS. Barron Co.: Plum Buttes on Ar- kansas R., near Great Bend,! 1846, Lieut. Abert's Exped. (NY). SOUTH DAKOTA. SrmaNLEY Co.: banks of Mo., below Fort Pierre, 1853, F. V. Hayden (NY). Topp Co.: high land, Rosebud Creek, July 2, 1896, E. J. Wallace (NY); Rosebud, E. J. Wallace (US). Brnnerr Co.: sandhills, near La Creek P. O., Aug. 12, 1911, S. S. Visher, 2232 (NY). NEBRASKA. Co. unde- termined: Platte R., near the Forks, Herb. G. Thurber, H. Engel- mann (G); Platte R., Lieut. Fremont (G, NY). Knox Co.: Pisheville, Aug. 18, 1893, F. Clements, 2734 (G, NY, US); Fort Niobrara, June 25, 1888, T. E. Wilcox (NY); Niobrara Game Reserve, near Valentine, July 22, 1936, W. L. Tolstead, 527 (Q). KeryapaHa Co.: Cuba, 1908, J. S. Haller (US). Rock Co.: without stated locality, Aug. 26, 1890, C. Rutter (US). Brown Co.: Long Pine, G. D. Swezey, 52 (NY). Tuomas Co.: near Plummer Ford, Dismal River, Aug. 23, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1505 (G, (NY, type), US)). Grant Co.: lake region, 4 mis. n. e. of Whitman, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1505 (G, NY). Custer Co.: Callaway, Aug. 17, 1902, J. M. Bates (G). Burrato Co.: Fort Kearney, Platte R., 1856, H. Engelmann (G). KANSAS. PorrAwATOMIE Co.: without stated locality, Sept. 1, 1892, S. Norton (NY). RinEv Co.: low woods, Aug. 9, 1895, J. B. Norton, 278 (G); prairie, July 18, 1895, J. B. Norton, 212 (US). Geary Co.: Fort Riley, July 20, 1892, E. E. Gayle, 542 (NY). ErLswonTH Co.: near Ellsworth, Aug. 2, 1930, E. J. Palmer, 38167 (G, US). Finney Co.: 2 mis. s. e. of Garden City, Kansas Nat. Forest, Aug. 1912, Kellerman (US). Reno Co.: without stated locality, July 1891, M. A. Carlton, 290 (US). Kiowa Co.: Greensburg, Aug. 5, 1890, B. B. Smyth, 74 (US). OKLAHOMA. Co. undetermined: Sans Bois Mts., Aug. 21, 1891, C. S. Sheldon (NY); tributaries of Washita, 1852, Marcy’s Exped., ex Herb. G. Thurber (G). Osace Co.: open woods, near Ponca, Aug. 6, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 1924 (G). Woopwarp Co.: sandy soil, Woodward, Aug. 21, 1931, L. F. Locke, 11 (US). Payne Co.: Stillwater, July 5, 1896, E. E. Bogue (G), 1918, ! From notes of à military reconnaissance from Fort Leavenworth in Missouri to San Diego in California, including part of the Arkansas, Del Norte & Gila Rivers, by Lieut. Abert, appendix 6, p. 386, and map, this collection would come from the Bend of the Arkansas R., just where Walnut Creek enters it, in Barton County. 2 The Report Fremont's Expedition, Washington, 1845, p. 90 of Catalogue of Plants, refers without date to “L. squarrosa var. intermedia DC. a small form of the plant on the Platte"— which probably refers to these specimens. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 403 F. A. Waugh, 284 (US). Dxwzx Co.: dry open ground, plains near Taloga, July 26, 1933, E. J. Palmer, 41957 (P). LINCOLN Co.: Fonts, Aug. 28, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (G, US). Okra- Homa Co.: sandy clay, sandstone hills, n. w. of Spencer, Aug. 6, 1939, U. T. Waterfall, 1551 (G); sandy soil, 2 mis. w. of Nicoma Park, Aug. 9, 1940, U. T. Waterfall, 2343 (G). Cappo Co.: Anadarko, July 17, 1891, C. S. Sheldon, 168 (US); without stated locality, June 27, 1903, A. H. Van Fleet (US); between Fort Cobb & Fort Arbuckle, 1868, E. J. Palmer, 469 (US). Aroxa Co.: gravelly hillside, Stringtown, June 25, 1891, C. S5. Sheldon, 68 (US). Bryan Co.: vicinity of Durant, 1931, W. L. Blain, 220 (US). TEXAS. Darras Co.: sandy soil, near Dallas, June 1882, J. Reverchon, Herb. Curtiss, 1171a (G, US); Dallas, July 1874, J. Reverchon (G); sandy woods, Dallas, June 1880, J. Reverchon, 409 (US); dry uplands, Dallas, Sept. 1877, J. Reverchon, 412 (US). Tarrant Co.: in sandy soil, along right of way, T. & P. Rwy., near Handley, July 28, 1913, A. Ruth, 404 (US 504842); along T. & P. Rwy., near Polytechnic, July 28, 1913, A. Ruth, 404 (US, 910626); meadows, July 1913, A. Ruth, 404 (US, 587685); without stated locality, May 1928, A. Ruth, 403 (US). WaLKER Co.: on blackland prairie, vicinity of Huntsville, July 9-12, 1909, R. A. Dixon, 398 (G). COLORA- DO. Co.undetermined: prairies on the Arkansas! below Turkey Creek, Sept. 1847, A. Fendler, 298 (G). Yuma Co.: Wray, Aug. 11, 1913, W. W. Eggleston, 15534 (G, NY), Aug. 5, 1909, G. E. Osterhout, 3991 (NY), July 1-4, 1919, W. W. Eggleston, 15173 (US), July 2, 1910, H. L. Shantz (US). The type of Liatris squarrosa is the Linnaean specimen, à photograph of which was seen at the Gray Herbarium, as was also one of the specimen back of the reference to the Hortus Cliffor- tianus. These specimens represent a generally leafy plant, of a branched appearance, with pubescent stems and leaves and squarrose or spreading bracts (var. floribunda of Torr. & Gray). From this typical variety, occurring chiefly in Virginia and North and South Carolina, can be distinguished a more slender, fewer- and longer-leaved, generally slightly pubescent plant having fewer heads (1-5) with erect lanceolate rather than squarrose phyllaries, which predominates in the region just north of the Gulf of Mexico, in southern Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana, which we are calling var. gracilenta. The wholly glabrous plant with long, acuminate phyllaries is Torrey & 1 From Plant. Fendl. Mem. Amer. Acad. Ser. 2, iv. 1-116 (1849), this is the place and time of collection of no. 298, and the route followed through September was from Bent's Fort, now in Otero Co., to the Raton Mts. in Las Animas Co. 404 Rhodora [DECEMBER Gray’s var. compacta, later reduced by Gray to var. intermedia, a variety open to question. The more common variety of the species in the states just west of the Mississippi is a hirsute plant, described by Rydberg l. c. as Liatris hirsuta. It is generally less branching and by reason of its narrower leaves, less foliaceous in appearance than var. typica. ‘The distinctly long-ciliate-margined phyllaries, except for a few outermost spreading ones, are tightly appressed with only the long cuspidate tips recurved. Extending from Texas farther westward and northward in the plains states is a slender glabrous variety, without the conspicuous long acuminate bracts of var. compacta, but with squarrose callose-margined phyllaries that Rydberg l. c. described as Liatris glabrata. In synonymy with this he placed var. intermedia of Gray, Synopt. Fl. i2. 109 (1884) in part, as to description. It is obvious that much confusion in this species has arisen from the failure properly to place Liatris intermedia as described by Lindley (Bot. Reg. t. 948 (1825)) from a plant brought to the Horticultural Society in 1824 by David Douglas and grown from roots collected in Canada by Mr. Goldie who also had pressed specimens of it. From the Journal kept by Douglas during his travels in North America, 1823-27 (Wm. Wesley & Son, 364 pages), it is found that he collected in the vicinity of Amherst- burg and Sandwich, now in Essex county, in the southwestern part of the Ontario peninsula. From the examination of Lind- ley's plate, the plant collected by Douglas strongly resembles Liatris cylindracea. Especially do the typical cylindrical younger heads before opening of the flowers place it with L. cylindracea rather than L. squarrosa, which would show recurved or spreading - bracts at the same age. Examination of various herbaria for specimens collected in Ontario has not disclosed any L. squarrosa found in the province, though L. cylindracea has been collected along the shores of Lake Erie and Lake Huron north to Mani- toulin Island, and from the northwest shore of Lake Ontario. The matter was further confused when Hooker, in Flor. Bor.- Amer. i. 306 (1834), listed only L. scariosa, L. punctata and L. squarrosa, giving Canada as habitat for the last species and re- ferring to Mr. Goldie as the collector. In the note under L. squarrosa he states: "I fear the L. intermedia of the Bot. Reg. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 405 can only be considered a luxuriant state of the present. Mr. Goldie’s original specimens in my Herbarium do not at all differ from the true squarrosa; and the cultivated individual only ex- hibits longer flower-stalks". Macoun (Cat. Can. Plants i. 542 (1886)) included L. squarrosa, but gave ‘‘western Ontario. (Gray.)" as the only reference, adding “not noticed by any of the late collectors" and for var. intermedia he stated "same situation as the type. (Gray.) Not lately collected". Though neither Lindley's plant nor the original herbarium specimen from Canada has been seen, by the plate, description and locality of collection, L. intermedia has been placed in the synonymy of L. cylindracea. The range of L. squarrosa does not include Canada. Though we believe six varieties of L. squarrosa can be distin- guished, many intermediates are found, especially where two varieties coincide geographically. So, in the Southern Appala- chian region, as in Georgia, where one finds var. typica and also var. gracilenta, of more southern range, there are more plants of 5-9 heads that are clearly intermediates between the two varie- ties. In numerous cases specimens show combined characters of both varieties and some of these intergradations have been listed below. Sometimes, specimens of the same number in various herbaria suggest two different varieties, as R. M. Harper, no. 273, from Rocky Face Mt., Whitfield Co., Ga., July 21, 1900, of which those at Gray and the New York Botanical Garden resemble var. typica and that at Washington, more nearly var. gracilenta. Intermediates between L. squarrosa var. typica and var. gracilenta. NORTH CAROLINA. IREDELL Co.: Statesville, July, 1878, M. E. Hyams (US). GEORGIA: WnirFIELD Co.: dry sandy field, s. end of Rocky Face Mt., July 21, 1900, R. M. Harper, 273 (G, NY, US). Harr Co.: dry oak woods, 4 mis. s. of Hartwell, Aug. 19, 1927, K. M. Wiegand & W. E. Manning, 3178 (G). GwiNNETT Co.: banks of Yellow River, July 20, 1893, J. K. Small (NY, US). CnarrAHoocHEE Co.: Chatta- hoochee River, Fort Benning Military Reserve, July 7, 1926, J. O. Andes, 2910 (NY). Sumrer Co.: dry pine barrens s. of Leslie, July 13, 1901, R. M. Harper, 1066 (G, NY, US). FLOR- IDA. Without stated locality: Chapman ez Torrey Herb. (NY), Chapman ex. Herb. Thurber (G). LrsERTY Co.: damp woods, on the road from Quincy to Aspalaga and Chattahoochee, Chap- man. ex. Herb. J. A. Lowell (G). KENTUCKY. Without stated locality: 1842, C. W. Short (NY). Co. undetermined: 406 Rhodora [DECEMBER Green River region, Aug. 21, 1895, J. N. Rose (US); WHITLEY Co.: cliffs of the waterfall, Cumberland Falls, Aug. 21, 1883, J. D. Smith (US). ALABAMA. Cray Co.: Elders, July 29, 1896, C. Mohr (US). WasnuiNGTON Co.: low pine barrens, June 15, 1895, C. Mohr (one plant to left) (US). Moste Co.: in woods, Spring Hill, Aug. 20, 1897, B. F. Bush, 155 (NY, US). MISSIS- SIPPI. OxkrrBBEHA Co.: Agricultural College, Aug. 11-17, 1896, C. L. Pollard, 1318 (plant to right, US). In Mississippi and Louisiana, var. gracilenta is the dominant variety (though again there are some intermediates) and gener- ally it is softly pubescent. However, sometimes it is an almost glabrous, tall slender plant, e. g. C. L. Pollard, no. 1082, from Ocean Springs, Jackson Co., Miss. (US), or Arséne, no. 12614, from the vicinity of Covington, St. Tammany Parish, La. (US). Yet for the distinctly glabrous, long-foliaceous-bracted plant de- scribed by Torrey and Gray l. c. as var. compacta from a plant collected by Leavenworth, in “Arkansas or Louisiana" (G, NY), I have found no exact match. The description, “glabrous; leaves crowded, very narrow, heads several, closely sessile, ap- proximate”, excludes these Louisiana and Mississippi specimens, since most of them are not wholly glabrous and have heads quite distant, even sometimes pedunculate as seen also in the Drum- mond specimens (G, NY), and referred to by Hooker! (1835). But in a limited range, in Arkansas, I have found glabrous speci- mens varying from the compacta type only in having slightly wider leaves and phyllaries. As these seem very distinctive and nearest to the Leavenworth specimens, I have included them with it in var. compacta; the Louisiana and Mississippi plants seem more adequately placed with var. gracilenta. "The other glabrous variety, with shorter, recurved phyllaries, is the only prevalent one in the western plains-states, and in going from Louisiana westward through Texas, one finds the glabrous form with the shorter phyllaries becoming increasingly abundant. In south- eastern Texas, where var. glabrata finds its eastern limit, one often sees specimens approaching it in the character of the phyllaries, yet perhaps with softly pubescent stem and sometimes much- branched inflorescence as in E. J. Palmer, no. 12802, from 1 W. J. Hooker—Companion to the Botanical Magazine. Nov. 1835, p. 95, “no. 410 Liatris squarrosa Willd.—Covington. $ floribus longius pedicellatis involucri squamis appressis vix squarrosis, . . . This is a very remarkable variety but I do not think it can be separated from L, squarrosa”. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 407 Livingston, Polk Co. (US), or G. L. Fisher, no. 261, from Kemah, Galveston Co., Texas (US). These seem understandable as intermediates between the western var. glabrata and the southern var. gracilenta where the two varieties have met. In specimens from the Mississippi and Alabama region, varying degrees of pubescence are found in combination with a number of modifica- tions of spreading or recurved, callose-margined phyllaries and in intermediacy in the size of the heads. Such phases we believe were described by Alexander as Laciniaria squarrosa alabamensis. Though it seems rather difficult to limit this variety with such varying intermediate expressions, we are retaining it here. Further to the north and west, in Kansas and Oklahoma, some specimens are again intermediate between var. glabrata and var. compacta, as can be seen in the specimens: M. A. Carleton no. 290, without locality, Reno Co., Kans. (US), or U. T. Waterfall, no. 107 from poor sandy soil, 4% mi. e. of Yale, Payne Co., Okla. (G) or G. M. Merrill no. 886, Buffalo Springs, Platt National Park, Murray Co., Okla. (NY). Asingle specimen, A. Ruth, no. 739, in sandy woods, Tarrant Co., Texas (NY), shows a combination of the tawny hairs of var. hirsuta with general habit and involu- eral characters of var. gracilenta. Collections from Kentucky and Tennessee have shown, grow- ing in close populations, quite an assortment of variations. Some less hirsute plants compare well with var. typica, others resemble that variety though the phyllaries are shorter and more acute (as those listed for Knox Co., Tenn.). The latter condition was also noted in the few specimens from farther north in Ohio and Illinois and these are sometimes incorrectly found in herbaria under the name var. intermedia. Some Tennessee specimens appear to be intermediates between var. typica and var. gracilenta ` while others appear to have blended characters of var. typica and var. hirsuta, abundant to the west across the Mississippi. In Iowa, which is just north of the range of this latter variety, the specimens generally showed very scant pubescence and approach the intergrades between var. hirsuta and var. glabrata, the latter predominating in the northern and western plains states (S. Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas). Thus there seem to be definite geographic entities which intergrade where their ranges overlap and some of these various probable intergradations have been listed below. 408 Rhodora [DECEMBER Intermediates between L. squarrosa var. hirsuta and var. glabrata. IOWA. Co. undetermined: central Iowa, H. H. Babcock (US). DickiNsoN Co.: upland prairie, n. of Milford, Aug. 2, 1912, B. Shimek (G, US). Osckora Co.: prairies, near Sibley, Sept. 18, 1879, E. L. Greene (G); prairie, n. of Ocheyedan mound, Aug. 1912, B. Shimek (G, US). Piymoutx Co.: Akron, Sept. 1909, Mrs. E. Bredall (US). Decatur Co.: prairies, Aug. 25, 1897, T. J. Fitzpatrick (NY, US). MISSOURI. Lara- YETTE Co.: dry prairies, Emma, Aug. 10, 1897, C. H. Demetrio, 116 (G). GREENE Co.: dry woods, Aug. 7, 1895, J. W. Blankin- ship (G). ARKANSAS. Putasxr Co.: roadside by Quarry Country Club, Pulaski Heights, Little Rock, Sept. 23, 1931, D. Demaree, 8219 (US). Yer Co.: rocky flats, Mount Nebo State Park, D. Demaree, Aug. 16, 1939 (no. 20060), Aug. 30, 1939 (no. 20590) (G). KANSAS. Without stated locality: 1876 E. A. Popinoe (US). OKLAHOMA. Cmnmxrx Co.: Sapulpa, July 30, 1894, B. F. Bush, 215 (G, NY, US). Cappo Co.: False Washita, between Fort Cobb & Fort Arbuckle, 1868, E. Palmer, 454 (US). Le Fiore Co.: in dry creek-channel, base of Rich Mt., Page, Sept. 8, 1913, G. W. Stevens, 2691 (G, NY, US); grassy rwy. right of way, Page, July 11, 1914, O. W. Blakeley, 1493 (G). PrrrsBuRG Co.: McAlester, July 8, 1894, C. S. Newhall (G). It would seem as though from approximately the Mississippi westward the indifferently somewhat glabrous or hirsute typical L. squarrosa became divided into two strains, one distinctly hirsute (var. hirsuta), the other distinctly glabrous (var. glabrata, and var. compacta). The first two of these are easily compre- hended as modifications of the squarrose-bracted var. typica to the east. As to the third, var. compacta, the transition from the condition in var. typica to open, erect, somewhat spreading bracts as in var. gracilenta, growing somewhat farther south, passed on into the Mississippi-Louisiana region where it stands out against the squarrose var. glabrata. It may be merely its persistence . further westward in Arkansas that we recognize as var. compacta. While the species L. squarrosa shows a range of varieties and intermediates between those varieties, it is nevertheless clearly distinguishable from L. cylindracea Michx., which is most closely related to it. 'The phyllaries of the latter are obtuse to mu- cronate-tipped and though the outer ones may spread slightly, are mostly appressed, not squarrose. Variation in the shape of the phyllaries from rounded at the apex, as described by Michaux, to more lanceolate ones, was probably responsible for the proposal 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 409 of Lindley's L. intermedia, but there is complete gradation from one state to the other within L. cylindracea. That L. squarrosa hybridizes with other species is known from the reported finding of X L. Ridgway Standl. (see no. 6) along with plants of it and of L. pycnostachya of the Pycnostachyae series belonging to the other section Suprago. A second hybrid is here described, likewise with a species in the other section, but of the Scariosae series. x LiaTRIS creditonensis, hybr. nov. (L. ligulistylis X squarrosa var. glabrata), planta fruticem simulans; caulibus 12 vel plures e cormo ca. 2.5 diametro ca. 50 cm. altis basem versus glabris superne sparse pubescentibus, inflorescentiae rachi pilis albis adpressis strigosa; foliis glabris, superioribus ad bracteas capitula inferiora duplo superantibus capitula superiora aequantes re- ductis; inflorescentia racemosa; capitulis 40—50-floris subtur- binatis 1.6 cm. longis 1.8 cm. latis, phyllariis laxe erectis oblongis apice subarcuato acuto fere omnino herbaceis marginibus scario- sis angustis leviter revolutis, exterioribus ca. 5 mm. longis 3 mm. latis, medianis interioribusque ca. 1 cm. longis 5 mm. latis sub- acutis; corollis ca. 9 mm. longis pallide purpureis, tubo intus glabro, lobis pagina interiore conspicue pilosis; stigmatibus albis; achaeniis 4-5 mm. longis; pappo ca. 6 mm. longo manifeste barbellato.— The TYPE appeared in the garden at Crediton, Huron Co., Ontario, in the summer of 1931 (G). A single plant of this hybrid appeared in a plot among plants of L. squarrosa var. glabrata, seeds of which had been collected Oct. 4, 1927, from a high cliff, n. w. of Royal, Antelope Co., Nebraska by Dr. Wernicke, and were received through Prof. R. A. Harper. Growing next at the time were plants of L. ligulistylis collected near Erskine, Red Lake Co., Minn. by the writer in 1929. The plant resembled the former species in pro- ducing a number of stems with a raceme of ca. 20 uniformly sized heads (without an unusually large terminal one), in the glabrous leaves and their gradual diminution so that they projected as bracts subtending the heads through at least two-thirds of the length of the inflorescence and in the pilosity on the inside of the corolla-lobes. It resembled L. ligulistylis in the pubescence of the rachis of the inflorescence, in the many-flowered (40-50) heads, in the involucre of loose erect phyllaries and in the barbel- late rather than plumose pappus. It showed intermediate char- acters in the shape and width of the leaves, in the acute but 410 Rhodora [DECEMBER broader phyllaries that were almost wholly herbaceous except for the narrow margins but on the whole was a true intermediate between the two species. As the plant was under cultivation, it was possible to collect seeds and 15 varied seedlings gave proof of their viability. Of the progeny two plants appeared almost identical with the parent and seven others varied only slightly in the width of leaves or phyllaries from it. Of the other seedlings two were very like the parental L. squarrosa var. glabrata: three were more like it than L. ligulistylis in the pointed phyllaries and one other in having narrowly linear leaves. All of the seedlings had hairs within the corolla-lobes, thus showing a much stronger relationship to L. squarrosa var. glabrata. EXCLUDED NAMES AND SPECIES Liatris amplexicaulis Raf. New Fl. N. Amer. iv. 76 (1838)—prob- ably Trilisa odoratissima. Liatris baicalensis Adams in Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc. v. 115 (1817) —obviously not a Liatris. Liatris bellidifolia Michx. Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 92 (1803) = Carphe- phorus bellidifolius. Liatris brasiliensis Gardn. Hook. London Jour. Bot. v. 461 (1846) = Leptoclinium brasiliense Benth. & Hook. Gen. Plant. ii. 244 (1873). Liatris cordata D. Don ex Royle Illust. Bot. Himal. 247 (1835) —nomen nudum. Liatris cordata Royle ex C. B. Clarke, Compos. Indicae, 247 (1876) = Ainsliaea aptera. Liatris corymbosa Nutt. Gen. Amer. ii. 132 (1818) = Carphe- phorus corymbosus. Liatris fruticosa Nutt. Amer. Jour. Sci. v. 299 (1822) = Garberia fruticosa. Liatris lanata Spreng. ex. DC. Prodr. vi. 540 (1837) obviously not a Liatris. Liatris latifolia Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 169 (1825) obviously not a Liatris. Liatris lobelioides Wall. ex. C. B. Clarke, Compos. Indicae, 246 (1876) = Ainsliaea pteropoda. Liatris odoratissima Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1637 (1803) = Trilisa odoratissima. Liatris oppositifolia Nutt. in Amer. Jour. Sci. v. 299 (1822) = Eupatorium ivaefolium. Liatris paniculata Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii. 93 (1803) = Trilisa paniculata. 1946] Gaiser,—The Genus Liatris 411 Liatris squamosa Nutt. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vii. 73 (1834) = Carphephorus Pseudo-Liatris. Liatris tomentosa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii. 93 (1803) = Carphe- phorus tomentosus. Liatris trichotoma Gardn. Hook. London Jour. Bot. vi. 435 (1847) — Leptoclinium trichotomum Benth. ex. Baker in Martius Fl. Brasil. vi. (2) 272 (1875-6). Liatris umbellata Bertol. Misc. Bot. v. 13, t. 4 (1846) = Vernonia angustifolia. ; Liatris Walteri Ell. Sk. ii. 285 (1821-24) = Carphephorus tomen- tosus var. Walteri (Ell.) Fern. DOUBTFUL SPECIES Liatris alata (Nelson) K. Sch. Just, Bot. Jahresb. xxxix. 569 (1903)—with “reflected lower leaves, long foliar-bracted spike and alate bracts of the involucre”; the type of the proposed species (Aug. 1895, J. H. Kimmons, Creek Nation, Indian Territory of Oklahoma (Rocky Mt. Herb.) ‘‘still represented only by the type number from Oklahoma."! Liatris botrys Raf. New Fl. N. Amer. iv. 76 (1838)—remains a question. Liatris heterophylla R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 iv. 503 (1812)— Though the type specimen has not been seen, from examination of a photograph of it and the phyllaries of a head of it in a small packet at the Gray Herbarium, this still seems a doubtful and rare species (see discussion no. 17). Liatris hirsutissima Poir. ex Steudel, Nom. Bot. ed. 2, ii. 40 (1841) —published in synonymy of Liatris pycnostachya Michx. Liatris linaria Raf. Fl. Ludov. 61. (1817)—descr. Cynarocephale élégante sans épines Rob. Voy. Louis. iii. 429 (1807). Prob- ably L. pycnostachya Michx. Laciniaria platylepis Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxvii. 281 (1900); Fl. S. E. U. S. 1174 (1903).— Type specimen of Hale from Louisiana (N. Y.) said not to be like aczdota because of inner rounded bracts. Inatris picta Barton ex Greene Herb.—Published in synonymy of L. spicata L. in DC. Prodr. v.! 130 (1836). The specimen has not been located.? Liatris pumila Lodd. Cab. t. 147 (1817)—Insufficient description to identify; by plate probably L. spicata (L.) Willd. Lacini- ps p var. pumila Porter, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club v. 314 1894). Liatris rigida Raf. New Fl. Amer. iv. 76 (1838)—insufficient description. 1 By private communication from Prof. A. Nelson. ? By private communication from Dr. F. W. Pennell and Mr. C. A. Weatherby. 412 Rhodora [DECEMBER Laciniaria scariosa var. trilisioides Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xvii. 170-171 (1916)—Liatris novae-angliae var. Nieuwlandii f. trilisioides (Farwell) Shinners, Amer. Mid. Nat. xxix. 31 (1943) —was reported as a sweet-scented form, but the type has not been available. Laciniaria serotina Greene, Pitt. iv. 315 (1901)—probably an intermediate between Liatris spicata (L.) Willd. and L. pycnostachya Michx. (See discussion no. 1). Liatris turbinata Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. i. 220 (1836) = nomen. Liatris uniflora Raf. New Fl. Amer. iv. 76 (1836)—by description and region of collection may very well apply to specimens of L. squarrosa (L.) Willd. var. gracilenta, bearing one head only. Liatris varia Herb. Banks, Pursh, Fl. ii. 508 (1814)— published in synonymy of L. heterophylla R. Br. McMasTER UNIVERSITY, Hamilton, Ontario. IMPATIENS ROYLEI VERSUS I. GLANDULIFERA C. A. WEATHERBY The handsome Himalayan species of Impatiens commonly known as J. Roylei has now escaped from cultivation and estab- lished itself so successfully at so many localities, from Nova Scotia to Washington and British Columbia, that it has earned a place in our manuals. Its correct name therefore becomes a matter of some importance. I. Roylei is a substitute name given by Walpers, Repert. 1. 475 (1842), to I. glandulifera Royle because of 7. glandulifera Arnott, which Walpers either supposed to be earlier or, at a time when priority was more lightly regarded than at present, thought preferable. Since the title-page of Royle’s Illustrations bears the date 1839 and that of the first volume of the Companion to the Botanical Magazine, in which Arnott’s species was published, 1835, Walpers may well have thought he was observing strict priority. In any case, his name was adopted by Sir Joseph Hooker in the Flora of British India and the Epitome of the British Indian Species of Impatiens, and by nearly everyone else who has had occasion to refer to the species, though J. glanduli- fera has persisted to some extent in horticultural literature and has been regularly cited as a synonym by L. H. Bailey (e. g. in Hortus Second). 1946] Weatherby,—Impatiens Roylei versus I. glandulifera 413 In 1900, however, in a note which seems to have been generally overlooked (Journ. Bot. xxxviii. 87-88), Hiern pointed out that both Royle's work and the Companion were published in parts and that the part of the former which contains 7. glandulifera was issued more than a year before the part of the Companion in which Arnott's homonym appeared. Sprague in 1933 (Kew Bull. 362-364; 378-390) went into the matter in detail, estab- lishing dates of issue for all parts of both works and confirming Hiern's conclusions. "They were further confirmed by Stearn in 1943 (Journ. Arnold Arb. xxiv. 484—487) from a copy of Royle's Illustrations still in the original fascicles which he discovered. The correct name for the species is, then, I. glandulifera Royle. Bibliography (the dates for Royle and Arnott taken from Sprague) is as follows. IMPATIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle, Ill. Bot. Himalaya Mts. t. 28, fig. 2, plate without analyses of flower, (March, 1834) and p. 151 (Jan., 1835); Lindl. in Bot. Reg. xxvi. t. 22 (1840), as glandu- ligera; Hook. in Bot. Mag. t. 4020 (1843), as glanduligera; Sprague in Kew Bull. 1933: 386. Not J. glandulifera Arn. in Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 322 (June, 1836).—1. Roylei Walp. Repert. i. 475 (1842); Hook. f. & Thomps. in Journ. Linn. Soc. iv. 127 (1860); Hook. f. Fl. Brit. India, i. 468 (1872) and in Rec. Bot. Survey India, iv. 7 (1904); E. Loew in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xiv. 167, t. 1, 2 (1892); Bailey, Standard Cycl. Hort. 1644, fig. 1954 (1915); Toppin in Kew Bull. 1920: 347. The flowers of 7. glandulifera are typically, except for the short green spur, of a uniform dark magenta-red without spots, and, with a single exception, all the American material I have seen is of this typical form, or at least indistinguishable in the dried state. At St. John, New Brunswick, however, where the species crowds several small areas of moist waste ground, many individuals have pale pink corollas with brownish or reddish spots on the sac, yellowish spur and a narrow green band running along the upper side of the sac to the spur. This is apparently I. Roylei var. pallidiflora Hook. f. in Bot. Mag. t. 7647 (1899). Since Hooker gives no differential characters except color of flower and size of plant for his variety and since the St. John material seems to show no others, this may appropriately be treated as a color-form and, at some risk of repeating a combina- tion already made in recent European literature, be called 414 Rhodora [DECEMBER I. GLANDULIFERA Royle, forma pallidiflora (Hook. f.) n. comb. I. Roylei var. pallidiflora Hook. f. in Bot. Mag. t. 7647 (1899). Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel-Eur. v. 314 (1924), describes a pure albino as I. Roylei forma albida Hort. This is very likely the same as I. Roylei var. candida (Lindl. Hook. f. Fl. Brit. India, i. 469 (1872); I. candida Lindl. in Bot. Reg. xxvi. Misc. Not. 85 (1840) and xxvii. t. 20 (1841). Isaw no pure white flowers at St. John.! Gray HERBARIUM. 1 Since the above was in type I have, through the kindness of Prof, G., N. Jones, seen further specimens of two collections by him—Mukilteo, Snohomish Co., Wash- ington, Aug. 4, 1937, no. 10545 &nd Port Moody, British Columbia, Aug. 14, 1935, s.n. These show that the plants at both the above stations were of forma pallidi- flora. I have seen no other western material. Volume 48, no. 575, containing pages 329—392, was issued ? November, 1946. ERRATA Page 14, line 28; for 1006 read. 1000. Page 38, line 5; for transfer read transfers. Page 44, line 23; for aments, with read aments with. Page 142, line 1; for S. U. Se. read Se. U.S. Page 173, line 23; for Willd. read Michx. Page 254, line 4; for 16028 read 10028. Page 262, line 31; for Jones read Jonas. 1946] Index to Volume 48 i INDEX TO VOLUME 48 New scientific names are printed in full-face type Abies balsamea, 163 Acerates, 209; lanuginosa, 116; viridiflora, var. linearis, 208, 209 Achillea lanulosa, 116 Achras bahamensis, 164; zapotilla, var. parviflora, 164, 8. parvifolia, 164 Acrostichum hispidum, 384 Adiantum vestitum, 383-386 Agrimonia, 71; gryposepala, 71; microcarpa, 71; pubescens, 71; rostellata, 71 Agropyron, 22; pungens, 20; repens, 20, 22, f. aristatum, 20, f. pilosum, 20, var. subulatum, 20, 25, f. heberhachis, 20, f. setiferum, 20, f. Vaillantianum, 20; repens, f. trichorrhachis, 20; Smithii, 20, 100; trachycaulum, var. glaucum, 20, 23, var. majus, 20, 23, var. novae-angliae, 20, 23 Ainsliaea aptera, 410; pteropoda, 410 Alders, 205 Alisma brevipes, 86, 87; parviflorum, 87, 88; Plantago, 87, e. ameri- canum, 87, 6. parviflorum, 88, var. triviale, 87; Plantago-aqua- tica, 86, 87, 330, North American Representatives of, 86, subsp. brevipes, 86, 87, var. brevipes, 87, var. parviflorum, 88, var. triviale, 87; subcordatum, 87, 88; superb- um, 87; triviale, 87 Allium canadense, 115; tricoccum, 61, 62, in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, Observations on two Ecological Races of, 61; tri- florum, 62 Altitude in New Hampshire, Betula glandulosa at a low, 183 Amblystegium Juratzkanum, 2; varium, var. ovatum, 2 Ambrosia, 73, 74 Amelanchier, 125, 128-131, 133, (Review), A Monograph of, 129; amabilis, 132; austromontana, 126, 127, 131, 132; Bartramiana, 130, 132; canadensis, 126, 128- 130; X grandiflora, 130; humilis, 126, 127, 131-133; huronensis, 132; laevis, 130; neglecta, 130, 132, 133; oblongifolia, 126, 128; ovalis, 125, 128, 129, 131, 132, pl. 1028; pallida, 132; rotundi- folia, 128, 131; sanguinea, 132; spicata, 125-129, 131-133, pl. 1027, Not an American Species, 125; stolonifera, 126-129, 131- 133, pls. 1029, 1030; vulgaris, 128, 131 American Forms of the Lady-fern, Some Trivial, 389 American Species, Amelanchier spi- cata not an, 125 Ammi capillaceum, 162 Ammopursus, 375; Ohlingerae, 374 Amos Eaton Herbarium, The, 201 Anacharis occidentalis, 330 Anemone canadensis, 116 Anonymos graminifolia, 247, 248, 255; graminifolius, 222 Another later Homonym, 163 Antennaria, 116-118, 121; alpina, 119, 121, var. canescens, 119; aprica, 120; Brainerdii, 118; dio- ica, 119; fallax, 118; microphylla, 119, 120; neglecta, 118, 119, 121; neodioica, 118; Parlinii, 118; parvifolia, 119-121; petaloidea, 118; plantaginifolia, 119, 121; rosea, 120; solitaria, 121; sub- viscosa, 119; umbrinella, 119, 121; vexillifera, 119; ,virginica, 118, var. argillicola, 118 Appearance of Epipactis Helle- borine, Sporadic, 88 Application of the Name Euphorbia maculata L., 197 Aquatic and Prairie Vegetation in Southwestern Minnesota, Notes on, 113 Arabis dentata, 208, var. phala- crocarpa, 208; perstellata, 208, var. phalacrocarpa, 208, var. Shortii, 208 Araceae, 267 Arethusa divaricata, 186 Aristida tuberculosa, 37 Arkansas, Vegetation of Artificial Lakes in Northwestern, 329 Arnica fulgens, 101, 103 Artificial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, Vegetation of, 329 Asclepias, 209; viridiflora, 209, var. lanceolata, 209, var. linearis, 208 il Rhodora Ash, Red, 61 Asperella Hystrix, var. Bigeloviana, 22 Asplenium fontanum, 383 Aspidium, 385; lanosum, 385, 386 Aster anticostensis, 271 Astomum Muhlenbergianum, 3, 4 Astragalus bisulcatus, 99; caryo- carpus Fruits, Size, Shape and Number in, 111; Drummondii, 100; pectinatus, 99, 100; tenellus, 102 Athyrium angustum, 389, 390, var. confertum, 389; angustum, f. laciniatum, 389, var. laurenti- anum, 389, 390; asplenioides, 389, f. subtripinnatum, 389; Filix- femina, 389, 390, var. aspleni- oides, f. subtripinnatum, 389, var. Michauxii, f. confertum, 389, f. laciniatum, 389, f. laur- entianum, 389, var. sitchense, 389 Aulacomnium palustre, var. imbri- catum, 1 Back to Carex rostrata, 145 Baldwin, J. T., Jr., Spiraea latifolia, var. septentrionalis in Virginia, 112 Balsam Poplar, 103-109 Bartonia paniculata, 328; tenella, 328; verna, 327, 328, grow in Virginia?, Does, 327; virginica, 328 Bean, R. C., Ninth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribu- tion, 17 Beech, 61 Bermudiana graminea, flore, etc., 153-158, 215; Grass-leaved, 154 Betula glandulosa, 183, at low Alti- tude in New Hampshire, 183 Bidens, 83; frondosa, 330; hyper- borea, 82, 83, var. laurentiana, 83, var. typica, 82, 83 Birch, swamp, 61 Black Poplar, 106 Blewitt, Arthur E., Edgar Burton Harger, 263 Blue-eyed Grass, 153 Boreal Plants in Southeastern Min- nesota, Relict, 163 Botanical Visits to Forts Clark, Mandan and Union in North Dakota, 98, pls. 1025, 1026 Botrychium minganense, 271 Bouteloua 27, curtipendula, 17; [DECEMBER gracilis, 17, 100; radicosa, 17; rigidiseta, 17; simplex, 17 Brachythecium acutum, 2; Bestii, 2; campestre, 2; flexicaule, 2; populeum, 2; rivulare, 2; velu- tinum, 2 Briza media, 18; minor, 18 Bromus, 21; arvensis, 18; brizae- formis, 18; ciliatus, 18, 23, 25, var. intonsus, 18, 23; commu- tatus, 18; Dudleyi, 18, 25; erectus, 18; inermis, 18, f. ari- status, 18; Japonicus, 18; Kalmii, 18, 24; latiglumis, 18, 25, 26, f. incanus, 18; marginatus, 18, var. seminudus, 18; mollis, 18, f. leiostachys, 18; purgans, 18, 24, f. glabriflorus, 18, f. laevivagin- atus, 18; racemosus, 18; rigidus, var. Gussonii, 18; rubens, 18; secalinus, 18; sterilis, 18; squar- rosus, 18; tectorum, 18, 26 Bryhnia Hultenii, 2 Bryophytes, 1 Buckwheat, 97 Buddleia, 175 Bursera Simaruba, 105 Calceolus parviflorus, 4 Calipogon parviflorum, 11 Callitriche heterophylla, 114 Calopogon barbatus, 11, var. multi- florus, 11; multiflorus, 11; pal- lidus, 11; parviflorus, 11; pul- chellus, 189, f. latifolius, 188, var. latifolius, 188, 189 Camelina microcarpa, 99 Campanula, 209, 212 Capnoides flavulum, 326; Halei, 207 Cardamine pulcherrima, 12 Carex 70, 82, 145, 146; ampullacea, 146; crinita, 55, var. brevicrinis, 54-50, var. gynandra, 55, 56; Eleocharis, 115; gynandra, 330; inflata, 145, 146, var. ambigens, 146, var. anticostensis, 146, var. utriculata, 146; laevigata, 145, 146; Mitchelliana, 55, 56; Pseudo- Cyperus, 55; rostrata, 145, 146, Back to, 145, var. ambigens, 146, var. anticostensis, 146, var. utriculata, 146; utriculata, 146, var. minor, 146; vesicaria, 145 Carices, 145 Carphephorus bellidifolius, 410; corymbosus, 410; Pseudo-Liatris, 411; tomentosus, 411, var. Walteri, 411 1946] Index to Volume 48 iii Carya cordiformis, 206; ovalis, 206; ovata, 206 Cathea pulchella, f. latifolia, 188 Centaurea maculosa, 98, in Indiana, 391 Centaurella autumnalis, 328; pani- culata, 328; verna, 327, 328; Chara sp., 330; Braunii, 329; fragilis, 330 Cheilanthes 383, 386, 388; Feei, 386, 387; gracilis, 386; lanosa, 387, 388, Presumable Identity of, 383; lanuginosa, 386-388; siliquosa, 272; tomentosa, 383, 384, 388; vestita, 384—388 Chenopodium, 100; album, 100; Berlandieri, 100 Chloris cucullata, 17, 27; elegans, 27; virgata, 17 Chrysobalanus, New Combination in, 136; pallidus, 136 Chrysocoma affinis, 255 Chrysopsis mariana, f. efulgens, 69 Cicuta Victorinii, 272 Cirsium minganense, 271; non ramosum, etc., 296, 298 Cleistes divaricata, 186-188, 215, pl. 1047, var. bifaria, 186-188, 215, pl. 1048, var. typica, 187 Cliff-brake, Oregon, 272 Clubmosses, 267 Collomia linearis, 99 Combination in Chrysobalanus, New, 136 Commelina hirtella, 330 Committee on Plant Distribution, Ninth Report of the, 17 Compositae, 170; of the North- eastern United States, III. Inu- leae and Senecioneae, Notes on, 116; subtribe Ambrosinae, 73 Connecticut, Second Station for Corydalis flavula in, 326 Conringia, 99 Contributions from the Gray Her- barium of Harvard University— No. CLX, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020; No. CLXII, 137-162, 184-197, 207-216, pls. 1031-1050 Coral-roots, 193 Corallorhiza, 193, 194, 197; Coral- lorhiza subsp. coloradensis, 194, 196; ericetorum, 196; innata, 193, 195, var. virescens, 196; macu- lata, 197, var. punicea, 197; montana, 12; odontorhiza, 12, 197, B. verna, 196; striata, 197, f. fulva, 197; trifida, 193-196, var. verna, 196, var. virescens, 196; verna, 194—196 Corallorrhiza, 193, 194 Cornus canadensis, 163 Corona solis minor, etc., 75 Correction, Helianthus—a, 112 Cory, V. L., Genus Palafoxia in Texas, 84 Corydalis aurea, var. australis, 207; flavula, 326, 327, in Connecticut, Second Station for, 326; Halei, 207; micrantha, 207, var. diffusa, 207, var. pachysiliquosa, 207; sempervirens, 327 Crataegus, 95, 129; racemosa, 127, 128; rotundifolia, 128, 131; spi- cata, 125-129, 131, 132, pl. 1027 Crepis, 117; acuminata, 117 Cronquist, Arthur, Notes on Com- positae of the Northeastern Unit- ed States, III. Inuleae and Senecioneae, 116 Cymbidium odontorhizon, 12 Cynarocephale, 411 Cynodon dactylon, 17 Cynosurus, 26; cristatus, 18 Cyperus acuminatus, 330; escu- lentus, 330; odoratus, 330; ovu- laris, 330; strigosus, 330 Cypripedium bulbosum, var. parvi- florum, 4; Calceolus, 8., 4, var. parviflorum, 4; Calceolus L., var. parviflorum, 4, var. pubes- cens, 4; flavescens, B., C. parvi- florum, 4; hirsutum, var. parvi- florum, 4; luteum, var. parvi- florum, 4; parviflorum, 4 Cystopteris fragilis, 390 Dactylis, 21; glomerata, 18, var. ciliata, 18, var. detonsa, 18, var. vivipara, 18 Dactyloctenium aegyptium, 17 Dactylogramma cinnoides, 64 Danthonia, 212 Darlington Oak, 144 Delphinium virescens, 115 Dentaria grandiflora, 12; macro- carpa, 12, var. pulcherrima, 12; tenella, var. pulcherrima, 12 Descurainia Sophia, 99 iv Rhodora a eximia, 272, in Vermont, 272 Dicranum fulvum, 1; fuscescens, 2; scoparium, var. orthophyllum, 2 Difficulties in North American Salix, 13-16, 27-40, 41-49, pls. 995-1006 Dilly, Wild, 164 Diplachne maritima, 18, 25; uni- nervia, 18 Distichlis spicata, 18, 25 Ditrichum pallidum, 2 Does Bartonia verna grow in Vir- ginia?, 327; Habenaria cristata still grow in New England?, 64 Dog’s-tooth-violet, 266 Downy False Foxglove, 205, 206 Drepanocladus aduncus, var. capil- lifolius, 3, var. Kneiffi, 2 Eastern United States, Stenanthium in the, 148-152, pls. 1037-1041 Eaton, Richard J., Dicentra eximia in Vermont, 272 Echinacea, 99; angustifolia, 99 Echinochloa colonum, 330; pungens, 330 Ecological Races of Allium tricoc- cum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, Observations on two, 61 Elatine triandra, 114, f. intermedia, 114, f. terrestris, 116 Eleocharis caribaea, 37; geniculata, 37; melanocarpa, 37; obtusa, 330 Eleusine indica, 17, 26 Elm, white, 61 Elymus, 22; arenarius, var. villosus, 20, 25; canadensis, 20, 24, f. glau- cifolius, 20; caput-medusae, 20; riparius, 20, 23, 24; villosus, 20, 24, f. arkansanus, 20; virginicus, 20, 22, f. australis, 21, var. glabriflorus, 21, var. halophilus, 21, 25, f. hirsutiglumis, 21, var. jejunus, 21, var. submuticus, 21; Wiegandii, 21, f. calvescens, 21 Epipactis Helleborine, 88, Sporadic Appearance of, 88; latifolia, 88 Equisetum arvense, f. campestre, 82 Eragrostis capillaris, 18, 24; Frankii, 18, 24; hypnoides, 18, 24, 330; intermedia, 18; megastachya, 18; multicaulis, 18, 21; pectinacea, 18, 24; pilosa, 18; poaeoides, 18; spectabilis, 18, 24, var. sparsi- hirsuta, 19, 24 Erechtites hieraciifolia, 122, var. [DECEMBER Demon 122; megalocarpa, 2 Erigeron glabellus, 102, var. asper, 102; strigosus, 116 Eriocaulon decangulare, 58 Eriogonum flavum, 101; multiceps, 101; pauciflorum, 101 Eupatorium ivaefolium, 410; speci- osum, 340 Euphorbia glyptosperma, 100; hy- pericifolia, 200; maculata, 197— 200; maculata L., Application of the Name, 197; nutans, 197; Preslii, 197; supina, 189—200 Eurhynchium hians, 3; strigosum, var. robustum, 3; Swartzii, 3 Fagopyrum esculentum, 97 False Foxglove, Downy, 205, 206 Fassett, Norman C., Bidens hy- perborea, var. typica, 82 Fernald, M. L., A Monograph of Amelanchier (Review), 129; Ame- lanchier spicata not an American Species, 125; Cypripedium Cal- ceolus, var. parviflorum, 4; Dif- ficulties in North American Salix, 13-16, 27-40, 41-49, pls. 995— 1006; Does Bartonia verna grow in Virginia?, 327; Does Habenaria cristata still grow in New Eng- land?, 64; Helianthus—a Correc- tion, 112; Identifications and Reidentifications of North Ameri- can Plants, 137-162, 184-197, 207—216, pls. 1031-1050; Nomen- clatural Transfers in Polygonum, 49, 54; North American Repre- sentatives of Alisma Plantago- aquatica, 86; Novelties in Our Flora, 54-60, 65-80, pls. 1007- 1020; Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa, 383; Senecio tomentosus, forma alabamensis, 330; Some Species in Rafinesque's “Herbarium — Rafinesquianum", 5-13, pls. 993, 994; Some trivial American Forms of the Lady- fern, 389; Sporadic Appearance of Epipactis Helleborine, 88; Tech- nical Studies on North American Plants, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65- 81, pls. 993-1020; Triodanis versus Specularia, 209—214, pls. 1049, 1050; Varieties of Lyco- podium inundatum, 134 Ferraria pulchella, 158 Festuca, 21, 70; capillata, 19; elatior, 19; obtusa, 19, 23, 24; 1946] Index to Volume 48 v ovina, 19, var. duriuscula, 19, f. hispidula, 19; prolifera, 19, 23; rubra, 19, 25, var. commutata, 19, f. megastachys, 19, var. mul- tiflora, 19; f. squarrosa, 19; var. trichophylla, 19; saximontana, 19, 23 Festucas, 26 Firs, 163 Floating knotweed, 52 Flora, Novelties in Our, 54-60, 65- 81, pls. 1007-1020 Forms of the Lady-fern, Some Trivial American, 389 Forts Clark, Mandan and Union in North Dakota, Botanical Visits to, 98, pls. 1025, 1026 Fosberg, F. R., Application of the Name Euphorbia maculata L., 197 Frére Marie-Victorin, 265 Fringed-orchid, 185 Gaiser, L. O., The Genus Liatris, 165-183, 216—263, 273-326, 331- 382, 393-412 Garberia fruticosa, 410 Gentiana Victorinii, 272 Genus Liatris, The, 165-183, 216- 263, 273-326, 331-382, 393-412 Genus Palafoxia in Texas, 84 Geobalanus pallidus, 136 Gerardia, 206; virginica, 205 Gilly, Charles L., Another later Homonym, 163 Glyceria, 21; acutiflora, 19, 24; borealis, 19, 23; canadensis, 19, 22; Fernaldii, 19, 22; fluitans, 19; grandis, 19, 22, f. pallescens, 19; laxa, 19, 25, 26; melicaria, 19, 23; obtusa, 19, 25, 26; pallida, 19, 24; septentrionalis, 19, 24; striata, 19, 22, var. stricta, 19, 23 Gnaphalium obtusifolium, 121, var. saxicola, 121; purpureum, 121, bere purpureum, 121; saxicola, 121 Goodyera decipiens, 11; Menziesii, 11, 12; oblongifolia, 11, 12 Gramineae, 205, Tribe Chlorideae, 17, Tribe Festuceae, 17, Tribe Hordeae, 17 Grass, Blue-eyed, 153 Grass-leaved Bermudiana, 154 Gratiola neglecta, 115 Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni- versity, Contributions from the, —No. CLX, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020; No. CLXII, 137-162, 184-197, 207-216, pls. 1031-1050 Gray's Manual Range, Notes on certain Plants in the, 89, pls. 1021-1024 Grimmia alpicola, 2; apocarpa, 2 Gymnosperms, 267 Gyrostachys Beckii, 6; Grayi, 6; parviflora, 5; simplex, 6 Habeeb, Herbert, Some Mosses from Windsor, Nova Scotia, 1 Habenaria X Andrewsii, 184, 185; clavellata, 10, 161, 162, 215, pl. 1045, var. ophioglossoides, 161, 162, 215, pl. 1046; cristata, 64, still grow in New England?, Does, 64; elegans, var. maritima, 10; fimbriata, 184-186, f. albi- flora, 185, f. mentotonsa, 184, 185; lacera, 184—186, var. terrae- novae, 184, 185; maritima, 10, 11; psycodes, 184—186, f. ecalcarata, 184, f. varians, 184, var. varians, 184; psycodes X lacera, 185 Hanes, Clarence R., Observations on two Ecological Races of Al- lium tricoccum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, 61 Harger, Edgar Burton, 263 Harpalium rigidum, 79 Harvard University, Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of— No. CLX, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020; No. CLXII, 137-162, 184-197, 207-216, pls. 1031-1050 Hedysarum boreale, 102 Helenium nudiflorum, 82 Helianthus, 112;—a Correction, 112; annuus, 79; atrorubens, 75-79, var. alsodes, 74-76, 81, pl. 1020, var. normalis, 75, 76, var. pubes- cens, 77, 78; foliis ovatis, 75; dies: 76, 77; heterophyllus, 77; entuckiensis, 77, 78; laetiflorus, 79, 80, 112, var. rigidus, 79, 80, 112; var. subrhomboideus, 79, rigidus, 79, 80, f. flavus, 79, 112; scaberrimus, 78, 79, var. subrhom- boideus, 79, 80; silphioides, 77— 79; sparsifolius, 76; subrhomboi- deus, 79, 80 'Heliotropium indicum, 330 Helleborine Lilii folio caulem, etc., 186 Helonias graminea, 148, 149, 151 Herbarium, The Amos Eaton, 201 “Herbarium Rafinesquianum”, vi Rhodora Some Species in Rafinesque’s, 5- 13, pls. 993, 994 Hermann, F. J., Muhlenbergia setosa an Untenable Name, 63 Heteranthera limosa, 114 Heterocodon, 209, 211, 212 Hickory, 206 Hill, A. F., Ninth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribu- tion, 17 Hodgdon, Albion R., Notes on New Hampshire Plants, 205 Homonym, Another later, 163 Hordeum aegiceras, 21; jubatum, 21, 26, 116; marinum, 21; muri- num, 21; nodosum, 21; pusillum, 21, 27, 115; vulgare, 21, var. tri- furcatum, 21 Horsetails, 267 Hull, Edwin D., Centaurea macu- losa in Indiana, 391 Hydnum chrysorhizum, 202, 203 Hydranthelium rotundifolium, 116 -i „remar maae m irriguum, 3 Hylocomium brevirostre, 3 Hypericum canadense, 58 Hypnum curvifolium, 3 Hystrix, 24; patula, 21, 23, 24, var. Bigeloviana, 21-23 Ibidium Beckii, 6; ovale, 5; parvi- florum, 6 Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa, Presumable, 383; Quercus lauri- folia, The, 137-145, pls. 1031- 1036; of Sisyrinchium angusti- folium, The, 152-160, pls. 1042- 1044 Iliamna, 89, 91, 92, 94; latibracteata, 95; remota, 89-93, pls. 1021, 1022, var. Corei, 96, pl. 1024, var. typica, 93-95, pls. 1021- 1023 Impatiens, 412, candida, 414; glan- ulifera, 412, 413, I. Roylei versus, 412, f. pallidiflora, 414; glanduligera, 413; Roylei, 412, 413, versus I. glandulifera, 412, f. albida, 414; var. candida, 414, var. pallidiflora, 413, 414 Indiana, Centaurea maculosa in, 391 Inuleae and Senecioneae, Notes on Compositae of the Northeastern United States, III., 116 Todanthus dentatus, 208 Iris virginica, 15 Isoetes melanopoda, 114, 115 Iva xanthifolia, 100, 101 [DECEMBER Juncus, $82; diffusissimus, 330; Dudleyi, 115; effusus, 330; in- terior, 330; nodatus, 330 Juniperus horizontalis, 102 Kalamazoo County, Michigan, Ob- servations on two Ecological Races of Allium tricoccum in, 61 Kilbourne, Frederick W., Second Station for Corydalis flavula in Connecticut, 326 Knotweed, floating, 52; swimming, 2 Knowlton, C. H., Ninth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribu- tion, 17 Koeleria cristata, 115 Kucyniak, James, Frère Marie- Victorin, 265 Kyllinga pumila, 330 Lacinaria, 167; acidota, 232, 235; angustifolia, 368-370; arenicola, 363; brachyphylla, 232; Chap- manii, var. longifolia, 280; cy- lindracea, var. solitaria, 381; cylindracea X scariosa, var. sphaeroidea, 381; Gladewitzii, 381, 382; Halei, 232, 233, 235; Helleri, 260; indecidua, 302, 304; kansana, 228, 229; leptostachya, 364; microcephala, 230, 231; Ò - lingerae, 374; regimontis, 277; Ruthii, 336, 370; scariosa, var. trilisioides, 175; secunda, 278, 282; spicata, var. albiflora, 179, var. foliacea, 179, 180, 227; stratiotes, 302, 304 Laciniaria, 167, 309; aspera, 302; carinata, 277, 278; Chapmanii, 280; chlorolepis, 236, 237; cylin- dracea, f. solitaria, 376, 381, var. solitaria, 376; cymosa, 373; Deamiae, 380, 381, Deamii, 312, 313, f. albina, 312; densispicata, 363; Earlei, 336, 338; elegans, 341; elegantula, 254, 255, 259; elongata, 220, 224; fallacior, 362, var. celosioides, 362, 363; flabel- lata, 345; formosa, 318, 322; Garberi, 236; gracilis, 273; laevi- gata, 289; lancifolia, 228, 229; Langloisii, 238, 244; laxa, 273, 276, 277; ligulistylis, 318, 322, 323; macilenta, 238; Nashii, 236, 237; nervata, 376, 378; pauciflora, 281, 284; platylepis, 411; poly- phylla, 230; Pana 347, f. albiflora, 347, f. corymbosa, 347, 1946] var. turgida, 347; Ruthii, 336- 338; scabra, 316, 317; scariosa, 309, 311, 323, f. corymbulosa, 318, f. globosa, 319, f. uniflora, 318, 319, var. angustata, 318, 320, var. annuens, 318, 320, var. basilaris, 318, 320, var. borealis, 296, 300, var. brachiata, 323, var. Chandonnetii, 323, var. com- posita, 318, 320, var. corymbu- losa, 318, 323, var. crista-galli, 318, 320, var. exuberans, 318, 320, var. immanis, 318, 320, var. in- concinna, 319, 320, var. insolens, 318, 320, var. intermedia, 305, 306, 309, 310, var. media, 305, 309, var. multiplex, 318, 320, var. nictitans, 323, var. Nieuwlandii, 324, 326, 331, f. borealis, 325, 331, f. gracillima, 325, 331, f. septent- rionalis, 325, 331, f. versicolor, 325, 331, var. novae-angliae, 333, 334, 336, var. obesa, 302, 303, var. opima, 318, 320, var. perusta, 318, 319, var. petiolata, 305, 306, 309, var. porrecta, 302, 303, var. praecellens, 323, var. praeceps, 318, 320, var. praesignis, 325, 326, 332, var. praestans, 318, 320, var. propinqua, 323, var. ramea, 323, var. salutans, 302, 305, var. scalaris, 318, 320, var. singularis, 318, 320, var. squarrulosa, 296, var. strictissima, 302, 303, var. subeorymbosa, 318, 320, var. superans, 323, var. supereminens, 318, 320, var. superscandens, 323, var. trilisioides, 412, var. uniflora, 318, 320, var. virgata, 302, 303, var. virginiana, 296, 300; serotina, 225, 226, 412; Shortii, 316; Smallii, 253, 258, 259; spicata, f. albiflora, 179, var. pumila, 411; squarrosa, 394, squarrosa ala- bamensis, 398, 407, var. inter- media, 376; tenuifolia, 287; Tracyi, 336-338; vittata, 217, Index to Volume 48 vii Lemna abbreviata, 146, 147; ango- lensis, 147; arhiza, 147; cy- clostasa, 146, 147; gibba, 147; minima, 147; minor, 147, var. ? Cyclostasa, 146, 147; polyrrhiza, 147; Torreyi, 146; trisulca, 147; valdiviana, 146, 147, 205, not L. cyclostasa, 146, var. abbreviata, 147, var. ? platyclados, 147 Lepidium densiflorum, 116 Leptochloa filiformis, 17 Leptoclinium brasiliense, 410; tri- chotomum, 411 Leptodictyum riparium, 3, f. longi- folium, 3 Lepturus paniculatus, 114 Lespedeza stipulacea, 391 Liatris, The Genus, 165-183, 216- 263, 273-326, 331-382, 393-412; sect. Euliatris, 167, 176, 177, 235, 312, 363, sect. Suprago, 167, 176, 235, 363, 409; ser. Cylindraceae, 177, 312, 373, 375, ser. Elegantes, 177, 340, ser. Graminifoliae, 172, 177, 226, 232, 237, 246, 260, 279, 285, 286, ser. Pauciflorae, 177, 279, 285, 286, ser. Punctatae, 169-171, 177, 235, 237, 346, 372, ser. Pycnostachyae, 169, 173, 177, 237, 244, 246, 409, ser. Scariosae, 171, 177, 228, 259, 293, 311, 323, 331, 362, 374, 380, 409, ser. Spicatae, 168-170, 173, 177, 225, 229, 232, 236, 237, 244, 246, 312, ser. Squarrosae, 173, 174, 177, 380, 393, ser. Tenuifoliae, 174, 177, 286; acidota, 178, 232-236, 366, 369, 373, 411, var. mucro- nata, 364, var. vernalis, 232, 234; alata, 411; amplexicaulis, 410; angustifolia, 170, 235, 346, 357, 363, 365, 366, 368, 370-372; aspera, 168, 170, 173-175, 246, 293, 301, 302, 310-312, 315-317, 323, 324, 332, 382, var. glabra, 300, var. intermedia, 305, 311, 339, var. typica, 302, 315; aspera 220, 223 Lactuca ludoviciana, 102; pulchella, 100; seariola, 100, 102 Lady-fern, 391; Some trivial Ameri- can Forms of the, 389 Lakela, Olga, Previously unreported Plants from Minnesota, 81 Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, Vegetation of Artificial, 329 Laurel Oak, 138, 145 Lechea villosa, 206 Leersia oryzoides, 330 X punctata, 314; aspera X cylindracea, 381;faspera X pyc- nostachya, 245; baicalensis, 410; Bebbiana, 238, 239, 243, 244; bellidifolia, 410; borealis, 168, 173, 294, 331, 332, 334-336; botrys, 411; X Boykinii, 292; bracteata, 346, 367, 371; bra- chystachya, 238, 243, brasiliensis, 410; carinata, 277, 285; Chap- manii, 279, 281; compacta, 401; cordata, 410; corymbosa, 410; X viii creditonensis, 409; cylindracea, 168, 171, 172, 174, 175, 312, 361, 373-375, 379, 380, 382, 404, 405, 408, 409, var. solitaria, 376; cylin- dracea X sphaeroidea, 381; cylin- drica, 347, 350, 361, 362; cymosa, 171, 373, 375; X Deamii, 313; densispicata, 170, 237, 346, 363; dubia, 250, 255, 258; Earlei, 294, 336, 339, 340; elegans, 169, 173, 174, 292, 293, 340, 341, 343, 345, var. carizzana, 169, 341, 344, 345; elegans, f. Fisheri, 174, 340, 344, var. flabellata, 341, 345, var. typica, 341, 344, 345; ele- ans X tenuifolia, 292; X fal- acior, 325, 362; flabellata, 345; flexuosa, 376, 380; X Frostii, 245, 246; fruticosa, 410; Garberi, 169, 178, 225, 236, 237; glabrata, 401, 404; Gladewitzii, 312; X Glade- witzii, 381, 382; gracilis, 176, 247, 259, 273, 276, 277, 284; gramini- folia, 176, 221, 226, 232, 247, 248, 255, 258-261, 263, 301, var. dubia, 247, 250, 253, 256-202, 278, var. pe 248, 254, 259, 277, var. lasia, 248, 253, 258, var. Smallii, 248, 253, 259, 261, 263, var. typica, 247, 248, 255, 256, 261, 278; Haywardii, 318, 320, 324; Helleri, 176, 247, 259, 260, 263; Herrickii, 318, 319, 324; heterophylla, 301, 411, 412; hir- suta, 399, 404; hirsutiflora, 395; hirsutissima, 411; intermedia, 376, 380, 404, 405, 409; kansana, 228, 229; laevigata, 170, 286, 288, 290- 292; lanata, 410; lanceolata, 273, 276, 277; lancifolia, 177, 228-230, 243, 244; Langloisii, 238, 240, 244; latifolia, 410; laxa, 273; lig- ulistylis, 168, 171-174, 176, 177, 246, 293, 311, 318, 324, 325, 331, 332, 361-363, 374, 380, 409, 410, f. leucantha, 319; ligulistylis X squarrosa, var. glabrata, 409; linaria, 411; lobelioides, 410; ma- erostachya, 178, 221, 222, 242; magnifica, 178; marginata, 376; microcephala, 168, 172, 178, 230, 232, 236, 279; monocephala, 376; mucronata, 170, 232-235, 346, 357-360, 364-368, 370, 372, var. interrupta, 361, 365, 372, var. typica, 364; X Nieuwlandii, 311, 312, 325; novae-angliae, 333, f. albiflora, 333, var. Nieuwlandii, 325, f. alba, 325, f. trilisioides, Rhodora [DECEMBER 412; odoratissima, 410; Ohlinger- ae, 373-375; oppositifolia, 410; paniculata, 410; pauciflora, 279, 281, 284-286; pauciflosculosa, 273, 276; picta, 411; pilosa, 250, 253, 257-259, 263; propinqua, 250; pumila, 411; punctata, 168, 170, 172, 175, 176, 233, 237, 285, 314, 315, 325, 346, 347, 350, 352, 354, 355, 357-362, 366, 367, 372, 404, var. B., 353, 356, 357, var. Y., 347, 348, 356, var. mexicana, 347, 364, 360, 361, 367, var. ne- braskana, 314, 347, 353, 356- 358, 363, 370, 371, var. turgida, 172, var. typica, 347, 356-358, 360, 361, 363, f. coloradensis, 351, 357, 358, 360, 367; pycnosta- chya, 170, 171, 173, 226, 229, 230, 232, 242-246, 409, 411, 412, a., 238, 8., 238, 243, f. Hubrichti, 238; pycnostachya X squarrosa, 245; radians, 340; regimontis, 227, 247, 271, 278, 285, 286; resinosa, 217, 222, 223, 353; x Ridgwayi, 245, 409; rigida, 411; Rosen- dahlii, 318, 319, 322-324; scabra, 293, 316, 332, 340; scariosa, 166, 173, 258, 293, 294, 298, 300—302, 304, 308, 309, 311, 317, 318, 322, 323, 332, 335, 338, 339, 375, 382, 404, f. Benkii, 302, var. Deamii, 313, 8. intermedia, 332, var. sphaeroidea, 382, var. squar- rulosa, 294, 296, 301, var. typica, . 294, 296, 300, 312, 336, var. vir- giniana, 293, 294, 296, 300, 311; secunda, 279, 282, 284-286, 292; sessiliflora, 217, 219, 223, 225; sphaeroidea, 302, 305, 309, 313, 315, 382, f. asperifolia, 302, f. Benkii, 302, var. salutans, 302; sphaeroidea X cylindracea, 381; X sphaeroidea, 168, 228, 311, 312, 382; spicata, 168, 171, 174, 175, 177, 178, 220-222, 224—220, 228, 229, 232, 236, 242-245, 256, 261—203, 286, 312, 411, 412, var. B., 217, 222, f. albiflora, 179, 227, B. macrostachya, 178, var. ma- crostachya, 222, var. montana, 216, 222, y. racemosa, 250, var. resinosa, 216, 223-225, 227, 286, var. typica, 178, 216, 217, 223- 225, 227-229, f. montana, 216, 223, 229; spicata X sphaeroidea, 227; squamosa, 411; squarrosa, 171-174, 220, 245, 333, 361, 376, 379, 380, 393, 395, 401, 403-406, 1946} Index to Volume 48 ix 408, 409, 8., 406, var. è., 394, var. alabamensis, 394, 398, var. compacta, 394, 401, 406-408, g. floribunda, 395, var. floribunda, 403, var. glabrata, 380, 394, 398, 401, 406—410, squarrosa glabrata, 401, var. gracilenta, 394, 397, 398, 403, 405—408, 412, var. hir- suta, 380, 394, 399, 401, 407, 408, squarrosa hirsuta, 399, 8. inter- media, 376, var. intermedia, 394, 402, 404, 405, 407, var. typica, 394, 401, 404, 405, 407, 408; squarrulosa, 296, 300, 312, 336, 338, 339; X Steelei, 227, 312; stricta, 376, 380; tenuifolia, 175, 286, 288, 290-293, 345, 8., 289, var. laevigata, 289, var. quadri- flora, 289, 290; tomentosa, 411; trichotoma, 411; turbinata, 412; turgida, 168, 247, 258, 259, 261; umbellata, 411; uniflora, 412; varia, 301, 412; virgata, 250, 253; Walteri, 411; X Weaveri, 314, 362 i Liliacea, 266 Lilies, 102 Liliiflorae, 267 Limodorum praecox, 190, 191; tu- berosum, f. latifolium, 188, var. nanum, 189 Limosella aquatica, 115, 116 Lindernia anagallidea, 330 Linum sulcatum, 115 Liparis, 189 Listera auriculata, 82 Lolium, 26; multiflorum, 21, var. diminutum, 21; perenne, 21; temulentum, 21, var. leptochae- tum, 21 Lonicera hirsuta, 202, 203 Lophotocarpus calycinus, 330 Ludwigia alternifolia, 330 Luzula nemorosa, 82 Lycopodium adpressum, 135, 136, f. polyclavatum, 136; alopecur- oides, 134, 135, ssp. adpressum, 136, f. adpressum, 136, var. ad- pressum, 136, f. polyclavatum, 136; Bigelovii, 134; carolinianum, 134-136; Chapmani, 135, 136; inundatum, 134-136, Varieties of, 134, var. adpressum, 135, 136, f. polyclavatum, 136, y. alope- curoides, 134, var. appressum, 136, 8. Bigelovii, 134, 135, var. Bigelovii, 135, 136, f. furcatum, 136, f. polyclavatum, 136, var. robustum, 135, 136, f. furcatum, 136 Lycopus amplectens, 37; rubellus, 330; sessilifolius, 37 Lythrum alatum, 40, in Maine, 40 Maine, Lythrum alatum in, 40 Malus, 132 Manilkara, 164; bahamensis, 164; emarginata, 164; Jaimiqui, 164; parvifolia, 164 Manual Range, Notes on certain Plants in the Gray's, 89, pls. 1021-1024; Some Orchids of the, 161-162, 184-197, pls. 1045-1048 Maple, 61 Marsilea vestita, 115 Mentha canadensis, 330 Merrill, E. D., The Amos Eaton Herbarium, 201 Mertensia paniculata, 163 Mespilus Amelanchier, 128, 131, 132; canadensis, 128 Michigan, Observations on two Ecological Races of Allium tri- coccum in Kalamazoo County, 61 Milium effusum, 81, 82 Mimusops bahamensis, 164; emar- ginata, 164; floridana, 164; Jai- miqui, 164; parviflora, 164; par- vifolia, 164; Eieberi, 164 Minnesota, Previously unreported Plants from, 81; Relict Boreal Plants in Southeastern, 163 Molinia caerulea, 19 Monarda fistulosa, var. typica, f. albescens, 97 Monograph of Amelanchier (Re- view), A, 129 Moore, J. W., Notes on Aquatic and Prairie Vegetation in Southwest- ern Minnesota, 113 Mosses, 1; from Windsor, Nova Scotia, Some, 1 Moyle, J. B., Relict Boreal Plants in Southeastern Minnesota, 163; Vegetation of Artificial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, 329 Muhlenbergia, 63; glomerata, 64, var. cinnoides, 64; microsperma, 64; racemosa, 63; setosa, 63, 64, an Untenable Name, 63, var. cin- noides, 64 Myosurus minimus, 115 Myriopteris gracilis, 386, 387 Name Euphorbia maculata L., Ap- eas of the, 197; Muhlen- ergia setosa an Untenable, 63 x Rhodora Najas guadalupensis, 329 Nardosmia, 123; corymbosa, 124; frigida, 124, var. corymbosa, 124, var. genuina, 123, var. palmata, 124; Hookeriana, 124; palmata, 124; speciosa, 124 Nardus stricta, 21 Narrow-leaved wintergreen oak, 143 Nasturtium officinale, 330 Nelumbo pentapetala, 330 Neottia gracilis, 6, 7, 190, 191, var. B. secunda, 5, 7, 9; lacera, 5-7; plantaginea, 6; Slender, 6; tor- tilis, 190, 191 Nephrodium, 384, 385; lanosum, 383-388 New Combination in Chrysobala- nus, 136 New England?, Does Habenaria cristata still grow in, 64 New Hampshire, Betula glandulosa at a low Altitude in, 183; Plants, Notes on, 205 Nielsen, E. L., Vegetation of Arti- ficial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, 329 Ninth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribution, 17 Nomen ambiguum, Populus bal- samifera of Linnaeus not a, 103 Nomenclatural Transfers in Poly- gonum, 49-54 North American Plants, Technical Studies on, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020; Representa- tives of Alisma Plantago-aqua- tica, 86; Salix, Difficulties in, 13— 16, 27—40, 41-49, pls. 995-1006 North Carolina, Setaria Faberii in, 391 North Dakota, Botanical Visits to Forts Clark, Mandan and Union in, 98, pls. 1025, 1026 Northeastern United States, III. Inuleae and Senecioneae, Notes on Compositae of the, 116 Notes on Aquatic and Prairie Vege- tation in Southwestern Minne- sota, 113; certain Plants in the Gray's Manual Range, 89, pls. 1021-1024; Compositae of the Northeastern United States, III. Inuleae and Senecioneae, 116; New Hampshire Plants, 205 Nova Seotia, Some Mosses from Windsor, 1 Novelties in Our Flora, 54—60, 65- 81, pls. 1007-1020 [DECEMBER . Number in Astragalus caryocarpus Fruits, Size, Shape and, 111 Nymphoides peltatum, 330 Oak, Darlington, 144; laurel, 138, 145; narrow-leaved wintergreen, 143; water, 143; white, 206 Observations on two Ecological Races of Allium tricoccum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, 61 Ophrys aestivalis, 191; barbata, 11; Corallorhiza, 193 Orchidaceae, 9, 193 Orchids, 7; of the Manual Range, Some, 161-162, 184-197, pls. 1045-1048 Orchioides decipiens, 11; Menziesii, 1 1 Orchis clavellata, 10, 161, 162, 215; tridentata, 162 Oregon cliff-brake, 272 Orthotrichum elegans, 3; sordidum, 3; speciosum, 3 Othake, 85; macrolepis, 84-86; Reverchonii, 86; robustum, 86; roseum, 86; texanum, 86 Ownbey, Marion, Observations on two Ecological Races of Allium tricoccum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, 61 Palafoxia, 85; in Texas, Genus, 84; linearis, 84, 85; macrolepis, 86; Reverchonii, 86; riogranden- sis, 84, 85; rosea, 86, var. ro- busta, 86; sphacelata, 86 Panicum, 212; subg. Dicanthelium, 212; auburne, 37; verrucosum, 58 Pappophorum mucronulatum, 19 Parlin, John C., Lythrum alatum in Maine, 40 Pedicularis canadensis, 59, 60, 80, pl. 1009, var. Dobbsii, 59, 60, 80, pls. 1009, 1010, var. fluviatilis, 60 Penstemon albidus, 99 Peramium decipiens, 11; Menziesii, 11 Persicaria fluitans, 49, 52; meso- chora, 52; oregana, 52; purpurata, 52 Petasites, 123; alaskanus, 123; corymbosus, 124; dentatus, 123; frigidus, 122-124, var. corymbo- sus, 123, 125, var. genuinus, 123, 125, var. hyperboreoides, 124, var. palmatus, 124, 125; gracilis, 123; Hookerianus, 124; hyperboreus, 124; nivalis, 124; palmatus. 122, 125, var. frigidus, 1946] Index to Volume 48 xi 124; sagittatus, 122, 123; speci- osus, 124, 125, var. frigidus, 124; trigonophyllus, 124; vitifolius, 122, 124; Warrenii, 123 Phascum cuspidatum, 3, 4, var. americanum, 3 Phlox alyssifolia, 100 Phragmites, 21; communis, var. Berlandieri, 19, 25, 26, 205 Phymosia remota, 89-91, 94 Pinus Banksiana, 37 Piperia maritima, 10 Plagiobotrys scopulorum, 115 Plagiothecium laetum, 3 Plant Distribution, Ninth Report of the Committee on, 17 Plantago elongata, 116 Plants from Minnesota, Previously unreported, 81; in the Gray's Manual Range, Notes on certain, 89, pls. 1021-1024; in Southeast- ern Minnesota, Relict Boreal, 163; Notes on New Hampshire, 205; Technical Studies on North American, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020 Pleuridium subulatum, 2 Poa alpigena, 19, 22, 23; alsodes, 19; angustifolia, 19, 22; annua, 19; Chaixii, 82; Chapmaniana, 19; compressa, 19; glauca, 19, 23; languida, 19, 24; laxa, 19, 23; nemoralis, 19, 23, 82, var. glau- cantha, 19; palustris, 19, 21, 22; pratensis, 19, 22; saltuensis, 19, 21, 23, var. microlepis, 19, 23; sylvestris, 20, 81; trivialis, 20, 81, 82 Podosaemum setosum, 63 Polygonum, Nomenclatural Trans- fers in, 49-54; amphibium, 49-51, var. aquaticum, 49, 50, var. Hartwrightii, 51, var. margina- tum, f. hirtuosum, 49, var. natans, 50, 52, var. a. natans, 49, 50, var. stipulaceum, 50, 51, f. fluitans, 49, f. hirtuosum, 49, f. simile, 49, 51; amphibium, f. terrestre, 51, var. terrestre, 51; arifolium, 53, 54, var. lentiforme, 53, 54, var. pubescens, 53; cilinode, var. breve, 54; cilinode, f. erectum, 54, var. erectum, 54; coccineum, 330; fluitans, 49—52, 202; Hart- wrightii, 51; natans, 49, 50, 52, 202, 203, f. genuinum, 51, f. Hartwrightii, 51; orientale, 51; Persicaria, 330; punctatum, 330; sagittatum, 53, 54, var. pubescens, Polypodium, 384, 385; fontanum, 383; fragrans, 385; lanosum, 384— 386 Polypteris, 85 Polytrichum formosum, 3; juni- perinum, var. alpestre, 3 Poplar, Balsam, 103-109; Black, 106 Populus, 42, 43; sect. Aigeiros, 106, sect. Tacamahaca, 104, 107; bal- samifera, 103-105, 107-109, of Linnaeus not à Nomen ambigu- um, 103; candicans, 104; delt- oides, 103, 104, 106, 107; foliis cordatis, etc., 104, 106, 108; foliis ovatis acutis, etc., 104, 108; foliis subcordatis, etc., 107; hetero- phylla, 106, 107; nigra, folio maximo, etc. 104, 106, 108; suaveolens, 107; Tacamahacca, 103, 104, 107-109, var. lanceo- lata, 104 Potamogeton, 70; Berchtoldi, var. tenuissimus, 329; foliosus, var. genuinus, 330; natans, 330; no- dosus, 330° Potentilla pennsylvanica, var. strigosa, 115 Poterium sitchense, 12 Pottia truncata, 4 Prairie Vegetation in Southwestern Minnesota, Notes on Aquatic and, 113 Presumable Identity of Cheilanthes lanosa, 383 Previously unreported Plants from Minnesota, 81 Psilocarya nitens, 37, 58 Psilosanthus, 167 Psoralea esculenta, 99 Pteridophyta, 384 Pteronia caroliniana, 394 Ptilimnium capillaceum, 162 Puccinellia, 22; distans, 20, var. angustifolia, 20; fasciculata, 20, 25; maritima, 20, 25; Nuttalliana, 20; paupercula, var. alaskana, 20, 25 Pyrola chlorantha, 163; secunda, 163 Pyrus, 132 Quercus alba, 206; aquatica, 142, var., 214, var. hybrida, 142, g. laurifolia, 141, 8. nana, 144, var. nana, 144; dentata, 142, 143; hemisphaerica, 138-140, 142-144, 214, pls. 1035, 1036, var. nana, xii Rhodora 144; hybrida, 141, 142; laurifolia, 137, 139-144, 214, pls. 1031-1034, The Identity of, 137-145, pls. 1031-1036, a. acuta, 141, hybrida, 140-142, var. hybrida, 139, 141, 142, 214, pl. 1031, 8. obtusa, 140, 141; laurina, 141; nana, 144; nigra, 141-144; obtusa, 140-142, 214, var. obovatifolia, 140, 214; Phellos, 138, 144, 214, var. lauri- folia, 141; Prinus, 206; rhombica, 138-141, 214, pls. 1031-1033, var. acuta, 139, var. obovatifolia, 138, 140, 214, pl. 1034 Races of Allium tricoccum in Kala- mazoo County, Michigan, Obser- vations on two Ecological, 61 Rafinesque’s *Herbarium Rafines- quianum", Some Species in, 5-13, pls. 993, 994 Red ash, 61 Relict Boreal Plants in Southeast- ern Minnesota, 163 Report of the Committee on Plant istribution, Ninth, 17 Representatives of Alisma Plantago- aquatica, North American, 86 (Review), A Monograph of Amelan- chier, 129 Rhamnus alnifolia, 163, 205 Rhus Vernix, 205 Rhynchospora filifolia, 58 Rosa “arkansana”’, 100; arkansana, 116; blanda, 100; Woodsii, 100 Rosaceae, 129, subfam. Pomoideae, 130 Roses, 100 Rouleau, Ernest, Populus balsami- fera of Linnaeus not a Nomen ambiguum, 103 Rubus, 129; pubescens, 163 Rudbeckia, 79; fulgida, 75 Sabatia difformis, 58 Sagina virginica, 328 Sagittaria ambigua, 330; graminea, 330; latifolia, 330; rigida, 330 Salices, 42 Salix, Difficulties in North Ameri- can, 13-16, 27-40, 41-49, pls. 995-1006; Adenophyllae, 15, 34, 37,38; $ Árgyrocarpae, 44; Bon- plandianae, 43; Cordatae, 15, 34, 37, 38; Herbaceae, 44; Nigrae, 43; Pentandrae, 43; Reticulatae, 41— 43; $ Uva-ursi, 44; adenophylla, 14, 28, 31-38, 48; alva, var. pam- eachiana, 38, var. vitellina X S. [DECEMBER fragilis, 38; alba X lucida, 38; anglorum, var. antiplasta, 44; angustata, 38; arctica, var. anti- plasta, 44; argyrocarpa, 44; Beb- biana, 43; Bonplandiana, 43; candida, 28; caroliniana, 28-31; conifera, 14; cordata, 14, 27, 28, 30-38, 48, pls. 997-1000, var. &brasa, 34, 8. angustata, 38; cor- data angustata, 31, 1? forma dis- color, 31; cordata, f. mollis, 38; decipiens, 38; discolor, 27, 43, var. eriocephala, 27; eriocephala, 27, 28, 31; fragilis, 38; glauco- phylla, 45, var. albovestita, 45; glaucophylloides, 45, var. albo- vestita, 45, var. glaucophylla, 45, f. lasioclada, 45; gracilis, 46-48, var. textoris, 46, 47; herbacea, 44; Humboldtiana, 43; humilis, 43, var. hyporhysa, 45, var. longifolia f. rigidiuscula, 45, var. microphylla, 46, f. curtifolia, 46, f. festiva, 46, f. tortifolia, 46, var. rigidiuscula, 45, var. tristis, 46; incana, 28; interior, 39, var. exterior, 38, 39; interior, f. Wheeleri, 39; jejuna, 41, 43, 49, pl. 1006; x. Jesupi, 38; leiolepis, 41, 43, 49, pl. 1005; longifolia, 39; longipes, 29-31, var. Wardi, 29; longirostris, 28; lucida, 43; mis- souriensis, 27, 28; nigra, 28-31, 43, var. Wardi, 30; nivalis, 43; occidentalis, 30; pameachiana, 38; pentandra, 28, 29, 43; petio- laris, 46-48, var. angustifolia, 46, var. rosmarinoides, 46; Pitcheri- ana, 31; reticulata, 39, 41-43, 49, pls. 1003, 1004, var. semicalva, 39, 41-43, 49, pls. 1003, 1004; rigida, 32-34, 38, 43, 48, pls. 995, 996, var. angustata, 38; rigida, f. mollis, 38; syrticola, 14, 31, 34- 37, 48, pls. 1001, 1002; triandra, 29, 30; tristis, 14, 28, 46, f. curti- folia, 46, f. festiva, 46; tristis mi- crophylla, 46; Uva-ursi, 44; ves- tita, 40-43, f. mensalis, 42, var. silophylla, 41; vitellina, 38; ardi, 29-31 Sanguisorba canadensis, £8. lati- : folia, 12; latifolia, 12; officinalis, 12; sitchensis, 12; stipulata, 12 Sapotaceae, 163 Sarracenia heterophylla, 202, 203 Schedonnardus, 114; paniculatus, 114; texanus, 114 1946] - Schizachne purpurascens, 20, f. al- bicans, 20 Scirpus pallidus, 330; Rollandii, 271 Scleropoa rigida, 20 Scutellaria parvula, 116 Secale cereale, 21 Second Station for Corydalis flavula in Connecticut, 326 Senecio alabamensis, 330; tomen- tosus, 331, forma alabamensis, 330 Senecioneae, Notes on Compositae of the Northeastern nited States, III., Inuleae and, 116 Serapias radicibus palmato-fibrosis, etc., 186 Serratula, 242, 284; pilosa, 250, 257; seariosa, 294, 298, 300, 312; speciosa, 340; spicata, 178, 220, 221, 250, 256; squarrosa, 298, 394 Serviceberry, 127 Setaria, 392; Faberii, 391, in North Carolina, 391 Shape and Number in Astragalus caryocarpus Fruits, Size, 111 Sherff, Earl Edward, Notes on cer- tain Plants in the Gray’s Manual Range, 89, pls. 1021-1024 Shortia dentata, 208 Sisymbrium dentatum, 208 Sisyrinchium, 152, 153, 156; anceps, 152, 153, 157, 158, 215; angusti- folium, 152-158, 215, pls. 1042, 1043, The Identity of, 152-160, pls. 1042-1044; Bermudiana, 152- 154, 156, 158, var. œ., 155, 156, var. anceps, 152, var. mucro- natum, 152; caeruleum parvum, etc., 155-157, 215; capillare, 156; foliis lineari-gladiolatis, ete., 154, 158; gramineum, 152, 153, 155, 156, 158, 215; graminoides, 155, 157, 158, 215; minus, 157; mon- tanum, 152, 157, 158, 215, pl. 1044, var. crebrum, 159, 215, pls. 1043, 1044; mucronatum, 152, 155, 150, 215, pl. 1042; septentrionale, 158 Size, Shape and Number in Astra- galus caryocarpus Fruits, 111 Slender Neottia, 6 Sloanea emarginata, 164 Smith, Lyman B., New Combina- tion in Chrysobalanus, 136 Solidago, $ Euthamia, 65; gramini- folia, var. Nuttallii, 66, 81, pl. 1012, X S. microcephala, 65; X hirtipes, 65, 66, 81, pl. 1011; mi- Index to Volume 48 xiii crocephala, 65, 66, 81, pl. 1012; Victorinii, 271 Some Mosses from Windsor, Nova Scotia, 1; Orchids of the Manual Range, 161-162, 184-197, pls. 1045-1048; Species in Rafines- que’s “Herbarium Rafinesqui- anum", 5-13, pls. 993, 994; Trivial American Forms of the Lady-fern, 389 Southeastern Minnesota, Relict Boreal Plants in, 163 Spartina, 21; alterniflora, 17, 25, var. pilosa, 17, 25; caespitosa, 17, 25; cynosuroides, 17, 25; patens, 17, 25, var. juncea, 17, 25; pec- tinata, 18, 25, 26, var. Suttiei, 18 Species, Amelanchier spicata not an American, 125 Specularia, 209-214; coloradoensis, 216, pl. 1050; falcata, 211; Holzingeri, 214; hybrida, 210, 212, 213, 216, pl. 1049; lampro- sperma, 214; speculum, 210; Speculum, 8. libanensis, 213, 8. racemosa, 211, var. racemosa, 211; Speculum-Veneris, 210, 211, 213, 215, pl. 1049; texana, 214 Sphaeralcea acerifolia, 89; coccinea, 99; remota, 90 Spiraea latifolia, 112, var. septen- trionalis, 112, in Virginia, 112 Spiranthes, 6; aestivalis, 191; Beckii, 6, 9, 10, 189-191; cernua, 191, var. parviflora, 5; decipiens, 11; gracilis, 6-9, 13, 190, 191, pl. 994; Grayi, 6, 189, 192; lacera, 5-9, 13, 190, 191, pl. 993; montana, 5, 9; ovalis, 5, 9; parviflora, 5; planta- ginea, 6; praecox, 190, 191; sim- plex, 6, 10, 189, 192; Smallii, 6; tuberosa, 6, 10, 189, 191, 192, var. Grayi, 189, 192; vernalis, 191 Sporadic Appearance of Epipactis Helleborine, 88 Stachys hyssopifolia, 37 Staehelina elegans, 340 Station for Corydalis flavula in Con- necticut, Second, 326 Stenanthium, 148, in the Eastern United States, 148-152, pls. 1037— 1041; angustifolium, 149, 151, *S. gramineum, 151; gramineum, 148- 151, 214, pls. 1037, 1038, var. micranthum, 148, 150-152, 215, pl. 1041, var. robustum, 148, 151, 152, 214, 215, pls. 1039, 1040, var. typicum, 151, pls. 1037, 1038; robustum, 148-150, 152, 214 xiv Rhodora Stevens, O. A. Botanical Visits to Forts Clark, Mandan and Union in North Dakota, 98, pls. 1025, 1026; Size, Shape and Number in Astragalus caryocarpus Fruits, 111 Stevia sphacelata, 86 Stipa spartea, 116 Stomoisia virgatula, 60 Studies on North American Plants, Technical, 5-16, 27-40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020 Suprago, 167; sphaerocephala, 313 Swamp birch, 61 Swimming knotweed, 52 Symphoricarpos albus, 133 Tacamahaca foliis crenatis, 107 'Tamarack, 61 Technical Studies on North Ameri- can Plants, 5-16, 27—40, 41-60, 65-81, pls. 993-1020 Texas, Genus Palafoxia in, 84 Thaspia trifoliata, 162 Thaspium trifoliatum, 162 Thermopsis rhombifolia, 102 Thuja occidentalis, 197 Tillaea aquatica, 116 Trilisa, 176; odoratissima, 410; paniculata, 410 Triodanis, 209-213, versus Specu- laria, 209—214, pls. 1049, 1050; biflora, 212; coloradoensis, 209- 213, 216, pl. 1050; falcata, 213; Holzingeri, 212-214; lampro- sperma, 214; perfoliata, 209, 213; texana, 212, 214 Triodia flava, 20, 24 Triorchis Beckii, 6; Grayi, 6; ovalis, 6 Triplasis purpurea, 20, 25 Triticum aestivum, 21 Trivial American Forms of the Lady-fern, Some, 389 Tryon, Jr., R. M., Notes on Aqua- tic and Prairie Vegetation in Southwestern Minnesota, 113 Tussaca oblongifolia, 11 Tussilago corymbosa, 123, 124; frigida, 124; palmata, 124 Two Ecological Races of Allium tricoccum in Kalamazoo County, Michigan, Observations on, 61 Typha latifolia, 330 Umbelliferae, 162 United States, III. Inuleae and Senecioneae, Notes on Composi- tae of the Northeastern, 116; [DECEMBER Stenanthium in the Eastern, 148- 152, pls. 1037-1041 Unreported Plants from Minnesota, Previously, 81 Untenable Name, Muhlenbergia setosa an, 63 Utricularia, 211, 212; biflora, 330, juncea, 60, f. minima, 60, f. vir- gatula, 60; subulata, 60, f. cleistogama, 60; virgatula, 60 Valerianella Chenopodifolia, 96 Varieties of Lycopodium inunda- tum, 134 Vegetation in Southwestern Min- nesota, Notes on Aquatic and Prairie, 113; of Artificial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, 329 Veratrum angustifolium, 149, 151 Verbascum Phlomoides, 97; Thap- sus, 97 Verbena simplex, 115, 116 Vermont, Dicentra eximia in, 272 Vernonia angustifolia, 411; hirsuti- flora, 395 Victorin, Frére Marie-, 265 Viola, 212 Virginia, Does Bartonia verna grow in?, 327; Spiraea latifolia, var. septentrionalis in, 112 Visits to Forts Clark, Mandan and Union in North Dakota, Botani- cal, 98, pls. 1025, 1026 Vulpia 21, megalura, 20; myurus, 20; octoflora, var. tenella, 20, 24 Water Oak, 143 Weatherby, C. A., Impatiens Roylei versus I. glandulifera, 412 Weisia microstoma, 3, 4; viridula, 3 White elm, 61; oak, 206 Wild dilly, 164 Wilde, Charlotte Endicott, Betula landulosa at a low Altitude in ew Hampshire, 183 Willows, 14, 29, 42, 47 Windsor, Nova Scotia, Some Mosses from, 1 Witchgrass, 22 Wood, Carroll E., Jr., Setaria Faberii in North Carolina, 391 Xanthium, § Acanthoxanthium, 73; § Euxanthium, 73; ambrosioides, 74; canadense, 72; Chasei, 66-70, 72, 73, 81, pls. 1013, 1014; chin- ense, 67, 68, 70, 72, 81, pl. 1015; curvescens, 68, 69, 81, pl. 1016; echinatum, 67, 69, 71, 73, 81, pl. 3 1753 00341 3694 1946] Index to Volume 48 XV 1018; globosum, 66, 67, 72, 81, pl. 1015; inaequilaterum, 73; in- dicum, 73; inflexum, 68, 81, pl. Xerophyllum gramineum, 151 Xylosteum solonis, 202, 203 Xyris, 58; § Brevifoliae, 56, 57; am- 1015; italicum, 67, 70, 81, pl. 1015; leptocarpum, 68, 69, 81, pl. 1016; macrocarpum, 81; ori- entale, 68-70, 81, pl. 1017; ovi- forme, 67; pensylvanicum, 70, 72; Roxburghii, 73; speciosum, 70, 73; spinosum, 71-74; strumarium, 66, 67, 70, 71, 73, 74, 81, pl. 1013; varians, 69, 81, pl. 1019; Wootoni, 70 bigua, 58; Bayardi, 56-58, 80, pl. 1007; brevifolia, 56, 57, 80, pl. 1008; caroliniana, 58; Drum- mondii, 57; flabelliformis, 57, 80, pl. 1008 Younge, O. R., Vegetation of Arti- fieial Lakes in Northwestern Arkansas, 329